Anda di halaman 1dari 422

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2009

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DISTRIBUTION LIST (at end of Table of Contents)
DISCLAIMER
FORMS CD Safety Program Forms

1.0

INTRODUCTION
Section 1 - Forms

Policy On Health Safety And The Environment

Policy On Drug and Alcohol

Policy On Violence and Harassment

Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles for Worker Safety

2.0

RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1

HARVARD
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4

2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9

PRIME CONTRACTOR/OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES


OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES
WORK SITE SAFETY PLAN
MONITORING PROCESS

MANAGERS RESPONSIBILITIES
SUPERVISORS RESPONSIBILITIES
WORKERS RESPONSIBILITIES
SAFETY PROFESSIONALS RESPONSIBILITIES
VISITORS RESPONSIBILITIES
DUE DILIGENCE
DRILLING & COMPLETIONS SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES
STANDARDS FOR WELLSITE SUPERVISION OF DRILLING,
COMPLETION AND WORKOVERS VOL. 7 2002
Section 2 - Forms

Work Site Safety Plan Checklist

Bill C-45 Explanation

WHS Bulletin Due Diligence

3.0

SAFETY MANAGEMENT PLAN


3.1
3.2
3.3

THE OPERATIONS PROGRAM (DRILLING & COMPLETIONS)


THE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST
THE SAFETY STATEMENT
Figure 1: The Elements of a Basic Safety Program
Section 3 - Forms

Safety Statement

OPX Consulting Inc.

Table of Contents - i

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.0

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT


4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6

OVERVIEW
RESPONSIBILITY
SIZE AND SCOPE OF ASSESSMENTS
ASSESSMENT INTERVALS
PROCESS OF HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
TYPES OF INSPECTIONS
4.6.1 ON-GOING INFORMAL INSPECTIONS
4.6.2 PLANNED INSPECTIONS (FORMAL)
4.6.3 SAFETY AUDITS, LOSS PREVENTION SURVEYS AND REGULATORY INSPECTIONS
4.6.4 EQUIPMENT PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
4.6.5 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FINDINGS
Figure 1: Hazard Identification, Elimination & Control Flowchart

4.7
4.8

RISK MATRIX
HAZARD ASSESSMENT TOOLS & CHECKLISTS
4.8.1
4.8.2
4.8.3
4.8.4
4.8.5
4.8.6
4.8.7
4.8.8
4.8.9
4.8.10
4.8.11
4.8.12
4.8.13
4.8.14
4.8.15
4.8.16
4.8.17
4.8.18
4.8.19
4.8.20
4.8.21
4.8.22
4.8.23
4.8.24
4.8.25
4.8.26
4.8.27
4.8.28
4.8.29
4.8.30
4.8.31
4.8.32
4.8.33
4.8.34
4.8.35
4.8.36
4.8.37
4.8.38

4.9

CHEMICALS AND FUELS


COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS
EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT
ENERGY ISOLATION
ERGONOMIC FACTORS
EXIT/EGRESS
EYE BATH AND SHOWERS
FATIGUE
FIRE PROTECTION
FIRST AID KITS/STATIONS/EQUIPMENT
HAND AND PORTABLE TOOLS
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEMS
LADDERS
LIFTING GEAR/EQUIPMENT
LIGHTING
MATERIAL HANDLING
MECHANICAL POWER SYSTEMS
NOISE EXPOSURE
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
PLATFORMS/SCAFFOLDING
PNEUMATIC POWER SYSTEMS
PRESSURE VESSEL AND PIPING
SIGNS AND TAGS
STACKING AND STORAGE
STAIRS
SUBSTANCE ABUSE
TRENCHING/EXCAVATING
VALVES AND MECHANICAL CONTROLS
VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT
VENTILATION AND EXTRACTION
VIOLENCE AND HARASSMENT
WARNING SYSTEMS
WASTE DISPOSAL
WHMIS/TDG
WORK SURFACES, FLOORS AND ROADWAYS

WELL SERVICING SPACING REQUIREMENTS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Table of Contents - ii

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.10
4.11

DRILL SITE SPACING REQUIREMENTS


BATTERY SPACING REQUIREMENTS
Section 4 Forms
Well Safety Check and Hazard Identification
Vehicle Safety Inspection Checklist
Hazard Identification & Control Form
Service Rig Inspection Checklist
Drilling Rig Inspection Checklist

5.0

COMMUNICATION
5.1

MEETINGS
5.1.1
5.1.2

5.2

GENERAL SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT MEETINGS


Figure 1: Planning a General HSE Meeting
PROJECT / PRE-JOB / TAILGATE SAFETY MEETINGS
Figure 2: Project / Pre-Job / Tailgate Safety Meeting Agenda

WORK PERMIT SYSTEM


5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3

WORK CLEARANCE, PERMIT REQUIREMENTS AND PRE-JOB SAFETY


MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR DRILLING & SERVICE RIG OPERATIONS
ISSUING A WORK PERMIT
DEFINITIONS READ PRIOR TO ISSUING ACCESS/WORK PERMIT

Section 5 Forms

Drilling and Completions HSE Meeting Report

HSE Meeting Report

Work Permit

6.0

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS


6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7

OVERVIEW
INCIDENT REPORTING
ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND FOLLOW-UP
LOSS CONTROL STATISTICS
INCIDENT INVESTIGATION RESPONSIBILITY FLOWCHART
INCIDENT INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGY FLOWCHART
INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
SUMMARY OF RESPONSIBILITIES AND EXPLANATIONS
FOR FILLING OUT THE FORM
Section 6 - Forms

Incident Investigation Report

Spill Site Assessment

Basic Causes of Loss

Regulatory Reporting Requirements for Spills and Releases

Reportable Spill Volumes for TDG Controlled Substances

OPX Consulting Inc.

Table of Contents - iii

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

7.0

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
7.1

8.0

OVERVIEW

WORK PROCEDURES
8.1

CODES OF PRACTICE
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.1.4
8.1.5

8.1.6

8.2

ASBESTOS
BENZENE
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
RELEASE OF HARMFUL SUBSTANCE
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
8.1.5.1 SELECTION, MAINTENANCE & USE OF RESPIRATORY
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Figure 1: Selection of Respiratory Equipment
Respiratory Protective Equipment Worksheet
8.1.5.2 FIT TESTING REQUIREMENTS & PROCEDURES FOR RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION
8.1.5.3 INSPECTION OF AIR PURIFYING RESPIRATORS & ATMOSPHERE
SUPPLYING RESPIRATORS
8.1.5.4 CLEANING & STORAGE OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
8.1.5.5 TRAINING OF WORKERS IN THE SELECTION, USE, CARE AND
MAINTENANCE OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
8.1.5.6 DEFINITIONS RESPIRATORY HAZARDS
SOUR SERVICE

WORK PROCEDURES
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.2.4
8.2.5

8.2.6
8.2.7
8.2.8
8.2.9
8.2.10
8.2.11
8.2.12
8.2.13
8.2.14
8.2.15
8.2.16
8.2.17
8.2.18
8.2.19
8.2.20

OPX Consulting Inc.

AIRCRAFT AWARENESS
ALL TERRAIN VEHICLES (ATVs)
- ATV CHECKLIST
BLOWDOWNS
CABLES, CHAINS AND ROPES
CHEMICAL & BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS
8.2.5.1 ASBESTOS
8.2.5.2 BENZENE
8.2.5.3 HANTA VIRUS
8.2.5.4 SEWAGE
COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
CRANES AND HOISTING DEVICES
CRITICAL LIFT PROCEDURES
CROWN SAVERS
DRIVING CONDUCT
FALL PROTECTION
FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARD MANAGEMENT
FIRE PREVENTION
FLAMMABLE AND HAZARDOUS LIQUID
FLOWBACKS
FUEL AND CHEMICAL STORAGE
GROUND DISTURBANCE
HAND AND POWER TOOLS
HEATERS & OPEN FLAME EQUIPMENT

Table of Contents - iv

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.21
8.2.22
8.2.23
8.2.24
8.2.25
8.2.26
8.2.27
8.2.28
8.2.29
8.2.30
8.2.31
8.2.32
8.2.33

HIGH PRESSURE GAS WELLS (EQUIPPING, START-UP & OPERATIONS)


HOT OILING
HOT TAPS
HOT WORK PROCEDURES
HOUSEKEEPING
HYDRATE / ICE PLUG HANDLING
MANAGING CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY
NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (NORM)
NOISE EXPOSURE
PIGGING GUIDELINES
PORTABLE PUMPING EQUIPMENT & OPERATIONS
PURGING
RIG INSPECTIONS
8.2.33.1 RIG ANCHORS
8.2.34 SAFE WORK PERMITS
8.2.35 TANK TRUCK LOADING PROCEDURES FOR FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
8.2.36 TIMBER REMOVAL
8.2.37 TRAILERS & BUNKHOUSES
8.2.37.1 TOILETS & WASHING FACILITIES
8.2.38 TRENCHING
8.2.39 VEHICLE, MOBILE EQUIPMENT & MACHINERY
8.2.40 WELDING & BURNING
8.2.41 WILDLIFE AWARENESS
8.2.42 WORKING ALONE
8.2.43 WORKING NEAR OVERHEAD POWER LINES
Section 8 Forms
Figure 1: Check-in Procedure Worksheet
Figure 2: Working Alone Check-in Procedure
Fire and Explosion Prevention Plan
Fire Tetrahedron
Fall Protection Plan Form

9.0

TRAINING
9.1

OVERVIEW
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5

9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7

SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT ORIENTATION


ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
CORE SAFETY TRAINING
SUPERVISORY TRAINING
OPTIONAL AND NON-OPTIONAL TRAINING

SAFETY ORIENTATION
ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
OPTIONAL AND NON-OPTIONAL TRAINING
TECHNICAL TRAINING
SUPERVISORY TRAINING
TRAINING RECORDS
Section 9 - Forms

Checklist For Developing An On-The-Job Training Program

HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire

HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire ANSWER KEY

OPX Consulting Inc.

Table of Contents - v

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

10.0

CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4

OVERVIEW
SELECTION
CONTROL
FOLLOW-UP
Section 10 - Forms

Contractor Safety Evaluation

11.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONTROLS


11.1
11.2

OVERVIEW
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
11.2.1 TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS

11.3

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMS


11.3.1
11.3.2
11.3.3
11.3.4

11.4

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT


11.4.1
11.4.2
11.4.3
11.4.4
11.4.5
11.4.6
11.4.7
11.4.8
11.4.9
11.4.10

11.5

HEARING CONSERVATION
NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (NORM)
ASBESTOS CONTROL
BENZENE
GENERAL
HEAD PROTECTION
EYE AND FACE PROTECTION
HEARING PROTECTION
HAND PROTECTION
BODY PROTECTION
RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT
FOOT PROTECTION
FIRE-RETARDANT CLOTHING STANDARD
PRESCRIPTION SAFETY GLASSES PURCHASE PROCEDURE

RULES AND ENFORCEMENT


11.5.1 OVERVIEW
11.5.2 ENFORCEMENT GUIDELINES

12.0 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION & PROGRAM AUDITING


12.1

MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION
Section 12 - Forms

Health Safety and Environment Management Review

13.0 RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND DOCUMENTS


13.1
13.2
13.3

OVERVIEW
MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
13.3.1 COMPANY DOCUMENTS
13.3.2 GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS
13.3.3 GENERAL DOCUMENTS

13.4

RECORD KEEPING

OPX Consulting Inc.

Table of Contents - vi

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

14.0 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES


14.1
14.2
14.3

OVERVIEW
WASTE MANAGEMENT
AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS
14.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
14.3.2 COMMUNICATION & REPORT
14.3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

14.4

PROCEDURES
14.4.1
14.4.2
14.4.3
14.4.4
14.4.5
14.4.6
14.4.7
14.4.8
14.4.9
14.4.10
14.4.11

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - DRILLING WASTE MANAGEMENT


ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - GENERAL HOUSEKEEPING
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - HISTORICAL RESOURCES PROTECTION
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - LEASE PREPARATION
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - NOISE CONTROL
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - SITE SELECTION
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - SPILL SITE RESPONSE & RECLAMATION
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - STORAGE
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - SURFACE/GROUNDWATER PROTECTION
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - WELL SITE RECLAMATION
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION CHECKLIST

15.0 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY


15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
15.5

INTRODUCTION
SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST
EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION
WEEKLY SAFETY MEETINGS
SHUT DOWN OF PRODUCTION
Section 15 - Forms

Construction Safety Plan Checklist

Emergency Contact Information

Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report

Construction HSE Meeting Report

Safety Meeting Attendance

Ground Disturbance Permit

Backfill Inspection Form

16.0 GENERAL INFORMATION


16.1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Table of Contents - vii

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

17.0 FORMS AND CHECKLISTS


Section 17 Forms

OPX Consulting Inc.

HARVARD Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment


HARVARD Policy on Violence and Harassment
HARVARD Policy on Drug and Alcohol
HARVARD Safety Statement
Worksite Safety Plan Checklist
Well Safety Check and Hazard ID
Service Rig Inspection Checklist
Drilling Rig Inspection Checklist
Monthly HSE Meeting Report
Hazard Identification and Control
Work Permit
Incident Investigation Report
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire Answer Key
Health, Safety and Environment Management Review
Construction Safety Plan Checklist
Emergency Contact Information
Construction HSE Meeting Report
Safety Meeting Attendance
Ground Disturbance Permit
Contractor Safety Evaluation
Backfill Inspection Form
Drill and Completions HSE Meeting Report
Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Form

Table of Contents - viii

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

DISTRIBUTION LIST

NAME

LOCATION

MANUAL
NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

OPX Consulting Inc.

Table of Contents - ix

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

DISCLAIMER
The information and data contained in this document has been set forth to be the best
knowledge, information and belief of OPX Consulting Inc.
Although every effort has been made to confirm all such information and data is factual,
complete and accurate, OPX Consulting Inc. make no guarantees or warranties whatsoever,
whether expressed or implied, with respect to such information or data and accepts no
responsibility for any loss or damage sustained by the use of this information.
Any use, which a third party makes of this document, any reliance on, or decision to be made
based on it, is the responsibility of such third parties. OPX Consulting Inc. accepts no
responsibility for damages, if any, suffered by any third party as a result of decisions or actions
based on this document.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Table of Contents - x

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

1.0

INTRODUCTION

Harvard Energy Ltd. is an oil and gas exploration and development company
operating primarily in Western Canada. HARVARD is committed to conducting
operations in a safe and environmentally sound manner. In support of this commitment,
HARVARD has developed a General Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment. A
copy of this document follows in this Introduction Section.
In order to fulfill this commitment, HARVARD has developed a Safety Program to
ensure its operations comply with this policy. The program includes a Management
Plan for implementing the Program. This manual is intended to present that Plan and to
provide management, employees and contractors with the tools, information and
references they need to carry out that Plan.
It is HARVARDs practice to provide each user of this manual (i.e. operators,
supervisors and contractors) with training in its use. This training should be considered
as the primary orientation of new personnel to HARVARDs operations.
Complementary documents, tools and training include HARVARDs:

Health, Safety & Environment Handbook


Emergency Response Plan(s)
Supervisory Training

This manual in its entirety should always be considered a work-in-progress. All users
are encouraged to provide suggestions to the Engineering and Operations Department
for improvements to its content and format.
The development of this Safety Program, together with supporting training, will help all
HARVARD staff, contractors and supervisors to:
1.

Make maximum use of the combined resources of HARVARD, government


agencies, and other outside services to:

Assist with orienting, informing, guiding and motivating Company


employees and contractors.

Implement policies, procedures, practices, and standards relating


to Company operations.

Provide and maintain a safe working environment including tools,


machines, and equipment.

2.

Maintain effective communication.

3.

Ensure immediate, competent responses when handling an emergency.

4.

Control work site hazards, thus minimizing the risk to HARVARD employees, its
contractors, and the public.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 1 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

All personnel directly involved with HARVARD operations, including both Company and
Contract personnel, are responsible for ensuring their activities are consistent with this
manual.
Following is a brief description of each section of this manual:
Section 2 of this manual describes the legislated responsibilities of Owners and Prime
Contractors at the work site. It is critically important that HARVARD staff and well site
supervisors understand their responsibilities as representatives of the Owner, who
normally will be the Prime Contractor. In addition, all contractors who are employers at
the well site must understand their responsibilities in providing their own safety
programs and competent employees to carry out their activities. Also in this section is a
summary of responsibilities of HARVARD Managers, Supervisors and Workers.
Section 3 contains information to assist HARVARD management and staff to plan for
implementing the Safety Program.
Section 4 provides information on hazard identification and assessment. Identifying
and eliminating hazards is the most important element of a safety program and must be
done at every work site to comply with Provincial regulations.
Section 5 deals with communication and gives the supervisor the necessary tools to
communicate with other employees and all workers at the site. Once hazards are
identified and procedures put into place to eliminate or mitigate the hazards it is
necessary to communicate that information to all affected workers. Of particular
importance in this section is the description of the use of Safe Work Permits.
Section 6 presents HARVARDs procedures for incident investigation and analysis.
This is an essential part of any safety program.
Section 7 gives the supervisor some basic information about area emergency
response plans and some suggestions for keeping area plans up to date.
Section 8 presents a number of established Codes of Practice and Work Procedures.
The Codes of Practice are to be followed when dealing with the subject issues. The
Work Procedures presented have been developed as HARVARDs policy. This section
of the manual should be considered a work in progress. The codes and procedures
should constantly be reviewed for relevancy to current HARVARD policies, government
regulations and practices in the industry. New codes and procedures will be developed
as the need arises.
Section 9 outlines the training expected of HARVARD production employees and the
employees of all contractors involved at a well site.
Section 10 gives the production supervisor some guidelines to use in selecting
contractors in the field.
Section 11 presents Health and Safety Controls. These, for the most part, are existing
regulations or HARVARD policy and must be strictly adhered to. Special attention
should be paid to HARVARDs Fire Retardant Clothing Standard.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 1 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Section 12 provides some suggestions for keeping HARVARD senior management


involved in the Program.
Section 13 provides some guidelines for keeping records and provides a list of reference material.
Section 14 is intended to provide information to the well site supervisor to help him/her
deal with environmental issues encountered in the field.
Section 15 provides safety information for Construction Supervisors.
Section 16 includes a Glossary and is available to add additional relevant information to this
manual.
Section 17 includes a section of commonly used forms and checklists.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 1 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 1 FORMS
Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment
Policy on Drug and Alcohol
Policy on Violence and Harassment
Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles for Worker Safety

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 1 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Harassment and Violence Workplace Policy


Harvard Energy Ltd. will not tolerate unlawful workplace conduct,
including discrimination, intimidation/harassment or violence. Harvard is
dedicated to maintaining a positive workplace where everyone adheres to
relevant human rights legislation and acts ethically, honestly and treats
colleagues with dignity, fairness, and respect.
This policy applies to management, employees, and contractors of
Harvard. This policy further applies to interactions on or off Company
premises and includes formal and informal Company social gatherings,
conferences and client-related events. This policy is not intended to
constrain reasonable and appropriate consensual social interactions.
Harassment whether or not it is intentional or directed toward a specific
person, includes unwanted physical, verbal, written, electronic, graphic or
non-verbal behavior that results in intimidation hostility or violence or
contributes to an offensive workplace.
Any incident or complaint involving alleged harassment or
threatened/actual violence should be reported promptly to either any
member of the Board of Directors or any Officer of the Corporation. Any
incident or complaint will be treated sensitively, promptly and in
confidence, to the extent practical; and investigate thoroughly.
Harvard will attempt resolution, however, disciplinary action up to and
including termination can be taken for violations of this policy. Filing a
known false complaint or retaliation against complaints is not tolerated
and will be subject to disciplinary action, also including termination.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 1 - 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Alcohol and Drug Policy


Harvard Energy Ltd. is committed to protecting the health and safety of
all individuals affected by our activities as well as the communities in
which we work. We recognize that the use of illicit drugs and the
inappropriate use of alcohol and medication can adversely affect job
performance, the work environment and the safety of our employees,
contractors and the public.
This policy relates to all management, employees and contractors when
they are engaged in Company business, working on or off Company
premises. Harvards contractors are expected to develop and enforce
Alcohol and Drug policies that are consistent with the policy.
The following are expressly prohibited while on Company business or
Company premises:

The use of possession, distribution, offer for sale of illicit drugs or


illicit drug paraphernalia;
The unauthorized use, possession, distribution, offering for sale of
alcoholic beverages;
The possession of prescribed medication not authorized or
specifically prescribed for personal use;
Reporting for duty impaired by any of the foregoing substances.

Investigation procedures that may be utilized in support of this Policy


include:
Pre-assignment testing if in safety sensitive situations;
Reasonable cause testing;

Post-incident testing;

Reasonable searches of Company grounds;

Impaired driving investigations.

Disciplinary action up to and including termination will be taken for


violations of this policy.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 1 - 7

Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles


For Worker Safety
We, the members of the petroleum industry, have a responsibility to protect all workers
engaged in its activities from personal injury and health hazards. To meet our responsibility we
will operate under the following guiding principles:

RESPONSIBILITY
The operating company, when acting as prime contractor, is responsible for coordination
and general supervision of all activities at the worksite, including activities carried out
by contractors, subcontractors, service companies and suppliers. While all parties have a
responsibility to promote worker safety, the operating company recognizes its leadership role
worksite situations. It is the responsibility of workers and employers to refuse to perform
unsafe work practices.

PRIORITY
Activities will be conducted on the basis that safety of all personnel is of vital importance,
whether those personnel are employed by an operating company, a contractor, a subcontractor,
a service company or a supplier.

RECOGNITION
The process of selecting contractors, subcontractors, service companies and suppliers, and the
administration of contracts, will include recognition and support of good safety performance.
Support and recognition based on good safety performance will also be provided by all
employers to their employees.

IMPROVEMENT
The operating company, in cooperation with service companies within the industry, will
promote methods and practices that have potential for improving safety performance.

Wallace E. Baer
President/CEO
Enform
Signed on behalf of the following six sponsoring associations representing the Canadian
petroleum industry:

Signature

Title

Company

Date

Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles For Worker Safety - www.enform.ca


Revised September 2008

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2.0

RESPONSIBILITIES

2.1

HARVARD

HARVARDs overall company responsibilities are to:

Insist on safe performance throughout operations by ensuring contractors and


employees are competent.

Have an effective safety program.

Ensure the safety program and operations comply with contractual and regulatory
requirements.

Ensure contractors and employees know HARVARDs expectations.

Provide sufficient time for contractors and employees to do their job properly.

Hire contractors who have Safety Programs and good safety records.

Perform responsibilities of Prime Contractor/Owner

2.1.1 Owner/Prime Contractor Responsibilities

Every work site must have a Prime Contractor, if there are two or more employers
involved in work at the worksite at the same time
The Prime Contractor for a worksite is the contractor, employer or other person who
enters into an agreement with the owner of the work site to be the Prime Contractor,
or if no agreement has been made or no agreement is in force, the owner of the
work site.
Owners, who have limited capabilities of performing the Prime Contractor function
have the opportunity to assign Prime Contractor responsibilities to a party that is
better equipped to manage those responsibilities.

2.1.2 Owner Responsibilities


The Owner has two alternatives when dealing with the Prime Contractor issue. The
Owner can either keep the Prime Contractor responsibilities or it can enter into an
agreement with another party so that the party assumes the Prime Contractor
responsibilities. This agreement should be completed in written form.
If the Owner transfers the responsibility to another party, the Owner will be expected to
exercise due diligence in transferring those responsibilities. That is, the Owner must do
everything reasonably practicable to ensure that the contractor assigned the
responsibility is capable of fulfilling the Prime Contractor responsibilities. The Owner
must be able to demonstrate that the agreement is likely to establish compliance.
Follow-up on the Owners part is necessary to ensure the system is maintained.
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Other considerations include:

Once the Owner enters into an agreement, it should step away and not be involved
as a Prime Contractor of the work site. If the owner starts to assume the role of
Prime Contractor, it may become liable for those responsibilities even though it has
entered into an agreement to have someone else assume those responsibilities.

The Prime Contractor, be it the Owner/Operator or some other party, is responsible for
ensuring that the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Code, and its regulations are
complied with at the work site. In most situations, the Prime Contractor will meet these
responsibilities through the development of a system that will ensure compliance. The
Prime Contractor at a work site has the overall responsibility for occupational health and
safety. However, this does not relieve other employers of their responsibilities at the
work site.
The Well Site Supervisor usually accepts the role of Prime Contractors representative
at the work site.
In addition to developing a system for ensuring compliance, the role of the Prime
Contractor will be to implement the system, monitor to ensure that it is functioning, and
then make any necessary changes to ensure the system continues to perform as
intended.
The advantages of the system approach are that the process is manageable and that
the Prime Contractor limits its responsibilities. If the Prime Contractor were to take
direct control of all occupational health and safety activities at the work site, particularly
on a large site, it would become an onerous task. If the Prime Contractor begins to take
a more assertive role in directing the occupational health and safety activities of other
employers on the work site, it may end up with those responsibilities.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2.1.3 Work Site Safety Plan


To successfully address the requirements for a system, the Prime Contractor should
develop a Work Site Safety Plan that is coordinated under the direct supervision of a
SITE DESIGNATE.
A Work Site Safety Plan communicates the Prime Contractors system of managing
health and safety on the work site. The Work Site Safety Plan Checklist found behind
the Safety Management tab of this Manual outlines the elements for developing a
specific Work Site Safety Plan. The generic plan must be carefully reviewed as it may
not be applicable to the particular conditions experienced on a specific work site, or to
the role of the Site Designate on a particular project.
Employers coming to the site should have functioning health and safety programs in
place. All workers and employers should be competent for the tasks they intend to
perform. (i.e. Workers are adequately qualified, properly trained and with sufficient
experience to safely perform work without supervision [or with only a minimum degree
of supervision]).
It is important to monitor the effectiveness of the plan, keep records and document the
activities around establishing and maintaining this system. If doubt ever arises, this
proves that everything reasonably practicable has been done to make the work site
safe. The minimum that will be accepted are the standards demonstrated by the
industry.
Additional tools for developing a Work Site Safety Plan as well as the Work Site Safety
Plan Checklist are found at the end of this section.
.

2.1.4 Monitoring Process


To ensure that the responsibility for health and safety at the work site is fulfilled, the
Prime Contractor must set up a system for monitoring the safety performance of
employers, workers and suppliers. The Prime Contractor must evaluate the outputs of
the system/process in order to verify its effectiveness. The following are some
monitoring system/process tips:

Instruct employers on site to investigate all accidents/incidents and submit


documentation to you.

Require that all accidents/incidents be analyzed and discussed by the workers


during a safety meeting.

Ensure that the workers are identifying, reporting and recording hazards on the site.

Ensure that workers are correcting the hazards identified.

Ensure that critical or repetitive hazards are discussed by workers during a safety
meeting.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2.2

Participate in New Employee Orientations. Educate the new workers to HARVARD


and its plan to control accidents and near miss accidents.

Require worker participation in safety inspection/audits.

Promote safety awareness on the work site through leadership by example.

Ensure all work site emergency safety equipment is easily identifiable to all site
personnel (e.g. fire suppression equipment, first aid room, stretcher, etc.) and is in
good operating condition.

Have work site safety on site meeting agendas.

MANAGERS RESPONSIBILITIES

Managers protect employees and HARVARD by:

Insisting on performance and behavior that meet the standards of HARVARDs safety
program.

Encouraging employee involvement in safety by demonstrating managements commitment


to safety.

Ensuring Company, Contractor and Subcontractor operations comply with government


safety requirements.

Providing adequate supervision at every work site.

Ensuring accidents and incidents are reported and investigated and corrective actions are
taken.

Providing appropriate, well-maintained safety and other equipment required for each job.

Ensure public consultation is included in project planning.

Ensuring workers are adequately qualified to perform their work.

Ensuring training needs are identified and met.

2.3

SUPERVISORS RESPONSIBILITIES

Supervisors maintain a safe work site by ensuring:

Workers know what safety responsibilities are expected of them.

Training needs are identified and addressed.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Unsafe conditions and behavior are corrected immediately.

Only safe work practices are used.

Appropriate equipment is available and well maintained and workers are trained to safely
operate the equipment.

Regulatory requirements are met.

Hazards are identified, documented, and removed where possible.

Workers know and are prepared to deal with the hazards of their work and any specific
hazards on the work site.

Personal protective equipment is available, properly used, stored, maintained and replaced
when necessary.

All accidents and incidents are reported.

2.4

WORKERS RESPONSIBILITIES

Workers protect themselves, fellow workers, the public and the environment by:

Being thoroughly familiar with the safety program.

Actively participating in safety program development and maintenance.

Following safety standards and safe work procedures set out by the employer, employees
and regulatory requirements.

Refusing to perform work when unsafe conditions exist (as defined in provincial
occupational health and safety legislation).

Refusing to perform work they are not competent to perform.

Reporting unsafe conditions and potential hazards to supervisors.

Immediately reporting to supervisors all accidents, incidents, injuries and illnesses.

Participating in all training offered by the employer, either on or off the work site (e.g. first aid or
H2S).

Using required personal protective and safety equipment.

Being trained in the safe operation of equipment.

Checking tools and equipment, including personal protective and safety equipment, for
hazards before using them.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Knowing the location, type and operation of emergency equipment.

Presenting themselves physically and mentally fit at the start of each working shift, capable
of performing their duties safely and efficiently. Reporting to the Supervisor any physical or
mental circumstances such as illnesses or fatigue as this may impede the worker from
safely completing their assigned tasks.

Performing their functions as efficiently as possible while giving due regard to the safety of
themselves, their co-workers and the public.

Cooperating with others during normal and emergency conditions.

Having cranial and facial worn at a length that will not obstruct vision, snag moving parts or
if applicable, prevent the worker from utilizing a breathing apparatus or mechanical
resuscitator in a toxic or oxygen environment.

Ensuring they wear clothing that fits close to the body and do not wear dangling
jewelry (i.e. necklaces, wristwatches, bracelets) when working near moving parts of
machinery or electrically energized equipment.

Not smoking in any location regardless of a Hot Permit issued, except for designated areas.
Strike anywhere matches and single action lighters are not permitted.

Informing the Harvard Representative if they are taking medication prescribed by a


physician that could impair their judgment. It may be necessary to adjust the workers
duties accordingly.

Not being in possession of, or under the influence of, alcohol, illegal or mind altering drugs.
Workers will not be permitted to enter or be allowed to remain on a Harvard Work Site.

Adhering to Harvards policy regarding firearms or explosives. Both firearms and


explosives are not permitted on a Harvard operated property unless required by job
responsibilities (flare pistol, seismic work).

Refraining from engaging in practical jokes, wrestling and other forms of horseplay on
Harvard premises.

Reviewing applicable Data Sheets, as per WHMIS legislation, prior to handling chemicals.

Understanding Harvard prohibits all types of harassment and violence in the workplace.
Harassment, including harassment based on characteristics specified in human rights
legislation, such as sex, race, national origin, religion, disability and age is illegal and will
not be tolerated. As an employer, Harvard has a legal duty to maintain a safe and
harassment free workplace. Actual or threatened violence is strictly prohibited. Incidents of
this nature are to be reported to Harvard management.

Ensuring they have the necessary training and when applicable possesses a valid
certificate when responsible for the transporting of dangerous goods and handling material
or wastes.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2.5

SAFETY PROFESSIONALS RESPONSIBILITIES

The responsibilities of the Safety Professional are to:

Develop and maintain a safety program manual and ensure this document is available to all
employees.

Maintain copies of legislation relevant to Companys operations and ensure copies are
available at all work sites.

Maintain supporting documentation (e.g. standard work procedures, codes of practice,


emergency response plans and other detailed instructions for training, inspections, audits,
accident reporting, investigation and other activities) and ensure copies are accessible at all
work sites.

Maintain files for results of audits, inspections, incident investigation reports and safety and
environmental performance assessments.

Develop and support loss control activities including inspections, loss control meetings, new
employee orientations, on-the-job training sessions, safety and environmental audits and
emergency response drills.

Develop and support a communication framework that may include management walkarounds at work sites, newsletters, memos, posters or other communication instruments.

Contribute to industry Health, Safety & Environment associations.

Provide assistance to field personnel in the response and reporting of Safety and
Environmental incidents.

2.6

VISITORS RESPONSIBILITIES

Visitors must:

Ensure they receive an orientation before working/entering work sites.

Follow the instructions of the site supervisor or personal escort.

Wear personal protective equipment when required.

Never walk about a work site unescorted.

2.7

DUE DILIGENCE

See Workplace Health & Safety bulletin and the Bill C-45 Explanation at end of this Section.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 7

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2.8

DRILLING & COMPLETIONS SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES

Rig Site Supervisor -Responsibilities and Duties


Corporate and Engineering
HARVARD, as owner and licensee of the well and wellsite, has an overall responsibility to
ensure the safety of workers and the public, the protection of the environment and the
conservation of resources related to all activity at the wellsite. Many rules govern the
development, planning and execution of oil and gas operations, including the management of
Health and Safety of workers on the worksite. These rules are identified in various acts and
regulations, as well as guides and industry recognized standards and recommended practices.
The responsibilities for compliance, with many of these rules, are assigned to the people
planning, designing and programming of well operations both at the office and field level. When
these responsibilities are assigned to the Wellsite Supervisors, the Wellsite Supervisors
conduct their activities as the operator/prime contractors representative, and within HARVARD,
is considered an employee equivalent in regards to legislated acts and regulations.
Safety
HARVARD has overall responsibility for health and safety at the wellsite. In fulfilling this
responsibility, HARVARD will ensure that contractors and employers at the wellsite comply with
all applicable legislation by monitoring the activities at the site to verify compliance with
applicable legislation and safe work procedures. The following responsibilities are assigned to
HARVARD to help achieve this obligation:

Implement an effective safety program, including visible management support, that meets
the requirements for a basic safety program as described in IRP #9, ensuring that all
employers on site are aware of, and comply with, all requirements of this program.

Select contractors that have implemented a safety program that effectively manages their
own operations, and that meets the requirements for a basic safety program as described
above, including safe work procedures and hazard assessments of the hazardous
procedures completed. Any independent contractors or self-employed workers, who do not
have a safety program, will be adopted into either HARVARDs safety program or the safety
program of HARVARD they are sub-contracted to.

Coordinate the efforts and actions of all contractors at the wellsite, ensuring all employers
are aware of their roles and responsibilities, and that they have been informed of any
known hazards of the specific wellsite, program or materials, ensuring that procedures are
in place to eliminate or control these hazards.

Ensure that all safety procedures are compatible and verify that contractors are providing
their workers with training and supervision that addresses the hazards of the tasks they are
exposed to at the wellsite. It is not HARVARDs role to do this training or supervision for
contracted workers, but to ensure that contractors provide training and supervision in a
manner that meets legislated requirements as a minimum, as per Section 7.4.3. of IRP #7.
(Please see IRP#7 on page 2-14)

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 8

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Ensure that site-specific emergency response procedures are in place and that all
employers and workers know these procedures, have completed drills and are prepared to
follow them.

Ensure that Site Supervisors safety responsibilities have been clearly established and
communicated to all workers completing supervisory activities and that monitoring is
completed on a regular basis.

Conduct an assessment of the supervisors work experience and training to ensure he has
the skills and knowledge required to meet the requirements for the work and duties being
assigned.

The evaluation will include the steps and content described below, and be documented, signed
and kept on file by the person to whom the supervisor is reporting to.

Wellsite Supervisor - General Duties


HARVARD must provide a competent Wellsite Supervisor who has been assigned specific
duties and responsibilities as a representative, with HARVARD determining if the supervisor is
competent based on the job requirements, the duties assigned and assessment of the
Supervisors training and work experience.
The Wellsite Supervisor is generally responsible for managing Health and Safety on the
worksite, including directing and coordinating all employers at the wellsite. The specific duties
will vary considerably depending on the nature of the work and how the operator assigns
certain responsibilities.
Safety
In terms of health and safety management, as HARVARDs representative, the Wellsite
Supervisors responsibilities include the following:

Identify themselves at the wellsite, through use of the applicable Safety Statement,
ensuring they can be either easily located and contacted or have identified an alternate,
competent, person who must also be easily contacted if the Wellsite Supervisor becomes
unavailable for any reason. Note: Site Supervisors are required to be on the worksite during
all non-standard/critical work tasks.

Ensure that all contractors on the worksite effectively implement their own safety programs
and work procedures, and that all contractors understand and agree to follow all
requirements of HARVARDs Safety Program that is not identified within their own Safety
Program.

Ensure that applicable corporate information has been posted in an appropriate place on
location, including the posting of HARVARDs Health and Safety Policy and Partnership
Certificate within the supervisors workspace, and that a copy of the Safety Statement and
Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles has been posted in the contractors workspace
(doghouse).

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 9

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Identify and document the name of the On-Site Supervisor for each employer prior to
starting any work and review and clarify the roles and responsibilities of all Contractors OnSite Supervisors prior to starting any work.

Check that all contractors have provided the applicable employees, including visitors, with
the training and supervision described in Section 7.4.3. of IRP #7. (Please see IRP#7 on
page 2-14)

Identify inexperienced workers arriving on the worksite, ensuring these workers receive
adequate supervision and provide a wellsite orientation on arrival at the wellsite.

Coordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite, resolving any discrepancies between
conflicting work procedures, identifying the hazards related to the specific wellsite, the
planned program or the materials provided by the contractors.

Inform all employers of the hazards identified and ensure proper controls are in place
before the work begins. Establish and coordinate site-specific emergency response
procedures and drills.

Ensure the hazard assessment and identification programs described in the Hazard
Identification and Assessment section of the Safety Program is implemented and reviewed
with relevant workers on the worksite.

Ensure the hazards identified on the worksite are communicated through the safety
meeting and work permit systems, ensuring safety meetings are conducted prior to all nonstandard/critical operations.

Ensure well control and blowout prevention measures meet regulations and operators
requirements and the appropriate information and procedures have been posted and
reviewed with all personnel on site.

Monitor the work performed by all employers to verify compliance with safety legislation and
Safety Program requirements.

Check that the procedures for handling, transportation, disposal, storage and use of all
hazardous substances follow applicable regulations and safe practices. Monitor the wellsite
for proper use, handling, storage and maintenance of personal protective equipment.

Ensure appropriate equipment is utilized to detect and control Hydrogen Sulfide and other
flammable or poisonous substances that may be emitted at the worksite.

Ensure work is stopped when an unsafe act or condition is identified, resuming work only
after the hazard is removed or safe procedures have been established.

Ensure all emergency equipment and specialized safety equipment is easily identifiable
and readily available to all site personnel.

Ensure incidents/accidents or near misses are promptly reported and investigated, as


described within the Incident Investigation Section 6.0.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 10

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WORK EXPERIENCE ASSESSMENT


Additional Job Specific Skill Requirements
Good management practices require that results be compared to corporate goals and
expectations on a regular basis, in order to identify performance gaps and opportunities for
improvement. The performance of Wellsite Supervisors must be reviewed and evaluated as
part of this process.
Documentation of the actions taken at the wellsite is an important step in demonstrating due
diligence in the performance of assigned duties. Records of specific items such as safety
meetings, practice drills, inspections, pressure tests, etc., will be collected on the worksite and
forwarded to Calgary for filing. HARVARDs operators and Wellsite Supervisors will implement
the use of the Work Site Safety Plan Checklist at appropriate times during the project to
ensure that specific safety program steps have been completed.
HARVARD engineering staff and management directing Wellsite Supervisor activities will
conduct worksite reviews by visiting the wellsite on a regular basis to observe operating
procedures, check documentation kept on location and get feedback from the contractors on
the worksite.
Specific knowledge and experience requirements for a particular job depends on the type of
work planned, the depth and complexity of the well, the reservoir fluid properties, H2S potential,
the location of the well and any specific issues related to public or environmental impact.
The assessor must have this knowledge about the job prior to assessing and assigning an
appropriate supervisor. Additional requirements for the job must be included in the assessment
of potential supervisors based on these factors.
Assessment Process and Content Requirements
For each task assigned, HARVARD will determine the skill level of the site supervisor, ensuring
that the supervisors skill level is appropriate to the requirements of the assigned job. To
determine if the supervisors skills are appropriate, the assessment must be based on the
supervisors education, training and work history record, plus the skills observed by the
references and the assessor. HARVARD will indicate on the assessment record if the
supervisor either meets or exceeds requirements or requires additional training or
experience to complete the assigned tasks.
Agreement of Duties
In addition to the required training, every Wellsite Supervisor completing work for HARVARD
must have a written description and agreement of the duties and responsibilities assigned to
him and has experience with the type of work planned. This written agreement must be
renewed and updated at least every two years, and whenever the assigned duties are
changed. In any event, the assessment on file will include skill requirements for the major
operations of the actual wellsite work being supervised. As a minimum, these duties must
include those listed above.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 11

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Required Information
Record of Work History and References

Name, address and telephone number of the site supervisor

List of training certificates and expiry dates

Record of all formal education

Record of work experience including


o
o

List of references starting with the last three employers (or back five years), including:
o
o
o

Relevant industry experience, other than as a Wellsite Supervisor, and


Experience as a Wellsite Supervisor

Name and telephone number of references, including company or employer name,


Dates when candidate was employed including month and year, and
If the reference was contacted by the assessor.

Information about the person who did the assessment including:


o
o
o

Name, company/employer name,


Job title or position, address and telephone number, and
Date the assessment was completed or updated.

Minimum Skill Assessment Requirements


The candidate must be assessed as having the skills required in the following categories:

Supervision and leadership, and the demonstration of safe personal work habits.

Establishment and maintenance of effective working relationships.

Effective communication of operational and safety requirements.

Implementation of HARVARDs safety program, including the use of appropriate PPE.

Ensuring contractors have, and are using, safe work procedures that follow regulations.

Performance of hazard assessments and implementation of hazard controls.

Ensuring the detection and control of hazardous atmospheres is conducted.

Emergency Response and establishment of site-specific emergency response procedures.

Carry out operations in accordance with environmental regulations, including the disposal
of wastes, BOP training and drills and training certificates.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 12

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Containment and reporting of spills, leaks or other environmental damage, as per incident
reporting guidelines (see Section 6.0).

Ensuring BOPs and other well control equipment meet regulations, and is function tested
prior to commencing operations.

Ensuring all operations comply with regulations and industry standards.

Planning and coordinating equipment and service requirements.

Ensuring transportation of equipment, rig and equipment layout and spacing meet
equipment spacing regulations.

Contractors Supervision
Legislation requires that contractors provide their workers with appropriate training and
supervision to ensure they carry out their work in a safe manner.
HARVARD requires all employers to provide the following:

A wellsite orientation on their first day of employment

A safety program that includes information that identifies the worker as responsible to follow
the requirements of the safety program.

Information to ensure workers are aware of their rights and responsibilities under OH&S
legislation, including their right and obligation to refuse to do unsafe work.

Safe work procedures and practices for the assigned tasks, including rules from relevant
safety legislation.

Direct supervision, by a competent worker, of workers new to a position until they have
demonstrated the ability to perform the assigned tasks safely.

Frequent inspections of the wellsite, to ensure workers are following safe worker practices
and applicable OH&S regulations.

A hazard identification program/process, ensuring all personnel on the worksite are made
aware of the hazards and procedures to remove or control the hazards.

Directions to stop work when unsafe acts or conditions are identified then take action to
ensure conditions are safe before work is resumed.

Instructions, as required by WHMIS legislation, to ensure all hazardous materials are


identified and PPE is used to protect the worker from exposure.

Site-specific emergency response procedures are in place and all workers are prepared to
play their role in the event of an emergency.

Directions for the prompt reporting and investigation of any incidents on location.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 13

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2.9

IRP #7

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 14

Standards for Wellsite


Supervision of Drilling,
Completion and Workovers

Industry Recommended
Practice (IRP)
Volume 7 - 2002

Sanctioned
2002 - 03

This document as well as future revisions and additions are available


from:
Enform
1538 25 Avenue NE
Calgary, Alberta
T2E 8Y3
Phone: (403) 250-9606
Fax: (403) 291-9408
Website: www.enform.ca

Table of Contents
7

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Drilling, Completions and


Workovers............................................................................................... 1
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4

7.5

7.6

Acknowledgement & Disclaimer ..........................................................1


Introduction............................................................................................5
Scope........................................................................................................6
Definitions...............................................................................................7
Roles, Responsibilities and Duties ........................................................9
7.4.1 Operator and Prime Contractor..............................................9
7.4.1.1 Regulatory Compliance ..............................................................9
7.4.1.2 Safety ........................................................................................10
7.4.2 Wellsite Supervisor ................................................................12
7.4.2.1 General Duties ..........................................................................12
7.4.2.2 Safety ........................................................................................13
7.4.3 Employers Supervision.........................................................15
Requirements for Assigning Duties of Wellsite Supervisor ............17
7.5.1 A Supervisor Must be Assigned...........................................17
7.5.2 Agreement of Duties ..............................................................17
7.5.3 Identify Wellsite Supervisor ..................................................18
Training Requirements .......................................................................19
7.6.1 Wellsite Supervisor ................................................................19
7.6.2 Operator or Prime Contractor...............................................19
7.6.3 Training Requirements ..........................................................20
7.6.4 Description of Training Courses...........................................21
7.6.4.1 Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite
Supervision ............................................................................................21
7.6.4.2 Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite
Supervision (Refresher) .........................................................................21
7.6.4.3 Second Line Supervisors Well Control ...................................22
7.6.4.4 Well Service Blowout Prevention (BOP) .................................22
7.6.4.5 Detection and Control of Flammable Substance ......................22

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of


Drilling, Completions & Workovers

Table of Contents i

7.6.4.6 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information Systems


(WHMIS) Training ................................................................................22
7.6.4.7 Standard First Aid .....................................................................23
7.6.4.8 Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG) .............................23
7.6.4.9 H2S Alive ...............................................................................23
7.7
Work Experience Assessment.............................................................24
7.7.1 Requirement for Assessment ...............................................24
7.7.2 Frequency of Re-Assessment ..............................................25
7.7.2.1 Continuous Work Situations .....................................................25
7.7.2.2 Changes in Job Assignment ......................................................25
7.7.3 Assessment Process and Content Requirements ...........26
7.7.3.1 Process for Assessment of Skill Level......................................26
7.7.3.2 Required Information Record of Work History and References26
7.7.3.3 Minimum Skill Assessment Requirements...............................28
7.7.3.4 Additional Job Specific Skill Requirements .............................30
7.8
Performance Evaluation and Audits..................................................31
7.8.1 Documentation........................................................................32
7.8.2 Inspections and Audits ..........................................................33
7.8.3 Government Inspections .......................................................34
Appendix A:....................................................................................................35
Levels of Control and Responsibility for Safety Management .....35
Appendix B:....................................................................................................36
Notice of Wellsite Supervisor (Sample) ...........................................36

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of


Drilling, Completions & Workovers

Table of Contents ii

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


of Drilling, Completions and
Workovers

7.0

Acknowledgement & Disclaimer

This Industry Recommended Practice (IRP) is a set of best


practices and guidelines compiled by knowledgeable and
experienced industry and government personnel, and is intended to
provide the operator with advice regarding STANDARDS FOR
WELLSITE SUPERVISION OF DRILLING, COMPLETIONS
AND WORKOVERS.
It was developed under the auspices of the Drilling and
Completions Committee (DACC).
DACC is a joint industry/government committee established to
develop safe, efficient and environmentally suitable operating
practices for the Canadian Oil & Gas industry in the areas of
drilling, completions and servicing of wells. The primary effort is
the development of IRPs with priority given to:
Development of new IRPs where non-existent procedures result in
issues because of inconsistent operating practices.
Review and revision of outdated IRPs particularly where new
technology requires new operating procedures.
Provide general support to foster development of non-IRP industry
operating practices that have current application to a limited
number of stakeholders.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

The recommendations set out in this IRP are meant to allow


flexibility and must be used in conjunction with competent
technical judgement. It remains the responsibility of the user of the
IRP to judge its suitability for a particular application.
If there is any inconsistency or conflict between any of the
recommended practices contained in the IRP, and the applicable
legislative requirement, the legislative requirement shall prevail.
Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy and reliability of
the data and recommendations contained in the IRP. However
DACC, its subcommittees, and individual contributors make no
representation, warranty, or guarantee in connection with the
publication or the contents of any IRP recommendation, and hereby
disclaim liability of responsibility for loss or damage resulting from
the use of this IRP, or for any violation of any legislative
requirements.
This IRP has been sanctioned (sanction = review and support of the
IRP as a compilation of best practices) by the following
organizations:

Alberta Energy and Utilities Board

Alberta Human Resources and Employment

British Columbia Workers Compensation Board

Canadian Association of Oilwell Drilling Contractors

Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers

International Coil Tubing Association

Oil & Gas Commission, British Columbia

Petroleum Services Association of Canada

Saskatchewan Energy & Mines

Saskatchewan Labour

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

The following list of individuals participated in the development


of this Industry Recommended Practice (IRP) through the
DACC sub-committee and/or one of several working teams
responsible for various components. Apologies to anyone who
may have inadvertently been missed.
DACC SubCommittee Members

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

Doug Fletcher

Petro-Canada

Les Groeller

Shell Canada

Kenn Hample

Alberta Workplace Health and


Safety

Barry Holland

Workers Compensation Board of


British Columbia

Ron Hutzal

Noyes Supervision

Rod Loewen

Workers Compensation Board of


British Columbia

John Mayall

EUB - Alberta

Don Myers (CHAIR)

Burlington Resources (Canadian


Hunter)

George Myette

Pajak Engineering

Mark Nicklom

Bissett Resources

Kim Richardson

Marathon Oil

Bob Ross

Saskatchewan Labour, OH&S


Division

Brad Rowbotham

Roll'n Oilfield Industries Ltd.

Ken Shewan

Frontier Engineering

Murray Sunstrum

Canadian Petroleum Safety Council

Jack Thacker

Husky Oil

Willy Zukiwski

PanCanadian

Other
Contributors:

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

Ron Berg

Precision Drilling

Bob Cunningham
Adel Girgis
Dave Graber

Canadian Petroleum Safety


Council
AEUB
PanCanadian

Garth Gramlich

PanCanadian

Wayne Harvey

Safety Consultant

Ron Lapp

Jade Drilling

John Miller

PanCanadian

Ron Miller

Consultant

Lorne Polzin

Petroleum Industry Training Service

Barry Rock

Shell Canada

Jim Shaffer

Petroleum Industry Training Service

Bob Stockton

Consultant

Jim Storbakken

Imperial Oil

Rod Thomas

Bonus Resources

Layne Wilk

Precision Well Servicing

7.1

Introduction

Drilling, completions and well workovers involve a wide variety


of operations that often require a number of contractors,
technical services and suppliers working together at the wellsite.
These operations must be planned and executed by qualified and
competent people at all levels to ensure the safety of workers and
the public, the protection of the environment and the
conservation of natural resources. The well owner or operator
conducting these operations has overall responsibility for
achieving these goals. The wellsite supervisor representing the
operator or prime contractor plays a key role by directing and coordinating all employers at the wellsite to implement the planned
work program. The purpose of this IRP is to recommend
minimum standards to ensure that the operator or prime
contractor provides competent supervision at the wellsite.
The impetus for the development of this IRP was a growing need
to improve minimum standards for safety management at the
well site. Therefore, the primary focus during the development
of this IRP was on safety. However, compliance with legislation
and industry standards that relate to environmental protection
and resource conservation is also a goal in these qualification
standards.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

7.2

Scope

This IRP deals with well operations that are generally known in the
industry as drilling, completions and workovers. Minor well
servicing on completed wells, which do not require removal of the
wellhead and do not require the installation of temporary blow out
prevention equipment to ensure well control during the operation, is
beyond the scope of this IRP. However, the responsibilities of the
prime contractor, in terms of safety management, are essentially the
same for any operation involving two or more employers at a
wellsite.
The subject of the IRP is supervision at the wellsite by the prime
contractor, which is usually the operator. Each employer or
contractor at the well site must also provide competent supervision
for their employees. Responsibilities of an employers supervisor
are discussed relative to the duties of the prime contractors
supervisor. Specific qualification requirements for supervisors of
other employers at the wellsite are not part of this IRP.
While the focus of the IRP is the wellsite supervisor, it must be
recognized that the responsibilities are basically those of the
operator and/or the prime contractor. Therefore the operator and/or
prime contractor must have a good understanding of these
requirements and a clear agreement with the wellsite supervisor as
to how these obligations will be met.
These recommendations are based on regulatory compliance and
due diligence. The specific requirements for the work planned in
drilling, completions and workover operations vary widely and part
of the operators due diligence is to assign competent supervision
for the specific work being supervised. This IRP does not attempt to
define supervisor competency requirements for every type of job
but does describe the minimum steps the operator or prime
contractor should take in making this determination.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

7.3

Definitions

The following basic principals and definitions are used


throughout this IRP. Please refer to the diagram in Appendix A
for further clarification.
Prime Contractor: When workers from more than one
employer are working at a wellsite then one party must have
overall responsibility for safety at that wellsite and co-ordination
of all employers to carry out the planned work. In Alberta this
party is known as the prime contractor and this term will be
used throughout this IRP. In other jurisdictions this specific
term may not be used, but the legislation has similar
requirements and responsibilities for this function.
Operator: The owner of the wellsite is the prime contractor
unless he has specifically assigned this responsibility to another
party by written agreement and has taken steps to ensure that the
party is capable of fulfilling all the duties and responsibilities
required of a prime contractor. When a well has more than one
owner, the owner who is assigned as the operator has the
responsibilities of prime contractor. Generally this is the licensee
of the well. The term operator will have this meaning
throughout this IRP.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

Wellsite Supervisor: The term wellsite supervisor is commonly


used to describe the individual who is representing the operator
or prime contractor at the wellsite and is generally responsible
for directing all employers at the wellsite. The wellsite
supervisor is therefore the representative of the prime contractor
at the wellsite. This is the job function and the meaning of the
term wellsite supervisor that is the subject of this IRP. Other
commonly used terms for this person are consultant, company
man, and engineer (the use of 'engineer' must be avoided
unless the individual is a registered P. Eng.).
Employer: In this document this term means any company that
has one or more employees at the wellsite. This includes drilling
contractors and service companies or 'sub-contractors'
commonly referred to in the industry. It also includes any small
contractors or businesses that have one or more people doing
work at the wellsite whether they are employees, owner
operators or self employed workers.
Employers Supervisor: In OH&S legislation it is a general
requirement that employers provide their workers with adequate
training and supervision. There are various detailed
requirements that help define what constitutes adequate
supervision and a competent supervisor. The term employers
supervisor in this IRP refers to the person directly responsible
for the supervision of the work and workers of a specific
employer at the wellsite.
Examples of an employers supervisor are: rig manager, driller,
truck push, frac crew supervisor, logging supervisor, drill stem
tester, power tong operator, cementing supervisor.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

7.4

Roles, Responsibilities and Duties

7.4.1 Operator and Prime Contractor


7.4.1.1
Regulatory
Compliance

The operator, as owner and licensee of the well and wellsite, has
overall responsibility to ensure the safety of workers and the
public, the protection of the environment and the conservation of
resources related to all activity at the wellsite and in the
wellbore. There are many rules governing the design, planning
and execution of oil and gas operations. These are provided in
various legislated acts, regulations and guides as well as
recognized standards and IRPs. The operator must ensure
compliance with all of these. Responsibility for compliance with
many of the rules may be assigned to people doing the planning,
design and programming of well operations at the office level.
When these programs are implemented in the field, the wellsite
supervisor represents the operator/prime contractor.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

7.4.1.2 Safety

The prime contractor has overall responsibility for health and


safety at the wellsite. In fulfilling this responsibility, the prime
contractor must ensure that contractors and employers at the
wellsite comply with all applicable legislation. The following
steps are recommended to help achieve this obligation:

Implement an effective safety program that meets the


requirements for a basic safety program as described in IRP
Volume 9. Ensure all employers on site are aware of and
comply with all requirements of this program that exceed or
supplement their own safety program.

Use employers at the wellsite that have an effective safety


program in place for their own operations that meets the
requirements for a basic safety program as described above,
including safe work procedures for the work they do. All
independent or self-employed workers who do not have their
own safety program must be included in the safety program
of the prime contractor or another employer on site.

Co-ordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite.


Ensure all employers, supervisors and workers know what
their role and responsibilities are for the work planned.
Ensure all safety procedures are compatible.

Verify that all employers are providing their workers with


training and supervision that addresses the tasks and hazards
of the work they do at the wellsite.

It is not the prime contractors role to do this training and


supervision directly but only to check that employers do
provide supervision in a manner that meets legislated
requirements as a minimum. However, if a worker is a direct
employee of the prime contractor and reports to the wellsite
supervisor, then the wellsite supervisor is responsible for the
training and supervision as per Section 7.4.3.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

10

Inform all employers of any known hazards related to the


specific wellsite, the planned program or the materials
supplied by the prime contractor. Ensure that procedures are
in place to eliminate or control these hazards.

Ensure that site-specific emergency response procedures are


in place and that all employers and workers know these
procedures and are prepared to follow them.

Monitor activity at the site to verify compliance with


applicable legislation and safe work procedures.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

11

7.4.2 Wellsite Supervisor


7.4.2.1 General
Duties

The wellsite supervisor is generally responsible for directing and


co-ordinating all employers at the wellsite to achieve the goals of
the work planned by the operator and ensure compliance with all
legislation pertaining to that work at the wellsite. The specific
duties will vary considerably depending on the nature of the
work and how the operator assigns certain responsibilities.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

12

7.4.2.2 Safety

In terms of safety management, the duties of the wellsite


supervisor, as the representative of the prime contractor, should
include the following:

Identify themselves at the wellsite and ensure they can be


easily located and contacted at all times. An alternate
competent representative of the prime contractor must also
be identified who can be contacted if the wellsite supervisor
becomes incapacitated or inaccessible for any reason.

Check that all employers on the wellsite have an effective


safety program and safe work procedures.

Check that all employers understand and agree to follow all


requirements of the prime contractor's safety program that
are not already met by their own safety program.

Provide for wellsite orientation of all employers and visitors


on arrival at the wellsite.

Co-ordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite.


Resolve any discrepancies between safe work procedures
before starting the work.

Identify and document the name of the on-site supervisor for


each employer prior to starting any work.

Review and clarify the roles and responsibilities of all


employers and on-site supervisors prior to doing any work.

Check that all employers on site are providing their


employees with the training and supervision described in
Section 7.4.3.

Ascertain the number of inexperienced workers and review


job execution plans with the employer to ensure these
workers receive adequate supervision.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

13

Identify hazards related to the specific wellsite, the planned


program or the materials provided by the prime contractor.
Inform all employers of these hazards and ensure proper
controls are in place before the work begins.

Establish and co-ordinate site-specific emergency response


procedures. Post information, review procedures and conduct
practice drills with all personnel on site.

Ensure that well control and blowout prevention measures


meet regulations and operator's requirements.

Monitor the work performed by all employers to verify


compliance with safety legislation as well as safety program
requirements.

Monitor the wellsite for proper use, handling, storage and


maintenance of personal protective equipment by all
workers.

Check that the procedures for handling, transportation,


disposal, storage and use of all hazardous substances, follows
applicable regulations and safe practices.

Implement detection and control of Hydrogen Sulfide and


other hazardous gases to prevent harmful exposure of
workers or the public.

Implement detection and control of any flammable


substances that may be emitted from the well or surface
facilities, to prevent accidental fire or explosion.

Direct work to be stopped when an unsafe act or condition is


identified. Resume work only after the hazard is removed or
safe procedures have been established.

Ensure incidents/accidents or near misses are reported and


investigated.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

14

7.4.3 Employers Supervision


Safety legislation requires that employers provide all workers
with instruction, training and supervision by a competent
supervisor to ensure they carry out their work in a safe manner.
It is recommended that all employers provide their workers with
training and supervision that includes the following:

Provide all workers with a wellsite orientation.

Inform all workers of the employer's safety program


requirements and ensure these requirements are followed.

Ensure workers are aware of their rights and responsibilities


under OH&S legislation, including their right and obligation
to refuse to do unsafe work.

Provide workers with instruction and training on safe work


procedures for the assigned tasks, including rules from
relevant safety legislation.

Ensure workers new to a position receive direct supervision


by a competent worker until they have demonstrated the
ability to perform the assigned tasks safely.

Ensure only properly trained workers operate equipment or


machinery.

Conduct frequent inspections of the wellsite to ensure


workers are following safe work practices and applicable
OH&S regulations.

Identify hazards, inform all workers and the prime contractor


of the hazards. Establish procedures to remove or avoid the
hazards and ensure these steps are followed.

Stop work when an unsafe act or condition is identified and


take action to ensure conditions are safe before work is
resumed.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

15

Ensure all hazardous materials to be used in their work have


been identified and that workers are given instruction as
required by WHMIS legislation.

Ensure the proper use and maintenance of Personal


Protective Equipment (PPE).

Ensure that site-specific emergency response procedures are


in place and that all workers are prepared to follow them.

Report and investigate any accidents or near misses.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

16

7.5

Requirements for Assigning Duties of


Wellsite Supervisor

7.5.1 A Supervisor Must be Assigned


IRP:

The prime contractor must provide a competent wellsite


supervisor who has been assigned specific duties and
responsibilities as a representative of the prime contractor.
The prime contractor will determine if the supervisor is
competent based on the job requirements, the duties assigned
and an assessment of the supervisors training and work
experience as described in Section 7.7.
7.5.2 Agreement of Duties

IRP:

Every wellsite supervisor must have a written description


and agreement of the duties and responsibilities assigned to
him by the prime contractor. As a minimum these duties
must include those listed in Section 7.4.2.2.
This written agreement must be renewed and updated at least
every 2 years, and whenever the assigned duties are changed.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

17

7.5.3 Identify Wellsite Supervisor


IRP:

The name of the wellsite supervisor representing the prime


contractor must be documented and posted at the wellsite.
It is also important that the wellsite supervisor can be easily
located and identified by all people at the wellsite.
A sample form for posting the name and basic duties of the
wellsite supervisor as well as the name of an alternate contact for
the prime contractor is given in Appendix B.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

18

7.6

Training Requirements

7.6.1 Wellsite Supervisor


IRP:

All wellsite supervisors must have valid certificates for the


training courses shown in the Section 7.6.3.
7.6.2 Operator or Prime Contractor
It is recommended that any individual working for the operator
or prime contractor who directs the work of a wellsite supervisor
should have the training courses shown in Section 7.6.3.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

19

7.6.3 Training Requirements

Course

Safety Management and


Regulatory Awareness for
Wellsite Supervision
Second Line Supervisors Well
Control
Well Service Blowout Prevention

Renewal*
Frequency
(years)

Drilling
Supervisor

Completions
Workover
Supervisor

Person
Directing
Wellsite
Supervisor

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes
for drilling
Yes
for
completions
& servicing

Detection and Control of


Flammable Substances
WHMIS**

Optional

Yes

Optional

Yes

Yes

Yes

Standard First Aid **

Yes

Yes

Optional

TDG **

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

H2S Alive

*Note: The requirements for renewal of certification for each


course vary.
Except where denoted by **, the courses recommended were
developed by Enform to meet the standards specified by
industry. Certificates are issued by Enform and accepted by
regulators as proof of adequate training. Some Enform
courses can be franchised which means that outside instructors
can be certified by Enform so that the course can be taught
outside of Enform, and successful students will receive the
Enform certificate. This process can be used if companies wish
to include Enform courses in their own in house training.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

20

7.6.4 Description of Training Courses


7.6.4.1 Safety
Management
and Regulatory
Awareness for
Wellsite
Supervision

The three-day course, Safety Management and Regulatory


Awareness for Wellsite Supervision has been designed to ensure
wellsite supervisors and prime contractors are aware of their
responsibilities and roles with respect to Health and Safety at the
wellsite. Key legislated rules and industry practices for Alberta,
British Columbia and Saskatchewan are discussed and
summarized so that the wellsite supervisor/prime contractor can
research further details as needed. Responsibilities for health and
safety legislation, health and safety program elements,
supervisor's role, hazard identification, risk assessment and
control, inspections, incident investigation, emergency response,
and leadership skills are covered in the course.

7.6.4.2 Safety
Management
and Regulatory
Awareness for
Wellsite
Supervision
(Refresher)

This refresher course is designed to ensure wellsite supervisors


and prime contactors maintain a high level of awareness of their
responsibilities and roles with respect to safety management and
regulatory compliance at the Wellsite. Key legislated rules and
industry practices for Alberta, British Columbia, and
Saskatchewan are discussed and are summarized in an index
with references so that the wellsite supervisor/prime contractor
can research further details as needed. Responsibilities for health
and safety legislation, health and safety program elements,
hazard identification, risk assessment and control, inspections,
incident investigation, emergency response and leadership skills
are reviewed. This refresher will emphasize regulatory changes
and key industry issues from the preceding 3 years.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

21

7.6.4.3 Second
Line
Supervisors
Well Control

This course deals with well control during open hole drilling
operations. Participants are required to perform well control
procedures and demonstrate the proper response to hole and
equipment problems using test well equipment. The course also
includes wellbore pressure concepts, well control strategies
while on bottom, tripping and while out of the hole, appropriate
techniques for management of people and equipment related to
well control at the wellsite.

7.6.4.4 Well
Service Blowout
Prevention
(BOP)

This course covers sources and magnitude of pressures, causes


of kicks, BOP equipment, kick warning signs, crew position and
duties, well shut-in procedures and well killing procedures for
cased-hole operations.

7.6.4.5
Detection and
Control of
Flammable
Substance

This course includes an introduction to flammable substances,


principles of flammable gas / vapor detection, care and
preparation of combustible gas monitors, interpreting
combustible gas readings and control methods.

7.6.4.6
Workplace
Hazardous
Materials
Information
Systems
(WHMIS)
Training

This course covers the basics of WHMIS, providing participants


with general knowledge and skills to work safely around
hazardous materials.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

22

7.6.4.7 Standard
First Aid

The course provides participants with a basic theoretical and


practical knowledge of first aid procedures so they can apply
them both on and off the wellsite. This training is not intended to
meet any legislated requirements for first aid at the wellsite.
Specific first aid requirements including training of first aid
attendants at work sites vary between OH&S jurisdictions.

7.6.4.8
Transportation
of Dangerous
Goods (TDG)

Includes training in TDG legislation, classification of materials,


safety marks, documentation, safe handling requirements,
incident reporting and emergency response.

7.6.4.9 H2S
Alive

This course covers the physical properties and health hazards of


H2S, how to protect oneself and basic rescue techniques.
Participants are required to operate self-contained breathing
apparatus, an H2S detector device, and perform rescue breathing
on a mannequin.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

23

7.7

Work Experience Assessment

7.7.1 Requirement for Assessment


In addition to the required training, a wellsite supervisor must
have experience with the type of work planned in order to carry
out the duties assigned in a competent manner. The type and
amount of experience required depends on the complexity of the
work and the specific duties assigned.
IRP:

The prime contractor must conduct an assessment of the


supervisors work experience and training to ensure he has
the skills and knowledge required to meet the requirements
for the work and duties being assigned. This evaluation must
include the process steps and content described in Section
7.7.3. The evaluation must be documented, signed and kept
on file by the person to whom the supervisor is reporting.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

24

7.7.2 Frequency of Re-Assessment


7.7.2.1
Continuous
Work Situations

All supervisors must have a current assessment from the prime


contractor they are working for. If the supervisor continues to
work for the same prime contractor, the assessment must be
updated at least every 2 years.

7.7.2.2 Changes
in Job
Assignment

When a supervisor is re-assigned to work that is significantly


more complex, then the prime contractor must re-assess his skill
levels to ensure they are adequate for the new work
requirements. In some cases this may be done by adding an
assessment of the additional skills required to the original
assessment. In any event, the assessment that the operator has
on file must include skill requirements for the major operations
of the actual wellsite work being supervised.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

25

7.7.3 Assessment Process and Content


Requirements
7.7.3.1 Process
for Assessment
of Skill Level

For each duty assigned, the assessor must determine if the skill
level of the candidate meets the requirements to carry out the
task. This determination must be based on the education, training
and work history record plus the skills observed by the
references and the assessor. It is suggested the assessor rate the
candidate as either 'meets or exceeds requirements' or as
'requires additional training or experience' in which case
comments should be included as to what is required.

7.7.3.2 Required
Information
Record of Work
History and
References

Required Information Record of Work History and References

Name, address and phone # of the person being assessed

List of training certificates and dates each was issued

Record of all formal education and year each was completed,


if available

Record of work experience including:


- relevant wellsite experience other than as wellsite

supervision
- experience as a wellsite supervisor, if not entry level
- other relevant industry experience not at the wellsite

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

26

List of references starting with the last three employers (or


back 5 years) and including:
- name and phone # of reference
- name of the company or employer of the reference
- dates when candidate was employed including month

and year
- was this reference contacted by assessor? If so, on what

date?

Information about the person who did the assessment


including:
- name
- name of his company or employer
- job title or position
- address and phone #
- date the assessment was completed or updated

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

27

7.7.3.3 Minimum The candidate must be assessed as having the skills required in
the following categories, considering the points described and
Skill
the work assigned:
Assessment
Requirements
Supervision and Leadership

Demonstrate safe personal work habits

Establish and maintain effective working relationships

Communicate operational and safety requirements


effectively

Health & Safety


-

Implement operators safety program at the Wellsite

Conduct effective safety meetings

Check that all employers have safe work procedures in


effect

Check that all employer on-site supervisors are


performing their duties

Monitor work to ensure safe work procedures and


regulations are followed

Check that personal protective equipment is being used


as required

Perform hazard assessments and implement hazard


controls

Direct the detection and control of H2S, flammable


emissions and other hazardous atmospheric conditions

Emergency Response
-

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

Establish and co-ordinate site-specific emergency


response procedures

28

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

Environmental Protection
-

Carry out operations in accordance with environmental


regulation

Check that waste disposal practices follow approved


procedures

Contain and report spills, leaks or other environmental


damage

Well Control
-

Ensure BOPs and other well control equipment meets


regulations

Ensure inspection, function testing and pressure testing is


carried out

Ensure kick detection equipment and practices are in place

Ensure BOP training and certificates of personnel meet


regulations

Conduct BOP drills as per regulations and operator


requirements

Operational Skills and Technical Knowledge


-

Review and understand well design and program


requirements

Ensure all operations comply with regulations and industry


standards

Plan and co-ordinate equipment and services requirements

Identify hazards associated with the work planned

Ensure rig and equipment layout and spacing meets


regulations

Ensure transportation of equipment meets all regulations


and bylaws

29

7.7.3.4
Additional Job
Specific Skill
Requirements

Specific knowledge and experience requirements for a particular


job depends on the type of work planned, the depth and
complexity of the well, the reservoir fluid properties including
H2S potential, the location of the well and any specific issues
related to public or environmental impact potential. The assessor
must have this knowledge about the job prior to assessing and
assigning an appropriate supervisor. Additional requirements for
the job must be included in the assessment of potential
supervisors based on these factors.
Note: Refer to IRP Volume 1 and ARP Volume 2 for specific
requirements for supervision on wells classified as 'critical sour'.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

30

7.8

Performance Evaluation and Audits

Good management practices require that results achieved must


be compared to the goals and expectations on a regular basis in
order to identify performance gaps and opportunities for
improvement. The performance of wellsite supervisors must be
monitored and evaluated as part of this process. New supervisors
should be evaluated more frequently than supervisors with
proven track records.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

31

7.8.1 Documentation
Good management practices require that results achieved must
be compared to the goals and expectations on a regular basis in
order to identify performance gaps and opportunities for
improvement. The performance of wellsite supervisors must be
monitored and evaluated as part of this process. New supervisors
should be evaluated more frequently than supervisors with
proven track records.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

32

7.8.2 Inspections and Audits


Operators and prime contractors should inspect wellsite
operations on a regular basis. The person directing the wellsite
supervisor should conduct informal audits by visiting the
wellsite at appropriate times to observe operating procedures,
check records kept on location and get feedback from the
employers involved in the work. Operators and prime
contractors should also periodically conduct formal audits of
their safety management system using trained auditors. Refer to
IRP Volume 9 for recommendations on safety program audits.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

33

7.8.3 Government Inspections


Government agencies conduct field inspections and audits of
field operations as necessary to ensure compliance with
regulations. The wellsite supervisor and the prime contractor
must assist the inspectors and support this process in a cooperative manner.

Standards for Wellsite Supervision


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

34

Appendix A:
Levels of Control and Responsibility for Safety Management

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

Appendix A 35

Appendix B:
Notice of Wellsite Supervisor (Sample)
Note: Saskatchewan Labour has a sample Generic Form to assist in complying with Section 412 of OH&S
regulations in that province.
TAKE NOTICE that ___________________________________________(operator/prime contractor)
HEREBY APPOINTS _______________________________________________(name of supervisor)
as the wellsite supervisor of the following undertaking:
Drilling
Completion / Workover
Description of well operations to be carried out:

Located at the following well locations_______________________________________________________

During the time period from: _____day, __________month, ___________year


to: _____day, __________month, ___________year
ALTERNATE CONTACT: representative for the prime contractor if the Wellsite Supervisor becomes incapacitated or
is inaccessible: ____________________________________________________ ( name )
Contact phone #s __________________(work) __________________(cell) ___________________(home)
The Supervisors duties and responsibilities include the following matters:
Implement the prime contractors safety program at the wellsite.

Check that all employers on the wellsite have a safety program including safe work procedures.
Ensure all employers understand and agree to follow all requirements of the prime contractors safety program that
are not already met by their own safety program.
Direct and co-ordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite, including:
review and clarification of roles and responsibilities of all employers and supervisors
resolution of discrepancies between safe work procedures
safe transportation, storage, use and disposal all hazardous substances
Identify hazards related to the specific wellsite, the planned program or the materials provided by the prime
contractor. Inform all employers of these hazards and ensure procedures are in place to control these hazards.
Ensure the following site specific hazard controls meet requirements and standards:
well control and blowout prevention
detection and control of Hydrogen Sulfide gas emissions
detection and control of any flammable substances that may be emitted
Establish and direct site-specific emergency response procedures
Monitor work activities of all employers and work activities to verify:
compliance with safety legislation
safe work procedures and proper use of PPE are followed
all employees receive supervision and training from their employer as per IRP Volume 7

The Supervisor is knowledgeable about and experienced in all of the matters listed above.
Assigned By:__________________________________ (representative of operator/ prime contractor)
Contact phone #s:___________________(work)___________________(cell)
Accepted By:__________________________________ (signed by wellsite supervisor )
Contact phone #s:___________________(work)___________________(cell)

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of


Drilling, Completions and Workovers

Appendix B 36

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 2 FORMS
Work Site Safety Plan Checklist
Bill C-45 Explanation
WH&S Bulletin Due Diligence

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 2 - 15

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WORK SITE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST


(Drilling & Completions Supervisors)

OPERATOR:
LOCATION:
WELL SITE SUPERVISOR:
RIG# / RIG MANAGER:
DATES: From:

To:

The Operator is designated as the Prime Contractor for this operation. The Well Site Supervisor is
the agent of the Operator. The following checklist summarizes the key elements of the required work
site safety plan. Well Site Supervisors are requested to submit the completed checklist upon
completion of the job.
YES

NO

N/A
GENERAL
Have you reviewed and posted HARVARDs HS&E Policy & Safety Statement?
Have all identified landowner requirements been identified and addressed?
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENTS / INSPECTIONS
Is a Hazard Assessment completed for each task being conducted?
Are the results of Hazard Assessments reviewed during the Safety Meeting Process?
Review Well Site Layout (as per provincial regulatory requirements).
Have the rig anchors been installed and tested as required?
Are CAODC rig inspections or equivalent being completed as required?
Have you received copies of all inspections completed on the worksite?
Has the CAODC BOP been completed as required?
Have the mouse/rat holes been identified prior to moving completion rig on site.

SAFETY COMMUNICATION
Are Safety Meetings held on regular basis?
Are the meetings documented and are you receiving copies of the meeting minutes?
As the Supervisor have you attended pre-job safety meetings for critical/non critical
operations?
Have you reviewed regulatory permits and license conditions?
Safe Work Permits: have you identified requirements and issued necessary permits?
Has a pre-job tailgate safety meeting been conducted prior to each specialized
operation?
INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION
Are Contractors and their personnel aware of the HARVARD incident reporting procedures,
and are they complying?
Are you ensuring all incidents/near misses are investigated reported and corrective
measures implemented?
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING
Has the Corporate/Site Specific ERP been reviewed with onsite personnel?
Have emergency numbers and directions to lease been posted and is a map of area
available for quick reference?
Are lease signs adequate to direct emergency response workers to the site?

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

YES

NO

N/A
Have muster points been identified and all personnel aware of them?
Are First Aid/Emergency Services available including a transportation method?
Are supplies well maintained and do they meet regulated standards?
Has the communication equipment on the worksite been tested for emergency response
procedures?
HAVE SAFE WORK PROCEDURES BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE FOLLOWING JOB
HAZARDS?
Sour operations.
Hot work.
Confined space / Restriced space entry.
Overhead power lines.
Hazardous materials.
Ground disturbances (buried pipelines, electrical, telephone)
Control Hazardous Energy
Pressure testing.
Radioactive sources.
Appropriate work procedures available on-site and posted as required.
Fall protection to include use of man basket & high angle rescue training.
Other non-regular operations. _____________________________
Well flow back operations including DST testing.
LEL Monitoring.
WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY
Is appropriate personal protective equipment and other safety equipment available and
being used by all workers? (i.e. F. R. clothing).
Is the PPE and safety equipment in good working order and is there a preventative
maintenance and inspection program for equipment?
Is there special monitoring equipment available? (i.e. H2S, LEL).
Have you review local access hazards and speed limits?
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
Have all workers on site completed an HARVARD Safety Orientation (Handbooks) and do
they have an orientation hardhat sticker?
Have you collected the orientation quizzes/acknowledgement sheets from the workers?
First Aid/CPR; verify number of qualified people available on site _______
H2S; verify number of qualified people on site ________.
Blow out prevention certification: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Site Supervisor ____
WHMIS / TDG: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Crew ____ Site Supervisor ____
CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAMS
Do Contractors have safety programs in place and available on site?
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Have fuels and chemicals are properly stored?
Is the required waste handling, storage and disposal procedures in place?
Have all spills been cleaned up immediately and reported?
CAMP (If Applicable)
Are there adequate smoke detectors and fire extinguishers?
Are regular emergency drills conducted, and do they correct deficiencies identified?
Have Camp Rules been posted at the main entrance and kitchen area of camp?

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WELL SITE SUPERVISORS COMMENTS:

SUPERVISOR

DATE

Bill C-45: Criminal Liability of Organizations

On March 31, 2004, criminal code amendments made to bill C-45 became law. These
changes now base corporate criminal liability on the actions and moral fault of the
organization as a whole. This would include the failure of managerial officers who
reasonably ought to have known what was happening or who were not reasonably
diligent in establishing or monitoring mechanisms for compliance with corporate
policies.
An organization is defined as a public body, body corporate, society, company, firm,
partnership, trade union, municipality and associations, with a common purpose, with an
operational structure that holds itself out as an association.
The amendments to Bill C-45 have the following intent:
Criminal liability of corporations and organizations is no longer dependent on a senior
member of the organization but rather all PERSONS DIRECTING WORK must ensure
reasonable steps have been taken to safeguard BOTH WORKER and the PUBLIC.
The Criminal Code had the following provisions:
Criminal Negligence 219. (1) Everyone is criminally negligent who
(a) in doing anything, or
(b) in omitting to do anything that is his duty to do,
shows wanton or reckless disregard for the lives or safety
of other persons.
Definition of duty
(2) For the purposes of this section, duty means a duty
imposed by law.
Duty of persons

217. Every one who undertakes to do an act is under a legal


duty to do it if an undertaking acts omission to do the act is
or may be dangerous to life.

Bill C-45 introduced new Section 217.1 as follows:


Duty of persons

217.1. Every one who undertakes, or has the authority, to


direct how another person does work or performs a task is
under a legal duty to take reasonable steps to prevent bodily
harm to that person, or any other person, arising from that
work or task.

Section 217.1 creates an express legal duty for those directing minds who direct the
work or another. This responsibility expands to include all representatives of the

corporation or organization who exercise delegated and operation authority.


Representatives can include a director, partner, employee, member, agent or contractor.
Penalties:
Organizations cannot be imprisoned and so the Criminal Code provides for fines. For a
summary conviction the fine increased from $25,000 to $100,000. For indictable
offences there is no maximum fine established and it is non tax deductible.
Probation is now an optional condition a court may consider imposing on an
organization. These probation terms may include:
1. Making restitution to any person for the loss/damage caused.
2. Establish policies, standards and procedures to reduce the likelihood of another
offence
3. Communicate these policies, standards and procedures to the representatives
4. Report to the court for the implementation of these policies, standards and procedures
5. Identify the senior offices responsible for the implementation of these policies,
standards and procedures.
6. Provide information to the public as to the offence for which convicted, sentence
imposed and measures the organization is taking to reduce the likelihood of repetition in
the future.
Recommendations:
It is vital to your organization that you demonstrate due diligence. Here is a list of
questions that can assist in limiting liability and exposure for your organization:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Do you have a Health and Safety program?


Have you ensured your Health and Safety program is being implemented?
Have you ensured your Health and Safety program meets regulations?
Is your organization in compliance WCB and Provincial Occupational Health and
Safety acts, codes and regulations?
5. Have you verified that your personnel and contractors have appropriate training?
6. Have you established a paper trail to demonstrate training records and compliance to
government Health and Safety regulations?

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

3.0

SAFETY PLAN MANAGEMENT

A Safety Program is ineffective unless there is a plan to manage it. The manual is full of
information to help manage the Program. Unless each element of the Program is put into
practice there is no Program and the manual becomes useless. Putting it into practice requires
the participation of all company employees and contractors. Safety is everyones responsibility.
This section of the manual attempts to provide a management plan that is easy to understand
and provides specific tools to assist the supervisor to manage the Program in the field.

3.1

THE OPERATIONS PROGRAM (DRILLING & COMPLETIONS)

The principle safety document for any drilling or completions operation should be the
Operations Program. The Program should be well thought out by the Drilling/Completions
Engineer and structured so that the project is accomplished in the most efficient and effective
way with safety of workers and environmental protection an unconditional priority.
It is important that the Wellsite Supervisor be clear in his/her understanding as to what his/her
responsibilities and expectations are as the representative of the owner/operator and/or Prime
Contractor. It is recommended that, in addition to a detailed operational procedure that
accomplishes the above, a section be added to each drilling and completions program similar
in content to the following:
Instructions to Well Site Supervisor Regarding Safety and Waste Management

All operations on this project must comply with HARVARDs Safety Program, the
drilling contractors' Safety Program and all applicable regulations.

The Well Site Supervisor is to complete the attached Work Site Safety Plan
Checklist at the beginning of this project and return it to the Calgary office with the
final operations report.

Post HARVARDS "Safety Statement" in a prominent location such as the


doghouse and/or camp dining area.

An Emergency Response Plan must be prepared based on the work site hazard
assessment with input from affected workers. Emergency response items must
address, at a minimum, key internal and external contacts, first aid plan / medical
transportation, fire protection, rescue and evacuation. Individual work sites may
need to add additional items specific to their operation based both on the work
site hazard assessment as well as regulatory requirements. Emergency response
training must be appropriate to the work site and potential emergencies identified
in the ERP. A copy of this ERP must be submitted with the final operations report.

Well Site Supervisor is to issue Safe Work Permits for all Hot Work, Confined
Space Entry and Ground Disturbances. Copies of these must be submitted with
the final report.

All contractors must be issued Safe Work Permits.

The CAODC rig inspection checklist must be completed and discussed with the
Drilling Engineer prior to drilling out surface casing. Further inspections are to be
completed as required.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 3 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

3.2

Run BOP drill with each crew after drilling out.

Have BOP stack and all associated equipment pressure tested individually and
recorded on a chart.

Post maximum allowable casing pressure (MACP) in doghouse and in manifold


shack.

Install safety fences around all sumps.

Attend and take a lead role at all safety meetings. Safety meetings should be held
regularly with each crew and before each critical operation.

In accordance with ERCB Directive D58 all waste must be manifested prior to
leaving the location. It is the Well Site Supervisors' responsibility to ensure this is
done.

All contractors must be fully covered by the WCB as well as carry a minimum
liability insurance of $2,000,000.

Notify HARVARDS field office, surface owner/occupant, and nearby area


residents when moving rig on or off location and prior to any events that will
significantly impact them.

Report all safety and environmental incidents on the appropriate form.

THE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST

This Checklist has been designed to provide the Production/Wellsite Supervisor with a guide to
most of the safety issues that must be addressed on site. It is intended that the Checklist be
applied to each of HARVARDs operating areas. It is recommended that the
Production/Wellsite Supervisor for each area review the Checklist for his area(s) at regular
intervals and that they be reviewed at safety meetings.

3.3

THE SAFETY STATEMENT

This document is intended to be a statement to all workers at a work site from HARVARD
management. It is to be posted in a conspicuous location such as the field office, lunch areas,
etc.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 3 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 3 FORMS
Safety Statement

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 3 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SAFETY STATEMENT
TO BE POSTED AT EVERY WORK SITE
Well/Facility Name: ________________________________________________________________

TO: ALL EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYERS AT THIS SITE

HARVARD ENERGY LTD. IS COMMITTED TO A SAFE WORKING ENVIRONMENT.


SAFETY WILL NOT BE COMPROMISED BY USING UNSAFE EQUIPMENT OR
PROCEDURES. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY TO ALL HARVARD OPERATED
WORK SITES.
1.

All supervisory personnel, whether consultants or HARVARD employees, and


contractor personnel employed at this site must have received suitable training
and be sufficiently experienced to carry out his/her job duties.

2.

Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment must be worn on work sites as


indicated by a completed Hazard Assessment. This may include hard hats,
hearing protection, CSA approved footwear, eye protection and other Personal
Protective Equipment as required.

3.

All unsafe equipment or working conditions must be reported to your supervisor


or the well site supervisor immediately. Should the unsafe condition not be
rectified the personnel involved should report to the following by collect
telephone call:
Project Manager: ______________________________________________________
Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________
Operations Manager:___________________________________________________
Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________

4.

Regular safety meetings and inspections must be carried out and properly
documented.

5.

Any accident, whether lost time or otherwise, unsafe acts or near misses must
be reported immediately by the work site supervisor to the above by telephone
and in writing by the next morning. The contractors written report, and if
required, copies of the applicable provincial W.C.B. forms MUST BE FAXED TO
THE CALGARY OFFICE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 3 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.0

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT

4.1

OVERVIEW

Occupational Health and Safety Codes require employers to assess a worksite and identify
existing or potential hazards before work begins or prior to the construction of a new work site,
or before the construction of significant additions or alterations to a work site. Employers must
prepare a report that provides the results of the assessment and specifies the methods that will
be used to control or eliminate the hazards.
All contractors are required to conduct their own pre-job safety hazard assessment. All
HARVARD personnel must conduct a pre-job assessment and complete the required Job
Safety Analysis (JSA) for the task at hand. HARVARDS HSE Department will review the prejob hazard assessments, update the JSA or develop new ones and review task analysis.
Hazards are to be eliminated whenever it is reasonably practicable to do so. If elimination is not
reasonably practicable, hazards must be controlled:

First by using engineering controls;


Then administrative controls;
And finally, as a last option, by using personal protective equipment.

There may also be situations where emergency action is required to control or eliminate a
hazard that is dangerous to the safety or health of workers. Only those workers competent in
correcting the hazardous condition may be exposed to the hazard.
Recognizing potential hazards and taking steps to control them is a major part of HARVARDs
Safety Program. A hazard is any situation with the potential to do injury or damage to people,
property, or the environment.
The objectives of the hazard assessment guidelines are to:

Outline a strategy for identifying all potential process and work site hazards.

Establish a standard for assessing critical and repetitive tasks.

Establish standards for evaluating, prioritizing, and implementing alternate hazard


control measures.

With the development of hazard assessment guidelines, and the implementation of training
programs, HARVARD is prepared to:
1. Identify, document, and assess any necessary process/operating safety information.
2. Identify, document, and report potential process and operative hazards and overall
risk.
3. Estimate the likelihood and consequence of each hazard utilizing the Risk Matrix.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4. Identify and document required safeguards for preventing, detecting or mitigating


potential incidents.
5. Implement recommendations for controlling and eliminating the hazards identified.

4.2

RESPONSIBILITY

HARVARD must, at all worksites:

Be able to produce a thorough, comprehensive, written hazard assessment applicable to


the worksite or work activities being reviewed;

Indicate the methods used to control or eliminate the hazards identified;


Where hazards are not eliminated, HARVARD should be able to justify the
appropriateness of those chosen to control through the use of administrative
procedures and personal protective equipment.

Involve workers in assessing, controlling, and eliminating potential hazards;


HARVARD should be able to indicate which workers were involved and to what
extent.

Be able to show how information regarding hazards and their controls are communicated to
workers.
HARVARD must be able to show how workers were informed of findings and
recommendations, including when and by what means (ie: safety meetings, posted
checklists, etc.), and how workers can access the written assessment.

Ensure that any employer on a work site is made aware of any existing or potential work
site hazards that may affect that employers workers.

4.3

SIZE AND SCOPE OF ASSESSMENTS

The size and scope of the written hazard assessment will vary based on the complexity of the
operations and the extent to which those operations present hazards to workers. A single
hazard assessment may be undertaken for multiple worksites IF the same hazards are faced at
all worksites and the safe work practices to be followed are identical at each worksite. Should
differences be discovered, then HARVARD must perform an individual assessment that takes
the new findings into consideration. Once new controls are implemented, the job or work
should be reviewed to ensure that the hazard(s) has been reduced to acceptable levels.

4.4

ASSESSMENT INTERVALS

The findings of the initial hazard assessment may not change for an extended period of time
but further assessments are required:

At reasonably practicable intervals to prevent the development of unsafe and


unhealthy working conditions. Hazard assessments shall include buildings, structures,
grounds, excavations, tools, equipment, work procedures and practices.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

When a new work process is introduced. This may involve the use of new or different
materials, chemicals, equipment, etc. with which workers are unfamiliar.

When a work process or operation changes. This may include the introduction of a new
process, operation, or piece of equipment.

Prior to construction of a new worksite or before the construction of significant


additions or alterations to the work site. This identifies potential problems being built
into the new worksite and eliminates them at the design stage.

If hazardous conditions are discovered every time an assessment or inspection is done, then
assessments or inspections should be done more frequently, thus reducing the length of time
that workers are exposed to a particular hazard. The presence of numerous, uncontrolled
hazards would suggest that the assessment was inadequate and efforts to eliminate or control
those hazards were incomplete or ineffective.
If no hazardous conditions are found, assessment intervals should not be reduced. If
everything is being done correctly and hazards are not being missed, then the inspections are
doing what they are supposed to do keeping conditions safe and under control.

4.5

PROCESS OF HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

In its simplest form, a hazard assessment answers the question What if?.
For example, What if

I dont put a guardrail around that elevated work platform?


I dont enforce the wearing of seat belts in all company vehicles?
I dont have our workers wear eye protection while grinding?
I dont have the workers test the atmosphere before entering a vessel?

When assessing hazards, it is important to determine whether a hazard is significant and


whether satisfactory precautions have been taken to reduce the chances of worker injury.
The hazard assessment process begins by listing all the types of work and work-related
activities that happen at the worksite or the work area within the worksite. The next step is to
break it down into clearly identifiable worksites so that the assessment task becomes
manageable. Then consider the size and location of worksites, their geographical location, and
the activities that happen there. For example, the operation might be broken down as follows:
a. permanent worksite office building, warehouse
b. field worksite locations where field operations are carried out
c. mobile worksite vehicles and mobile equipment
Once the worksites have been identified, proceed with the next four steps:
Step 1
Describe the types of work and work-related activities carried out at each worksite.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Step 2
Determine the hazards associated with the listed work-related activities.
Hazards are often grouped into four categories:
Physical hazards, for example:

Lifting and handling loads

Slipping and tripping

Moving parts of equipment/machinery

Working at heights

Pressurized systems

Vehicles

Fire

Electricity

Excess noise

Extreme temperatures
Chemical hazards, for example:

Chemicals (ie: solvents)

Dusts (ie: from grinding, sandblasting)

Fumes (ie: welding)

Mists and vapours


Biological hazards, for example:

Viruses, bacteria

Moulds

Sewage
Psychological hazards, for example:

Stress

Fatigue

Working conditions

Workplace violence
Step 3
Based on these activities and hazards present, create checklists or similar tools to help
identify existing or potential hazards (refer to Hazard Assessment Tools and Checklists,
Section 4.8).
Step 4
Identify and prioritize (ie: high hazard jobs, tasks, work areas) in order to determine
which hazards need to be assessed first.

4.6

TYPES OF INSPECTIONS

Formal and informal work site inspections are a critical process in recognizing potential hazards
and in taking the necessary steps to control them. Inspections require the full participation
of all workers, supervisors and management, who must take responsibility for identifying
and controlling the hazards within their work area.
Any unsafe or harmful conditions found in the course of such inspections shall be
documented, remedied and communicated to workers without delay.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.6.1

On-Going Informal Inspections


All company employees and contractors should be continually on the look-out
for conditions or procedures that create circumstances which may lead to
injury, harm to the environment or risk to the public.
Workers should promptly report to their supervisor any hazards observed on
the work site.

4.6.2

Planned Inspections (Formal)


Supervisors must conduct and document regular inspections of process,
equipment, work site conditions, employee actions and job procedures to
identify hazards. Contractor work site inspections are done cooperatively with
both the operating company and the contractor, using the standards set out
by HARVARD, the government, and industry associations.

4.6.3

Safety Audits, Loss Prevention Surveys and Regulatory


Inspections
Formal inspections may also be carried out by corporate safety personnel or
outside agencies such as insurance underwriter representatives or
Occupational Health and Safety inspectors. These inspections are carried out
at varying frequencies depending upon perceived risks and location.
Copies of any inspection reports that are generated as a result of an
inspection by an outside agency must be forwarded to the Head Office.

4.6.4

Equipment Preventive Maintenance


Proper equipment maintenance is a preventive measure against accidents
and costly breakdowns of all equipment including pressurized vessels,
rotating equipment, personal protective and safety equipment. Each area
should develop a detailed program with periodic and pre-shift equipment
checklists, maintenance manuals, and maintenance procedures.
Supervisors are to ensure all company equipment has preventive
maintenance manuals and that proper maintenance is performed and
recorded. Supervisors must also check the condition of rented equipment and
ensure necessary maintenance before use. Operators or equipment are
responsible for bringing any equipment or machine deficiencies to the
supervisors attention.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.6.5

Incident Investigation Findings


The findings of incident investigations may identify hazards involved.
Unfortunately, this is an after-the-fact manner of hazard identification therefore
this approach should only be used as a supplement to the above methods.

Figure 1: Hazard Identification, Elimination and Control Flowchart


Hazards cannot always be eliminated, however, assessing and understanding their natures and potentials
are critical to developing acceptable controls to avoid incidents, injury and losses in business.
INSPECTIONS

Ongoing (informal)
Planned (formal)
Safety & Loss Control Audit
Physical Conditions Survey
Loss Prevention Surveys Inspections
Process Hazard Analysis (PHAs)
(see Table 1, Summary of Inspections)

Identify Hazard from Inspection


YES *

Can hazard be corrected immediately?


NO

Evaluate hazard using the Risk Matrix

Correct the hazard by:


Eliminating or controlling by use of engineering
controls (ie: elimination, substitution, redesign,
isolation, automation, barriers, ventilation, etc.);
Administrative controls that control hazard to a level
as reasonably achievable (ie: safe work practice,
procedure, permits, training, etc.);
Use of personal protective equipment.

*Harvard recognizes
that for the majority of
field worksites, the
hazards identified are
addressed immediately
and would not require a
risk ranking procedure.

You are not restricted to a single approach. Some hazards


require the combined use of all three methods.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.7

RISK MATRIX
High: Requires Action

Moderate: Action or further study

Low: Investigation as resources permit

LIKELIHOOD
SEVERITY

MAJOR (Catastrophic)
Personnel:

Permanently disabling injury


or fatality
Public:
Exposed to life threatening
accident
Environment: Large uncontained
product/chemical release into water
Equipment Damage which results in
downtime of 10 days +

SERIOUS
Lost time injury with
partial or no disability
Public:
Exposed to potential
injury accident
Environment: Large uncontained
product/chemical release
Equipment:
Damage which results in
downtime of 1-10 days

FREQUENT

PROBABLE

OCCASIONAL

Expected to occur
routinely or repeatedly
over the life of the
facility. Weekly or
monthly: probability
0.1

Commonly known to
occur but not routine.
Likely to happen at
several times in the
life of the facility.
Yearly or longer:
probability 0.01

Likely to occur sometime


in the facility life. Not
normally expected unless
precautionary measures
fall. Once every 10
years: probability
0.0001

EXTREME RISK
STOP:
Evaluate
thoroughly. Take
steps to reduce
risks before
restarting
2

Personnel:

MINOR
(Important / Noticeable)

Evaluate. Take
appropriate steps to
reduce risks.

MINIMAL RISK

Evaluate. Consider
alternatives for
reducing risks.

Review and evaluate


need for reducing
potential risks.

LOW RISK

MINIMAL RISK

NO RISK

Evaluate thoroughly.
Take all necessary
steps to reduce risks.

Evaluate. Take
appropriate steps to
reduce risks.

Evaluate. Consider
alternatives for reducing
risks.

Review and
evaluate need for
reducing potential
risks.

No review required

MEDIUM RISK

LOW RISK

MINIMAL RISK

Evaluate. Take
appropriate steps to
reduce risks.

Evaluate. Consider
alternatives for
reducing risks.

Review and evaluate


need for reducing
potential risks.

Personnel:
Injury requiring minimal or no first aid
Public:
No impact
Environment: Product/chemical release
contained in process
Equipment:
Negligible downtime of
less than 6 hours

NEGLIGIBLE
RISK

NO RISK
No review required

Review to confirm
potential risks.
7

LOW RISK

MINIMAL RISK

NEGLIGIBLE RISK

NO RISK

NO RISK

Evaluate. Consider
alternatives for
reducing risks.

Review and evaluate


need for reducing
potential risks.
6

Review to confirm
potential risks.

No review required

No review required

NEGLIGIBLE
RISK

NEGLIGIBLE
RISK

Review to confirm
potential risks

Review to confirm
potential risks

OPX Consulting Inc.

Evaluate thoroughly.
Take all necessary
steps to reduce risks.

LOW RISK

MEDIUM RISK

Injury requiring medical/


first aid with no lost time
Public:
No impact
Environment: Product/chemical release
contained on lease
Equipment:
Damage which results in
downtime less than 1 day

NONE

MEDIUM RISK

Has happened
somewhere and
could conceivably
occur at this facility
but is very unlikely.
Probability
0.000001 to 0.001
4

IMPROBABLE
So unlikely, assumed
impossible that this will
ever happen at this
facility. Probability
0.000001

HIGH RISK

Personnel:

NEGLIGIBLE

HIGH RISK

REMOTE
(Unlikely)

NO RISK

NO RISK

NO RISK

No review required

No review required

No review required

Section 4 - 7

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.8

HAZARD ASSESSMENT TOOLS AND CHECKLISTS

Checklists or worksheets are a popular means of conducting an assessment and they serve as
a survey tool, directing the person or team performing the assessment to look at the specific
hazards.
For each hazard identified, recommendations to eliminate or control it must be addressed. This
process should include specific actions required to correct the problem, determine who is
responsible for performing the corrective action, and when each corrective action is to be
completed.
One approach for hazard identification is a checklist as follows:
Hazard

Potential Harm

Noise from
(indicate
equipment)

Hearing loss
assessed at more
than 85 dBA

Moving parts of
(indicate
equipment)
Chemical
(indicate
chemical)

Cuts, bruising, arm


trapped
Burns, inhalation,
etc.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Action Proposed /
Control
No alternative machinery.
Machine already enclosed.
Workers to wear hearing
protection.
Place guards over moving
parts.

Completion
Date
Not
applicable

No adequate alternative
chemical.
Enclose process.
Personal protective
equipment FR clothing,
gloves, safety glasses.
Review MSDS.

Within 1
week

Within 2
days

By who?

Frequency of
Follow-up
Annual noise
survey

Check
compliance
monthly
Check
compliance
monthly

Section 4 - 8

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

The following is an example of an equipment preventative maintenance checklist:


Equipment
Breathing Apparatus

Visual

Monthly

Cranes

Visual

Fire Extinguishers

Visual

Yearly
Cylinders for air
quality

As per
manufacturers
specifications
As per NFPA 10
Portable Fire
Extinguisher

Other
Metal composite
cylinders hydrostatic
every 3 years
Fibre-wrapped
cylinders hydrostatic
every 5 years

Gas Detectors
Hard Hats

Visual

Visual

Oxygen Analyzers

Pressure Vessels

Rigging (means rope, wire


rope, chains, slings, etc.)

OPX Consulting Inc.

Stored pressure
hydrostatic every 5
years
Cartridge operated
hydrostatic every 12
years
As per manufacturers
specifications
Every 3 year
replacement
As per manufacturers
specifications
Per government
regulations
Per manufacturers
specifications
Before using
Per government
regulations
Per manufacturers
specifications

Section 4 - 9

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

The following lists are intended as a guideline for controlling identified hazards when
conducting detailed site inspections. Additional controls and inspections may be required
dependent upon the activities and identified hazards at the work site.

INDEX OF HAZARD CONTROLS


4.8.1

Chemicals and Fuel

4.8.20

Mechanical Power Systems

4.8.2

Compress Gas Cylinders

4.8.21

Noise Exposure

4.8.3

4.8.22

Personal Protective Equipment

4.8.4

Confined/Restricted Space
Entry
Electrical Power Systems

4.8.23

Platforms/Scaffolding

4.8.5

Emergency Instructions

4.8.24

Pneumatic Power Systems

4.8.6

4.8.25

Pressure Vessel and Piping

4.8.7

Emergency Rescue
Equipment
Energy Isolation

4.8.26

Signs and Tags

4.8.8

Ergonomic Factors

4.8.27

Stacking and Storage

4.8.9

Exit/Egress

4.8.28

Stairs

4.8.10

Eye Bath and Showers

4.8.29

Substance Abuse

4.8.11

Fatigue

4.8.30

Trenching/Excavating

4.8.12

Fire Protection

4.8.31

Valves and Mechanical Controls

4.8.13

4.8.32

Vehicles and Equipment

4.8.14

First Aid
Kits/Stations/Equipment
Hand and Portable Tools

4.8.33

Ventilation and Extraction

4.8.15

Hydraulic Power Systems

4.8.34

Violence and Harassment

4.8.16

Ladders

4.8.35

Warning Systems

4.8.17

Lifting/Gear Equipment

4.8.36

Waste Disposal

4.8.18

Lighting

4.8.37

WHMIS/TDG

4.8.19

Material Handling

4.8.38

Work Surfaces, Floors &


Roadways

4.8.1

Chemicals and Fuels

OPX Consulting Inc.

Tanks/drums are made of appropriate material.


Tanks are adequately vented to a safe location.
Pressure relief valves are provided on tanks.
Tanks/drums are grounded and bonding provisions are made when
dispensing.
Adequate spill containment is available.
Proper spill absorbent materials and/or drainage are provided.
Container corrosion prevention is in place.
Section 4 - 10

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.8.2

Compressed Gas Cylinders

4.8.3

Spaces that are restricted and which may become hazardous when a
worker enters it due to the hazards identified.
Spaces that are partially enclosed and have a restricted access/egress.
Procedures for entry are available.
Equipment is available.
Workers are trained in procedures, testing, breathing apparatus and
rescue.
Toxic vapours, materials, and harmful atmospheric contaminants are
identified.
Oxygen deficiencies/enrichment is rectified/noted.

Electrical Power Systems

OPX Consulting Inc.

Stored upright and secured in accordance with manufacturers


specifications.
Segregated by contents and legibly marked.
Caps are in place and hand-tight.
Protection against rust/corrosion is in place.
Stored separate from heat sources and compressed oxygen cylinders.
Stored away from stairs, elevators and egress routes.
Inspected for dents, corrosion and test records.
Adequate ventilation in storage areas.
WHMIS information is available.

Confined & Restricted Space Entry

4.8.4

Tanks/drums are adequately supported.


Temperature is controlled to prevent boiling.
Adequate storage cabinets are provided; fire resistant and vented.
Sufficient cabinet storage space is available.
Storage is heated by means not constituting a source of ignition.
CSA or UL approved portable safety containers are used as required.
No smoking signs are posted where required.
Non arching type fans are installed in hazardous substance storage
areas.
Materials are separated to avoid incompatibility reactions.
Means of exit/egress have been prescribed.
Piping exterior is colour coded.
Water is available to flush eyes and skin.

High voltage and control panels are closed and secured.


Control panels are identified and accessible.
General conditions or wiring, insulation and fixtures are acceptable.
Grounding is tested.
Explosion-proof fixtures are installed in flammable areas.
Flexible cords are free of splices.
Energy isolation provisions as prescribed.
Section 4 - 11

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.8.5

Emergency Instructions

4.8.6

Design allows normal body positions when seated or standing.


Controls are sized to permit operation with clothing/equipment normally
worn.
Controls follow normal response patterns (down for off, etc.)
Standard colour codes are used for warnings and informational displays.
Hand tools used permit normal body positions.
Mechanical listing device is available where required.

Exit/Egress

OPX Consulting Inc.

Positive energy isolators are provided for all power systems and
individually powered equipment.
Scissor lock-outs permit group lock-out by multiple personnel.
Tags or colour codes indicate user of lock-out.
Energy isolation provides means to reduce system/equipment to a zero
energy state; for example steam, air, electrical, hydraulic.

Ergonomic Factors

4.8.9

Adequate equipment is available and properly located.


Proper serviceable condition is maintained.
Employees are adequately trained and qualified in the use and limitations
of equipment.

Energy Isolation

4.8.8

Operational placards/decals are visible on emergency controls; for


example, on-off, open-closed, etc.
Potential emergencies have been identified and action plans established.
Emergency instructions are posted at the primary telephone in each work
area.
Fire hazard symbols are posted in facilities containing hazardous
substances.
Back up communication systems are available.
Emergency drills have been conducted.

Emergency Rescue Equipment

4.8.7

Equipment energy-isolating devices have provision for individual


disconnects.
Electrical equipment is protected from fluids.
Adequate provisions for manual re-starting after power failures.

Sufficient exits for prompt escape.


No locks or fastenings restrict escape.
Section 4 - 12

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Routes and exits are clearly marked.


Exits and exit signs are adequately illuminated.
More than one exit from work area is available.
Approaches to exits are unobstructed.
Flammable materials are kept out of exits.
Cleaned of snow and ice.
Open outward onto level floor/ground.

4.8.10 Eye Baths and Showers

Readily available and accessible in areas where caustic/corrosive


chemicals are used.
Water supply provides a minimum of 15 minutes flush at a comfortable
temperature.
Proper signs and instructions are posted.
Flushed frequently to eliminate contaminants.

4.8.11 Fatigue

Ensure workers have adequate recovery for sleep between shifts.


Train company and contractor personnel in identifying and addressing fatigue related
concerns.
Conduct safety meetings to ensure workers understand the risks associated with
working while fatigued.

4.8.12 Fire Protection

Area/operation has been evaluated for explosion potential and procedures


have been developed.
Hot work procedures are developed.
Ignition sources are identified.
The possibility of a static electricity problem is addressed.
Hazardous areas have been identified and access is controlled.
Fire retardant clothing is available.
Portable extinguishers appropriate for type of materials are readily
available.
Extinguishers are properly maintained and usable.
Fire hoses are properly mounted, accessible and maintained.
Fire equipment is visibly marked and access is unobstructed.
Fire doors, lids and shutters are in good repair and unobstructed with
fusible links intact.
Sprinkler heads have proper clearance from materials and furnishings.
Sprinkler master control valves are accessible and locked open.

4.8.13 First Aid Kits / Stations / Equipment

OPX Consulting Inc.

Adequate materials and equipment are available and properly located.


Sufficient number of people trained in first aid are available.

Section 4 - 13

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.8.14 Hand and Portable Tools

Proper general conditions of tools, electrical cords and air hoses.


Proper storage when not in use.
Guards and safety devices are serviceable and used.
Electrical grounding or double insulation protected.
Power tools equipped with constant pressure switches.
Tool retainers are installed on pneumatic tools.
Adjustments are correct.
Load rating is sufficient for work performed.
Correct tools are provided with proper training.

4.8.15 Hydraulic Power Systems

Pressure is regulated within power limits.


General conditions; examine for leaks, dents, nicks and severe scratches
of pressure lines and fittings.
Fluid pressure lines are identified.
Remote shut-off is available.
Inspections are recorded.

4.8.16 Ladders

Meet CSA standard.


Safety feet are in serviceable condition.
Non-painted and free of grease and oil.
Properly positioned; tied in at top.
Doors are blocked open, locked or guarded if in front of a ladder.
Supported in place against window openings.
1 m extension above roof if used for access to roof (or platform).
Defective ladders have danger tags affixed.
Metal ladders are not used in electrical areas.
Fixed ladders have landing platforms every 6.5 m.
Fixed ladders above 3 m have cages.

4.8.17 Lifting Gear / Equipment

OPX Consulting Inc.

General condition, damage, cleanliness, lubrication and servicing.


Log books are maintained.
Legibly labeled as to capacity and load testing.
Safe access (steps or platform) to cab/seat.
Limit stops are operational.
Hoist motor brakes are operational.
All controls are operational.
Hooks are not deformed or damaged and safety latches intact.
In-running nip points are guarded.

Section 4 - 14

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.8.18 Lighting

Walking and working areas are adequately illuminated.


Lighting fixtures are clean.
Illumination level is sufficient for detail or work performed.

4.8.19 Materials Handling

Adequate equipment is available.


Containers are in good repair.
Pallets and skids are of the correct type and are in good repair.
Chains, slings, and ropes are adequate for loads and are in good repair.
Lifting equipment is properly stored.
Wheel chocks are provided.
Equipment inspection records are available.

4.8.20 Mechanical Power Systems

General condition and servicing is acceptable.


Rotating collars, couplings, cams, clutches, fly-wheels, spindles, shafts,
shaft ends, bolt ends, key ends and nip points are guarded.
Transverse moving chains, belts and slides are guarded.
Emergency stops are operational.
Speed is regulated within design limits.

4.8.21 Noise Exposure

Economically feasible engineering controls are implemented.


Protection is available in areas where sound levels exceed standard.
Hazardous noise areas are identified and marked.

4.8.22 Personal Protective Equipment

OPX Consulting Inc.

Clothing is suitable for the hazards.


Fire retardant clothing is available where exposure to fire/explosion is
possible.
Coveralls are done up.
Gloves are worn to protect against cuts, blows, abrasions, chemicals.
Clothing is clean and in good condition.
Traffic safety vests are available where there is exposure to traffic
hazards.
Hard hats are available.
Hard hat shell and suspension are inspected regularly and are in good
condition.
Eye protection that is CSA approved and appropriate to the hazards
(welding flash flying objects, dust and chemicals) is available.
Eye protection is in good condition and stored properly.
Proper CSA Grade of footwear is being worn.
Section 4 - 15

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Approved respirators, suitable for hazards, are available and a copy of the
Code of Practice is available.
Hearing protection is available where required.

4.8.23 Platforms / Scaffolding

Working platforms are at least 0.5 m wide (light duty) or l m wide (heavy
duty). REMOVE 1 m wide repealed
Ladderjacks, pump jacks or similar systems may have a 0.3 m wide
platform.
Open spaces between the platform and structure must not be greater than
0.25 m in width.
Adequate footing for workers in place.
Continuous platform around obstructions.
Maximum working load is identified.
Toe boards are provided along all sides were prescribed.
Proper non-skid flooring.
Mesh screen below floor if open construction.
Safe access to movable platforms.
Access gates are self-closing and locking.
Equipped with standard guard rail or other fall protection if higher than 1.2
m (permanent) or 3.5 m (temporary).
Sound, rigid footing for scaffolds.
No excess accumulation of tools or materials.
No altering or moving of scaffolds in use.
Condition of casters is acceptable.
Condition of jacks and leveling screws is acceptable.

4.8.24 Pneumatic Power Systems

Pressure is regulated within limits.


Restraining clips are on hose lines.
Compressor is drained and tested.
General condition of hoses and connections is acceptable.
Air lines are identified.
Water entry in pneumatic tools is controlled.
Hoses and tools are in usable condition.
Eye and hearing protection signs are in place (requirements as noted).

4.8.25 Pressure Vessels and Piping

OPX Consulting Inc.

Meters and controls are accessible.


Safety valves are operational.
Drains are clear and freeze protected.
Inspection certificate/label appropriate to type is attached.
Pipes, connections and vessels are free of dents, notches and severe
scratches.
Shields, platforms and landings are installed as appropriate.
Remote shut-off to pumps is operational.
Section 4 - 16

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Respiratory/rescue and confined space equipment is available.


Piping can be properly isolated.
Proper personnel control signs are available.

4.8.26 Signs and Tags

Hazard warning, directional and informational signs and tags are posted
where there are immediate dangers, potential hazards, or where there is a
need for general instructions.
Signs and tags are used consistently throughout the facility.
Tags are affixed to all defective equipment not secured against use.
WHMIS labels are available.
TDG labels are available.

4.8.27 Stacking and Storage

Aisles and access paths are clear and unobstructed.


Small or irregularly shaped items are properly blocked and interlinked,
with proper limitations of storage height.
All stacks are stable and secure against sliding/collapsing.
Proper drainage in storage area.
Storage area is clean and cleared of foreign objects/materials.
Rack and platform load limits are posted.
Dangerously reactive materials are separated.

4.8.28 Stairs

Stairs are provided where there is regular traffic between levels.


At least 600 mm wide or as prescribed.
Angled between 30 to 50 as prescribed.
Steps are uniform in height and tread depth.
Tread depth/clearance behind step is sufficient to allow safe footing.
Outdoor stairs have grating type treads.
Treads and nosings are slip resistant.
Long flights are broken by rest platforms as prescribed.
Handrails are provided on open sides.
Handrails are on at least one side if closed.
Sufficient vertical head clearance.
Clear and unobstructed.

4.8.29 Substance Abuse

OPX Consulting Inc.

Develop policies/procedures to address substance abuse.


Company employees and contractors must report to work free from effects of alcohol
and or illegal drugs.
Inform workers if they are found to be under the influence or suffering from the affects
of alcohol/illegal drugs they will removed from location and suspended from work
immediately.
Section 4 - 17

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Workers shall report use of prescription drugs to supervisor.


In the event of a worker committing a criminal act while working for the company, the
company will report the matter to the appropriate law enforcement or regulatory
agency.

4.8.30 Trenching / Excavating

Locates/crossing permits have been completed.


Workers are hand locating the utilities.
A spotter is available to assist the operator when visibility is restricted.
Protection from cave-ins is adequate.
Precipitation is controlled.
Shoring is being installed properly.
Spoil pile is set back at least 1m from the edge.
Minimum depth of cover is maintained (stoppers, flanged tees, etc.)
Access/egress is adequate and meets OH&S Code.
Workers are staying clear of moving machinery.
Vehicle/equipment vibration is accounted for.
Ground water forces and/or displacement are accounted for.
Barricades, fencing, signs, steel plates are used to protect the public.
Workers are aware of the potential for an oxygen deficient atmosphere.

4.8.31 Valves and Mechanical Controls

Properly identified.
Operational.
Readily accessible.
Measures are in place to prevent inadvertent operation.

4.8.32 Vehicles and Equipment

Emergency equipment (first aid kit, flares, fire extinguisher) is available.


Interior and exterior are clean.
Lights, horn, windshield, parking brake, etc. are in acceptable operating
condition.
Back-up alarm is functioning.
Load/objects are secured.
Guards are in place.
Operators complete pre-trip inspection (lights, oil, coolant, tires, etc.)
Operators complete circle check.
Operators adjust mirrors properly.
Operators/passengers use safety belts.
Operators use helper to assist with back-up.

4.8.33 Ventilation and Extraction

OPX Consulting Inc.

Monitors to monitor the working environment.


Adequate means are provided to dilute or remove contaminants.
Air inlets and openings are arranged to minimize escape of contaminants.
Section 4 - 18

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Enclosures provide continuous inward airflow.


Gas and H2S exposure are monitored.

4.8.34 Violence and Harassment

Conduct risk assessment to determine risk of injury to workers from violence arising
from employment.
Establish procedures/policies and work arrangements to eliminate or minimize the
risk.
Train company and contractor personnel in identifying and addressing
violence/harassment in the workplace.
Establish procedures for reporting, investigating and documenting incidents of
violence and harassment.
Respond to incidents of violence/harassment (i.e. incident investigation, taking
corrective actions, assisting in referrals to physician for treatment.

4.8.35 Warning Systems

Emergency alarm systems are operational.


Hazard warning systems are installed on appropriate vehicles and
equipment.
Over-pressure warning systems are installed on pressure vessels.
Over-temperature warning systems are installed on fired pressure
vessels, hazardous material storage and powered equipment.
Personal monitors are adequate for the job, and workers are trained and
qualified to use them.

4.8.36 Waste Disposal

Adequate number of appropriate metal refuse containers is available.


Separate containers are provided for oily rags, smoking materials, dusts,
flammable scrap and chemical wastes.
Safe disposal facilities for wastes are available.
Anti-static devices are fitted as necessary.
Chemical spill absorbent materials are available in work areas.

4.8.37 WHMIS / TDG

Labels are affixed to all containers in storage and in use.


Placards/labels are affixed to vehicles transporting hazardous materials
meeting legislated requirements.
Labels are legible and visible.
Workers are adequately trained.
MSDS are readily available and current.

4.8.38 Work Surfaces, Floors and Roadways

OPX Consulting Inc.

Surfaces are in good repair.


Section 4 - 19

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

OPX Consulting Inc.

Free of slip, trip, or fall hazards.


Free of protrusions, nails, etc.
Sufficient width and vertical distance.
Aisles are marked.
Standard signs and marks are in place and in good condition.
Prepared for seasonal weather extremes; i.e. snow, rain, heavy usage.
Drainage is maintained.
Openings are covered or barricaded.
Load limits are posted on upper floors.
Safe speeds are posted.

Section 4 - 20

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.9

WELL SERVICING SPACING REQUIREMENTS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 21

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.10 DRILL SITE SPACING REQUIREMENTS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 22

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.11 BATTERY SPACING REQUIREMENTS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 23

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 4 FORMS
Well Safety Checklist and Hazard Id
Vehicle Safety Inspection Checklist
Hazard Identification & Control Form
Service Rig Inspection Checklist
Drilling Rig Inspection Checklist

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 4 - 24

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Well Safety Check & Hazard Identification


Facility Name:

Date Inspected:

Location:

Completed by:
1 = Acceptable

N/A = Not applicable/assessed

Comments and/or if answered


Unacceptable, describe Action Proposed /
Control

Item
SITE
Proper signage
Housekeeping. general appearance
Snow removal - sufficient or piled By
doors or on pipes.
Driving Hazards flagged
(risers, lines, etc)
Bull plugs in place
Fire extinguisher access and
inspection dates
Piping secured
Slipping and tripping hazards
Location access, road
Flammable liquid storage (safe
distance from heaters)
Proper storage of chemicals
Adequate WHIMIS labeling
Date PSVs serviced
Vegetation Control
Steps and handrails
Vibration
Shutdowns not bypassed
Safety equipment:

X = Unacceptable

SCBA
Burn Blankets

Eye wash stations


First aid kits, clean/full
ESDVs in service and block valves
locked open
Combustible materials present
Guards on moving equipment
satisfactory
Electrical equipment secure
Tanks Secondary Containment
Truck Loading cable, containment

Date
Completed

Frequency of
Follow-up

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Vehicle Safety Inspection Checklist

Vehicle No.__________________________

Items to be checked

Date: ______________________

Comments/Deficiencies

Brakes (Pedal Pressure)

_______________________________________

Emergency Brake

_______________________________________

Both Tail Lights

_______________________________________

Windshield Wipers

_______________________________________

Turn Signals

_______________________________________

Horn

_______________________________________

Back up lights

_______________________________________

Both headlights (high & low beam) _______________________________________


Tires

_______________________________________
Tread
Inflation
Spare

Brake Lights

_______________________________________

Hazard Lights

_______________________________________

Seat Belts

_______________________________________

First Aid Kit

_______________________________________

Tow Rope

______________________________________

Flares/Reflectors

______________________________________

Fire Extinguisher

______________________________________

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & CONTROL


The purpose of this form is to ensure a written, documented process, which both identifies hazards and establishes controls for all
workplace tasks. Emphasis should be placed on the elimination of existing hazards.
Corporation:

Work Permit # (if applicable):

Location:

Date:

Task:

REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE HAZARDS:


List all hazards associated with the task in the spaces provided below. Please consider all hazards and not just the references listed.
Driving Hazards/ATV use
Fatigue
Working around moving vehicles
Road/Lease Conditions
Inadequate Equipment Guards
Slips/Trips
Working at heights
Working Alone
Wildlife Encounters
Violence/Harassment

Flammable Gas
Flammable Liquids
Pressure
H2S
Iron Sulphides
NORM/Asbestos
Chemicals
Noxious Vapours (Benzene)
Rotating Equipment
Hot/Cold Piping Equipment

Ground Disturbance (Excavation/Trenching)


Confined Space / Restricted Space
Poor Illumination
Protruding Objects/Pinch Points
Excessive Noise/Vibration
Extreme Weather Exposure
Overhead Hazards (powerlines)
Suspended Overhead Equip.
Defective Tools/Equipment
Hoisting Equipment

REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE CONTROLS


List a control (s) for each identified hazard in the space provided below. Please consider all controls, not just the reference list given.
Corporation Policies
High LEL & H2S Shutdowns
Safe Work Practices
House Keeping
Safe Work Permits
Fire Extinguishers
First Aid Plan
Restricted Areas
Warning Signs
PPE (Fire Retardant Coveralls)
Incident Reporting/Investigation

Confined Space Permits/Plans


LEL Monitoring/Function Testing
Safety Standby/Safety Watch
Equipment De-energized
Secondary Containment/Spill Control
Training/Certifications
Explosion Proof Equipment
Personal H2S Monitor
Safety Harness/Lifeline/Fall Protection Plan
Unsure? Call a Supervisor!
Tailgate Meetings

Muster Area
Air Monitoring
Isolation (Blinding/Blocking)
Forced Ventilation
SCBA/SABA
Safety Inspections (CAODC, walkabouts etc.)
Hearing Protection
Guards/Shields
Respirator
Wash Facilities
Audits/HSE Contract Inspections

IDENTIFIED HAZARDS & CONTROLS


HAZARDS

CONTROLS

This Hazard Identification & Control Form completed by:


Signature

Printed Name

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SERVICE RIG INSPECTION CHECKLIST


NOTE: ANY HAZARD OR DEFICIENCY MUST HAVE AN EXPLANATION AND BE CORRECTED
*Transcribed from the CAODC Manual*
Company: ______________________________________________ Rig No.: _____________ Rig Mgr: _____________________________________________
Rig Operator: ___________________________________________ Operating Company: _________________________________________________________
Operating Company Representative: _________________________ Date: _____ _____ _____ Time: __________ am/pm Location: _____________________
(yr)

(mo)

(day)

Current Operation Being Performed: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________


___________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL RIG
1 All guards in place and in good condition
2 Matting in good condition
3 Leveling jacks properly matted, locked and
derrick centered over well properly
4 Guy lines properly anchored
- Pull tested
- Rating
5 Escape line pull test preformed
- Rating
6 Guy line come-alongs, etc. in good condition
7 Minimum required clamps properly installed on:
(a) Guy lines
(b) Load lines
(c) Escape line
8 Air shutoffs checked by operator and operational
9 Emergency shutoff control positions:
(1) Operators panel
(2) Sandline controls
10 Operators controls properly marked
11 Weight indicator working properly
12 Crown saver
- Installed
N/A _______
- Set and tested
13 Exhaust pointed away from well and shielded
14 Railings in place on side walkways and stairs
15 Condition of handrailings, walkways and stairs
16 Hand tools: condition, clean and properly stored
17 Working floor, housekeeping, toe plates, ladders
and handrails
18 Catwalk conditions
N/A _______
19 Walkway from ground to catwalk (stairs)
20 Walkway from working floor to catwalk or ground
21 Rig properly secured in drawworks gear

Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______

Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
__________________ lbs.
Yes ______
No ______
__________________ lbs.
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Good ______
Good ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______

Good ______
Good ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Good ______

Hazard ______
Hazard ______
No ______
No ______
Hazard ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
POWER TONGS
46 Back-up in place and functional
47 Torque arms safety line, clamps in good
condition
48 Tong positioner - operational and in good
condition
49 Hoses, gauges and hydraulic fittings in good
condition

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______

No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Good ______
Yes ______

Hazard ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______

No ______
No ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
MAST
27 Stand pipe properly anchored to mast
28 Kelly hose in good condition
29 Kelly hose safety lines or chain attached to derrick
and swivel ends while in use
30 Levels I, II, III or IV inspections completed as
required in CAODC RP 3.0
31 Ladders in good condition
32 Rod basket in good condition
N/A _______
33 Crown sheaves greased and in good condition
34 Safety cables attached to fingers on tubing board
35 Derrick locking pins in place
36 Derrick hydraulic system in good condition
37 Mast lighting secured adequately
38 Dead lines anchor and retainer properly placed

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

___________________________________________________________________________

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:

DRAWWORKS
22 Conditions of drill line (slipped regularly)
(a) Slip and cut record
23 Sufficient wraps (min.7) left on drum with blocks
down
24 Braking system - Linkage/pin satisfactory
- Block wear
25 Condition of sandline & rope socket to sinker bars
26 Handling winch/line
Condition at:
- Winch anchor points
- Winch line
- Winch line thimble
- Tall chain
- Safety hook
- Hydraulic hoses & connections
- upper shivs & assembly

TRAVELING ASSEMBLY
39 Levels I, II, III or IV inspections completed as
required in CAODC RP 4.0
40 Blocks - nuts, safety pins in place and in
good condition
- Sheave guards/lock in good condition
41 Balls/links
- good condition
42 Elevators
- good condition
43 Rod hook
- good condition
44 Transfer elevators - good condition
45 Safety latch/ring in place

Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

ELECTRICAL/LIGHTING
50 Light bulbs enclosed with vapour-proof and
shatter-proof covers
51 Covers on unused receptacles
52 Light switches vapour-proof
53 Electric motors within 8.5 metres radius must
be explosion-proof
54 Equipment properly grounded
55 All cords and plug ends in good condition
56 Proper clearance from power lines

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
RIG PUMP AND TANK
57 Condition of pipe and unions
58 Pump and return lines laid out and secured
59 Kill line attached to well with valve open
(steel lines only)
60 Pressure relief valve (proper size and rating)
61 Relief valve set at or below system working
pressure NOTE: Only shear pins appropriate
to the pop valve requirements as specified by
the manufacturer shall be used
62 Relief valve discharge points down and away
from pump motor and is securely fastened
NOTE: No valve on relief line
63 Manifold conditions
64 Check valve in place on pump discharge
65 Exhaust away from rig tank
66 Emergency shutoff checked and operational
67 Pump controls properly marked
68 All railings in place on walkways/stairs of rig
pumps and tank

Good ______
Yes ______

Hazard ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Good ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

Hazard ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______

No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

DOCUMENTATION
69 Necessary transportation documentation and
equipment present (i.e. registration, insurance)
70 Required inspection certificates available
71 Derrick log book available and updated

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
F

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
BLOWOUT PREVENTER SYSTEM
72 BOP function tested - From remote controls
Yes ______
No ______
- From accumulator controls
Yes ______
No ______
73 All studs used on BOP stack
Yes ______
No ______
74 Hydraulic preventers installed
Yes ______
No ______
- Pipe rams
Yes ______
No ______
- Blind rams
Yes ______
No ______
- Annular preventer
Yes ______
No ______
75 Condition of ram rubbers and elements
Good ______
Hazard ______
76 Fire-shielded hoses and their condition within 7 metres
of wellhead
Good ______
Hazard ______
77 Remote stand 7 metres from well - Class I & II
- Refer to BOP regulations
Yes ______
No ______
- Or at remote accumulator - Class III
Yes ______
No ______
78 Nitrogen back-up supply pressure
__________________kPa
- Min. 12,500 kPa if annular preventer is installed
- Min. 7,000 kPa when only rams are installed
79 Pre-charge check date
____/____/____
Good ______
Hazard ______
80 BOP's adequately heated
Yes ______
No ______
81 Lines protected in vehicle crossing area when
remote accumulator is used
Yes ______
No ______
82 Safety valve fully opened with proper thread
connection on rig floor c/w closing wrench
Yes ______
No ______
COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENTAL
83 All equipment free of leakage
- If no, adequately contained
84 Rig site free of material that may create a fire
hazard NOTE: Equipment spacing must ensure
unimpeded access to well at all times

Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______

Yes ______

No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:

HEALTH & SAFETY


89 Occupational Health and Safety manual at rig
site
90 Proper BOP regulations at rig site (i.e. G-37)
91 Clothing policy in place
92 Rig Safety Equipment:
(a) CSA approved full body harness
(b) Escape line and buggy at station of work
93 Wind flags
-Guy lines
- Pump/tank area
94 Clothing
- Hard hats
- Safety boots
- Protective clothing
95 Safety glasses or goggles available
96 Hearing protection available
97 Fire extinguishers: - Minimum 4 working and
readily available for use (13.6 kg)
- Extinguishers in good condition
98 First aid kit adequately stocked
99 Record book in place
100 Eyewash bottle
101 Stretcher and blanket
102 H2S detector
- Chemical tube type
103 Breathing apparatus requirements met
- Condition
- Bottles full
- Spare bottles
- Date of hydrostatic test on bottles
104 Signs
- No smoking
- H2S area (if applicable)
- No vehicles beyond this point
105 Housekeeping
- Rig
- Changeroom
- Vehicles
- Rig pump
- Rig tank
- Lease
- Boilers
N/A _______
Winterizing
- Pre-tab, heaters etc.
106 Condition of Fall Protection equipment

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
____/____/____
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Yes ______
No ______
Good ______
Hazard ______

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

BOILER
85 Chemical storage
86 Blowdown line labeled
87 Pop valve line labeled
88 Controls
- Labeled
- Condition

___________________________________________________________________________
Good ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Good ______

Hazard ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
Hazard ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

OTHER COMMENTS ON THIS INSPECTION:


___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

VALID CERTIFICATES ON LEASE:


Rig Manager: ______________________

Operator: _________________________

Derrickman: _______________________

Floorhand: ________________________

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Floorhand: ________________________

Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

ROUGH IN LEASE DIAGRAM


Water/fuel tanks WT/FT
Mud Pump MP
Boiler B
Light Plant LP
Crew change unit CCU
Accumulator ACC
Fire Extinguisher FE
Others Specify

50 m

25 m

Inspection completed by: _________________________ Position: ______________


In company with:________________________________ Position: ______________
F

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

DRILLING RIG INSPECTION CHECKLIST


CONTRACTOR: ________________________________________________________ RIG NO.: _______ RIG MGR.: ___________________________________________________________
LEASE LOCATION AND LSD: __________________________________________________________________________________________ CRITICAL SOUR WELL (Y/N): ______________
INSPECTED BY: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ DATE: ______/______/______ TIME: ____________ h rs
(Yr)
(Mo) (Day )
(24 hr clock)
Mark a check if adequate A or inadequate I or blank If not applicable
(Note: Any INADEQUATE must have an explanation and be corrected)

(A)

(I)

A. FUEL/WATER TANKS
(A)
01. No leaks
02. Pumps guarded
03. Signs at water/fuel tanks:
a) No smoking sign posted
b) Fuel sign posted
c) Dangerous Goods placard posted

50. Piping, valves and unions meet pressure


rating
51. Pulsation dampeners
52. Eyewash facility
53. Pop/bleed off lines secured and drained
54. Signs at Mud Pump area:
a) Lockout Procedures posted
b) Auto Start sign posted
c) Hearing Protection sign posted
d) No Smoking sign posted
55. Wiring/electrical fixtures condition

B. BOILER HOUSE
04.
05.
06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
13.

No clothing etc.
Sight glass guarded
Pump guarded
Fire extinguisher
Safety valves: one year certificate
Boiler 25 m from wellheads
Housekeeping
Flammables removed from around boiler
Boiler License posted
Blow down line location & installation
of steam deflector
14. Fuel/water and steamline leaks
15. Chemical addition vessel (pot) at boiler
properly labeled (WHMIS)

F. MUD TANK AREA


56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.

C. GENERATOR BUILDING
16. Generator/motor control centre size; condition
17. Receptacles/circuit breakers identified
18. Properly grounded (2 grd rods 3 m apart)
19. Wiring off the ground & properly secured
20. No clothing/storage
21. Fans and belts guarded
22. No fuel/oil leaks
23. Compressor belts guarded
24. Fire extinguisher
25. All lights protected
26. Housekeeping
27. Rubber mat on floor at Motor Control Centre
28. Battery condition
29. Signs at Generator Building
a) Auto Start sings posted
b) Hearing Protection sign posted
c) Electrical/High Voltage signs posted
d) Water Hose Caution sign posted
e) Lockout and Procedures
30. Wiring/electrical fixtures condition
31. Current turned off prior to
connecting/disconnecting extension cords

65.
66.
67.
68.

69.

C. SUBSTRUCTURE
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.

D. ACCUMULATOR AND TOOL HOUSE


32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.

43.

Mud degasser(s) (size and placement)


Shale shaker belts guarded
Handrails, walkways
Adequate ventilation
Adequate lighting
Personal protective equipment
eye protection, dust masks,
rubber gloves/apron
Housekeeping
Tank level indicators operative
Trip tank level indicator
Tank location_____________________________
Mud van, stairs, lighting
Safety line rail sump side of tanks
Eyewash facility
Sings at Mud Tank area:
a) Eye Protection at hoppers
b) No Smoking signs posted
c) Corrosive sign at caustic drum
d) Applicable WHIMS labeling
Wiring/electrical fixtures conditions

No leaks/spillage
N2 bottles (12500 kPa/1800 psi)
Housekeeping
Storage of compressed gas cylinders,
secured
Controls identified/accessible
Safety device blind/sheer ram controls
Fire extinguisher
Grinder tool rest
Eye protection available
Compressor guarded
Signs at Accumulator and Tool House
a) Eye Protection signs posted
b) Auto Start signs: compressor / accum pump
c) Dangerous Goods placard/WHIMS label
Accumulator reservoir vented outside of
building/enclosure

General condition
Matting condition
Drive pins installed c/w safety pins
Spreaders in place
Vent doors/fan
Illumination
Winterization condition
Hydraulic control lines condition
fire guarded hose
Flow nipple split
Stripper/mud catcher split
Scaffolding/ladder(s) condition
Cellar area cribbed and drained
Wiring/electrical fixture condition
Housekeeping (oil leaks, etc.)

H. BOPS
84. BOP and rig equipment conform to
Government regulations
85. BOP secured properly
86. Non-steel hydraulic lines fire sheathed
87. Mud gas separator adequately connected
meets minimum requirements, including
line size and tie down
88. Required casing wear tests being preformed
89. BOP pressure tests recorded and test
procedures satisfactory
90. Adequate heating
91. Manual ram locking wheels available

E. MUD PUMP AREA

I. DOGHOUSE

44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.

92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.

Pop valve shear pin correct size and length


Pop valve cover in place
Guards in place and in good repair
Hoses safely chained
Fire extinguisher (No.________)
Housekeeping

Page 1 of 3

Heated as per regulations


Adequate exits
Intercom meets regulations
Storage area, crew change area
Housekeeping
Fire extinguisher
Eye and hearing protection available
Eyewash available

(I)

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

(A)

(I)

100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.

First Aid kit stocked and cleaned


Safety belts
Condition of available hand tools
BOP controls, electrical, manual, air
Bulletin board
Drilling License posted
Emergency phone numbers posted
Signs at Doghouse:
a) Hard Hat sign posted
b) Hearing Protection sign posted
c) No Smoking sign posted
d) Maximum holdback casing pressure posted
e) Blowout procedure posted and readable
f) MSDS available
108. Wiring/electrical fixture condition

(A)
165.
166.
167.
168.

Condition of crown sheaves


No loose tools equipment cabled on derrick
All safety pins in place, secured
Lighting operational and safety
cables/chains attached
169. Inspection prior to raising/lowering
170. Condition of tong counterweight assembly
171. Wiring/electrical fixture condition
M. TRAVELING ASSEMBLY
172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.

J. BREATHING APPARATUS INSPECTION


109. Number of packs available
110. Location of air packs
_________________________________
111. General condition of apparatus and case
112. Condition of face piece
113. Condition of nose cup
114. Cylinder pressure
115. Low pressure alarm operational
116. Cleanliness and storage
117. Positive pressure capability
118. Number/condition of spare cylinders
119. Location of spare cylinder (chained)
________________________________
120. Cascade system or safety trailer
121. SCBA cylinders hydrostatic test dates current
122. Other ___________________________

N. PIPE RACK AREA


180. Racks butt firmly to each other and
catwalk
181. Catwalk in good condition
182. Stairs in good condition
183. Pipe rack level
184. Pipe rack ends properly pinned
185. Spacer between racks sturdy and secure
186. Derrick stand in good condition
187. Housekeeping
188. V-door ramp in good condition
189. Catwalk, tugger, guarded
190. Lay down line and block condition
191. Layers of drill pipe or casing properly
choked
192. Adequate lighting

K. RIG FLOOR
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.

147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.

Lockout on drawworks
Compound/drawworks guard
Crown saver (check)
Catline
Catline divider and spool
Spinning chain/wrench line
Headache post
Kelly cock condition
Kelly hose condition
Kelly hose safety line both ends
Line spooler/safety line
Backup post condition
Tongs condition
Tong line and tong line clamps
Slips condition
Dog collar condition
Stabbing valve and handle and X/O subs
Test plugs
Mud can condition
Drilling controls and identification
Brake handle hold-down cable/chain
Non-skid material around rotary
Lighting operational, floor and motor area
Motors:
a) Fans and belts guarded
b) No fuel/oil leaks
c) Motor shutoff
d) Fire extinguisher (No. ______)
e) Exhaust system
Stairs (min. 3 exits) from rig floor
Warning horn working
Hydromatic and guards
Brakes satisfactory
Tugger line condition, guards
V-door opening safety chained
Wiring/electrical fixture condition

O. MANIFOLD HOUSE
193. Heated
194. Valve handles installed
195. Proper gauges installed and positioned
196. Drill pipe pressure gauge installed
197. Unobstructed view to rig floor
198. Housekeeping
199. Manifold design meets Government requirements
200. Flare lines properly secured
201. Lighting operational
202. Choke/valve open to degasser
203. Well to:
- End of flare line 50 m
- Rubbish burn pile 50 m
- Crude oil storage tank 50 m
204. Signs at Manifold House:
a) Hold Back Pressure notice posted
b) No Smoking sign posted
205. Choke and degasser lines and manifold prepared

P. LEASE AREA
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.

L. DERRICK (Certification Date:____________________________________________)


154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.

Blocks
Bails/links
Elevators/latches
Weight indicator assembly
Weight indicator safety line
Automatic driller
Drilling line condition (slip/cut program)
Deadline anchor condition

Block hanging line


Bumper blocks secured
Fingers straight
Fingers chained
Wind board installed
Ladder condition
Escape line installed. No blockage of
line (i.e. tank or vehicle)
Escape buggy installed and accessible
Climbing device/cages
Derrickhands belt and condition
Guy lines/outrigger

Lease clean and dry


Flare pit properly dug 50 m from wellbore
Adequate ditching and drainage
Incinerator/garbage bin
Open pits (e.g. sump) guarded/fenced
Sump fluids properly contained
Lease properly diked
Overhead lines flagged
Signs at Lease area:
a) H2S Warning signs, if applicable
b) Poisonous Gas signs posted
c) Tight Hole Status sigh posted

Q. CAMP/GENERAL FACILITIES
215. Propane tanks location (No._______)
Propane distance from camp (min. 4 m)
216. Garbage disposal: incinerator - bins
217. Walkways
218. Kitchen First Aid kit
219. Kitchen fire extinguisher
220. Fire extinguisher (No._______)

Page 2 of 3

(I)

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

(A)

(I)

(A)

(I)

T. SAFETY/GENERAL
221. Generator Building:
a) Grounded
b) No clothing, storage
c) No fuel/oil leaks
d) Fire extinguisher
222. Furnace rooms
223. No unnecessary storage
224. Fire alarm system
225. Bedrooms exit to outside (shutters open)
226. Adequate distance from well centre
227. Housekeeping
228. Signs at Camp area:
a) Hearing Protection sign posted
229. Exit signs over doors installed and
illuminated
230. Emergency lighting installed and functional
231. Wiring/electrical fixtures condition

265.
266.
267.
268.
269.
270.
271.
272.
273.
274.

Condition of electrical tools


Personal safety equipment being used
Visitor hard hats
Toxic gas equipment (detector and tubes)
Oxygen resuscitator available
Adequate emergency vehicle available
Accident reporting and recoding
Directional rig signs
Stretcher, location (No.________)
Condition of handrails and stairs
toe boards
275. Fire retardant clothing available
276. Fire extinguishers checked weekly and
hydrostatic test dates are current
277. Suitcasing/walkways

U. ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND PROCEDURES


R. RIG SITE TRAILERS
232.
233.
234.
235.
236.
237.
238.
239.
240.
241.

278. Company manual(s) On-site and Current


279. CAODC Waste Wall Chart Posted
280. Contractual Responsibilities Reviewed

Adequate distance from well centre


Propane system
Door or knock out window (bedroom)
Emergency phone numbers posted
Intercom
Smoke detectors
Gas detection equipment
Breathing apparatus
Fire extinguisher
First Aid Kit

V. GENERAL LEASE CONDITIONS


281. Lease site clean and free of debris
282. Special Conditions
283. Berm integrity

W. SPILL RESPONSE
S. TICKETS/DOCUMENTS (where not applicable)
284.
285.
286.
287.

242. BOP checks daily with record


243. BOP drill with records and signs by
Rig Manager and Foreman
244. Motor kills weekly with records
245. Trip sheets completed
246. Weekly safety meeting with records
247. Well control ticket: Rig Manager and Foreman
248. BOP ticket Drillers
249. First Aid certificate (one per crew)
250. H2S training (all crew members)
251. Drilling prognosis
252. Emergency Response Plan
253. Well Site Emergency Contingency Manual
254. Company policy statement posted
255. Government Regulations available
256. OH&S Regulations available
257. Drilling Rig Health and Safety Committee
Guidelines
258. WHMIS training all crew members
259. MSDS available current
260. Daily rig check by Foreman and Rig Manager
261. Slip and cut program recorded
262. Equipment certification/maintenance records
available and current
263. Clothing policy posted
264. New employee orientation training

Employees trained
Sorbents available
Spill response report form available
Emergency response procedure

X. WASTE MANAGEMENT
288.
289.
290.
291.
292.

Waste separated into hazardous/non-hazardous


Secondary containment for hazardous waste
Waste bin in good condition
Recyclable waste properly segregated and stored
Non-Hazardous recyclable waste properly
segregated and stored
293. Light plant waste properly stored
Y. WASTE DOCUMENTATION
294.
295.
296.
297.
298.
299.
300.

Waste manifests complete and maintained on file


Used oil recycled and documented
Used oil filters recycled/drained and documented
Oily rags recycled and documented
Batteries recycled and documented
Glycol recycled/properly disclosure and documented
Land filled wastes and sites indicated and
properly documented

Z. COMMENTS/EXPLANATIONS

DRILLING FOREMAN__________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE____________________________________________________________________


RIG MANAGER _______________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE___________________________________________________________________
Page 3 of 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

5.0

COMMUNICATION

Communication is the most essential element in a safety program. Effective communication


between all levels of workers is necessary to monitor and improve safety and environmental
performance. In addition, good communication creates an opportunity for management to
distribute information and receive the necessary feedback.

5.1

MEETINGS

Safety meetings provide the opportunity for the sharing of information among all
stakeholders. These meetings should include project kick-off safety meetings, tailgate safety
meetings, and/or regular scheduled monthly meetings. The frequency and type of meeting may
vary but the Occupational Health and Safety legislation states that employers hold regular
meetings at least once each month for the review of:
i)
ii)
iii)

Reports of current accidents, near misses and hazards, identifying root causes and
means of prevention.
Remedial actions taken or required by reports of assessments/inspections and
providing investigations.
Any other matters pertinent to health and safety.

Additionally, Project/Pre-Job/Tailgate Meeting are to be conducted for project or contractor


work. Supervisors are required to hold pre-job meetings to discuss the scope of the task,
hazards, and control measures implemented.
A summary of these meetings is provided, as well as samples of meeting agendas.

5.1.1

General Health, Safety & Environment Meetings

Should be held regularly


Have an agenda (published and circulated). (See attachments for
additional planning information and sample agendas).
Minutes recorded and circulated.
Held with all workers including contract personnel, consultants,
contractors and sub-contractors.
An annual safety meeting should be conducted for all HARVARD
personnel.

Topics may include:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Safety rules and policies, hazard assessment and controls.


Recent accident/incidents cause and prevention.
Work procedures (new/revised/review) equipment use and condition
review.
Current issues including environment, insurance, emergency
response plans, government acts and regulations, safety grams,
bulletins, memos, etc.
Training general and formal courses that can be worked on as a
group. (e.g. Off-Highway Driving, Working with Propane).
Presentations by area workers, Company departments or suppliers.
Section 5 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Figure 1: PLANNING A GENERAL HSE MEETING


What is the purpose of the General HSE Meeting?
To Improve:

Safety

Quality

Communication

Cost Control

Team relations

Environmental Awareness

Clarity of goals, rules, and procedures

To Reduce:

Injuries and loss

Rejects and rework

Misunderstandings

Mistakes and waste

Resistance to change

Environmental damage

Problems and confusion

What are the components of a good meeting?

Time is used efficiently


There is a clear agenda
There are clear results (who does what, by
when)
Expected results are clearly summarized in
meeting minutes

There is a set start and finish time


There is open and active group discussion
Signatures of all meeting attendees are
obtained.

What skills do I need to lead the meeting?


Before:

Plan: objectives, agenda, actions

Communicate: purpose, time, place, subjects, expectations

Prepare: meeting place, supplies, equipment presentation


During:

Get it going: start on time, thank attendees, introduce the subject, lay the groundwork

Maintain momentum: promote participation, apply the art of asking questions, deal with sticky
situations or problem participants, use repetition, memory and audiovisual aids

Bring it to a stop: summarize, highlight action steps, thank participants, end on time
After:

Issue minutes and/or reports

Express special appreciation

Follow-up

Evaluate and improve

Is there a suggested format?

Opening Remarks 2 min.


Old Business 5 min.
Presentation 15 min.
Discussion of Presentation 5 min.
New Business 20 min.
Closing Remarks 3 min.

I know the basics, but what else is


classified as new business?

Safety grams
Hazard Assessment / Identification /
Controls
Incident / Accident / Spill Statistics
Emergency Preparedness
WHS/OH&S / WCB bulletins
Key policies and procedures

Where can I get help, especially with my presentation?

Your supervisor or co-worker

OPX Consulting Inc.

Formal training, self-teach programs,


training videos

Section 5 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

5.1.2 Project / Pre-Job / Tailgate Meetings


Project Meetings are:

Held prior to start of construction project.


Include principle contractor, consultants (company representatives), prime
contractor(s), and sub-contractors.
Minutes recorded and circulated.

Pre-Job Meetings are:

Held prior to start of a major job or project (ie: turnarounds, workovers,


major overhauls, jobs where others may be affected, special projects such
as environment clean-up, and tie-ins.
Minutes recorded and circulated.

Tailgate and/or Toolbox Meetings:

Should be held daily


Are crew or site-specific
Task has limited scope.
Review work permit and work procedure.
Record of meeting documented (minutes or general entry in logbook).

The following is list of topics that could be discussed at these meetings.


This list is intended as a guide and topics may be added or deleted as
necessary.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Figure 2: Project / Pre-Job / Tailgate Agenda


(add or delete items as necessary)

1. HARVARD expectations of contractors and orientation (see also handbook orientation quiz
in Section 9.0).
2. Authority of Company Representatives to shutdown contractor work.
3. Right and responsibility of any worker to refuse unsafe work.
4. Scope of work and work area layout

Outline of Job (layout, duration, manpower, etc.)

Tracking of Workers on Location Check In / Check Out

Location of Restricted Work Areas

Trespassing Implications

5. Schedules

Project Schedule

Hours of Work

Days off and Holidays

Schedule Delays

Critical Points on Project Schedule

Permit Approvals When, Who, How?

6. Work Permit and Work Clearance System


7. Requirement to Report Hazards / Close Calls and Incidents
8. Hazard Assessment & Identification (written see Hazard Assessment & Identification
section), ie:

H2S

Driving hazards & restrictions

Overhead powerlines

Location of buried lines & cables

Equipment/material lifts

Hot work

Confined/Restricted space entry

Combustible atmospheres

Housekeeping

Working at heights

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WHMIS / TDG

Housekeeping

9. Job Procedures/Drilling and Completions general and critical tasks

Fracing

Drill Stem Testing, Swab Testing, Flow Testing

Acidizing

Coiled tubing

Pressure Testing

Energy-isolating device activated (electrical or auto- start equipment)

In-the-Derrick Work

Other non-regular operations

Use of the Man Basket

10. Safety and Emergency Response

Equipment (Safety / Emergency) and Location ie: outline of PPE requirements,


location of first aid supplies, eye wash stations, etc.

Emergency Response / Procedures:


o

Company Emergency Response Plan

Contractor Plan

Site-specific details such as emergency alarm system, safe areas, medical aid
procedures (first aid transportation plan), name and location of first aider, first
responder locations and contacts (ie: doctor, ambulance, hospital, fire
department, police)

11. Review of Regulatory Requirements*


12. Communication Requirements / Methods (Mobile Telephones, Radios, etc.)
13. General Discussion and Other Job-Related Business
*An employer must ensure that a current paper or electronic copy of the Provincial
Occupational Health and Safety Act, Codes and Regulations are readily available for
reference by workers.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

5.2

WORK PERMIT SYSTEM

HARVARD has a work permit system which specifies the safety precautions to be taken
when certain types of potentially hazardous work is being undertaken. Before any work
begins the need for a JSA or work permit must be established.
Overall work permit requirements are as follows:
1.

All Calgary staff initiating and/or supervising in the field are required to obtain a
work permit or a work clearance. No work will commence without a work permit or
clearance in place unless otherwise authorized by the foreman responsible for the
area.

2.

A work permit, as defined by OH&S is required for:

Hazardous or Hot Work


Confined Space Entry
Ground Disturbance
Contractor Involvement

3.

The existing work permit form will be used for both work permits and work
clearance. If being used as a work clearance, the permit should identify the length
of time the clearance is valid for.

4.

If necessary, the work permit or clearance should be accompanied by a safety


checklist or work procedure. At the discretion of the permit issuer, an ERP manual
may be issued to the job supervisor at the time the work permit or clearance is
issued.

5.

Any HARVARD employee has the authority to suspend work until an approved
work permit or clearance is in place. Any non-compliance problems will be referred
to the employees/consultants manager for appropriate disciplinary action.

Each area is responsible for developing site-specific guidelines for when work permits should
be used.
All work permits must be checked off as being one of the following designations:
WORK CLEARANCE:
This is a special work permit that is issued when the complete control of a site is
turned over to another person. The person accepting the work clearance is
responsible for ensuring continued site safety and for issuing any other safe work
permits that may be required. This type of permit is good for the duration of the
tasks to be carried out.
NOTE: This is the type of permit that is given by the Production staff when they are
turning a lease over to the well site supervisors of the Drilling and Completions
department.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WORK PERMIT:
Hot Work This is issued whenever work is carried out that may introduce an
ignition source in areas where combustible materials may or do exist. This includes
such things as cutting, welding, burning, air gouging, riveting, drilling, grinding,
chipping or using non-classified electrical equipment.
Cold Work This is issued for work where no danger exists from ignition but where
other potential hazards exist. This includes such things as toxic fumes, dust,
vapours, chemicals, steam or pressure.
BLANKET WORK PERMIT:
This type of permit may be issued for an extended period of time (one year
maximum). It is intended to be used for tasks that are carried out on an ongoing
basis and where procedural guidelines have been established and agreed to by the
contractor. An example of where this type of permit is used is for the hauling of
fluids in a production area.
NOTE: This type of permit would not be used in a drilling/completion operation.
WORK ORDER:
This permit is used by operating staff to communicate with maintenance staff
regarding maintenance work needing to be done. In this case the operator will be
his name on the Requested by: line and given an explanation of the work needing
to be done in the Description of Work to be Done section.
NOTE: This type of permit would not be used in a drilling/completion operation.

5.2.1

WORK CLEARANCE, PERMIT REQUIREMENTS AND


PRE-JOB SAFETY MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR
DRILLING & SERVICE RIG OPERATIONS
To address government regulations and HARVARD Safety Program
requirements, this work permit system must be established for drilling and
service rig operations. Work clearances and work permits are to be issued
using HARVARD 'S work permit form (sample form attached). Many service
companies have developed their own work permit system. It is permissible to
use the contractors' work permit system when the contractors' work permit is
more stringent or more applicable to the work being completed.
A. WORK CLEARANCE PRIOR TO BEGINNING WELL OPERATIONS
The intent of the work clearance is to ensure all known hazards or
operating conditions that may affect safety at the site are identified,
understood and communicated and all appropriate control measures have
been implemented.
When well operations work involves a well within an existing production
area, the Well Site Supervisor is required to obtain a written work
clearance from either the Production Superintendent or Foreman or their
designate prior to commencing well operations. The Well Site Supervisor
must also ensure the necessary emergency response support is available.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 7

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

It is the work clearance issuer's responsibility to advise the Well Site


Supervisor of any known hazards relative to the planned well operation.
B. WORK PERMIT REQUIREMENTS DURING WELL OPERATIONS
While drilling, completing or servicing a well, work permits are to be issued
by HARVARD 'S Well Site Supervisor for the following operations:
1. HOT WORK: As defined by OH&S. This includes any cutting, welding,
burning, air gouging, riveting, drilling, chipping or other work where flame
is used or sparks are produced, including operation of an internal
combustion engine.
There are two levels of hot work that need to be considered.
Hazardous Hot Work - A work permit must be completed for any hot work
carried out on the well site inside a designated hazardous area or in an
area where flammable substances or residues have been detected or are
likely. Hazardous areas for drilling and service rigs are summarized in the
equipment spacing diagrams found in the Section 4.0 of this manual.
Routine Hot Work - Work carried out on the well site outside any
designated hazardous areas and away from any flammable substances.
Hot work is prohibited in an atmosphere which exceeds 10% of the lower
explosive limit. Field welding on fuel trucks, and other enclosed tanks
such as accumulators or oil bunkers are also prohibited. This type of work
must be performed in a shop.
2. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY: As defined by provincial OH&S regulations,
is a restricted space which may become hazardous to a worker entering it
because of an atmosphere that is or maybe injurious because of:
a. An oxygen deficiency or enrichment, flammability, explosivity or
toxicity.
b. A condition or changing set of circumstances within the space that
presents a potential for injury or illness
c.

The potential or inherent characteristics of any activity which can


produce adverse or harmful consequences within the space.

For each confined space entry requirement, the following steps must be
taken in accordance with HARVARDs Confined Space Entry Code of
Practice. Primary steps include:

Providing proper ventilation;


Testing the atmosphere;
Providing proper respiratory equipment if hazards exist after testing;
Assigning an attendant worker.

A copy of HARVARDs Confined Space Entry Code of Practice can be


found in Section 8.0 of this manual.
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 8

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Preplanning for the emergency rescue of the worker is critical. Prior to


work commencing, any special rescue equipment required must be on
site. Emergency response drills are encouraged to ensure that rig staff
understands how to safely use specialized rescue equipment
3. GROUND DISTURBANCES IN THE VICINITY OF BURIED PIPING OR
EQUIPMENT: This includes work around buried pipelines or other
underground equipment and would include installing anchors, cat or
backhoe work. HARVARDS requirements for ground disturbances are
discussed in the Ground Disturbances Code of Practice which is found in
the Work Procedures section of this manual (Section 8.0). Ground
Disturbance Permits are valid only for that specific task and a specific
location and are valid for a maximum of seven days.
C. PRE-JOB SAFETY MEETINGS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH
CRITICAL OPERATIONS
For other potentially hazardous operations, Well Site Supervisors will
ensure that crews conduct a documented pre-job safety meeting. This
would include, but not limited to, the following operations or procedures:

Fracing
Drill Stem Testing, Swab Testing, Flow Testing
Acidizing
Coiled tubing
Pressure Testing
Energy-isolating devices activated (electrical
equipment)
In-the-Derrick Work
Use of the Man Basket
Other non-regular operations

or

auto-start

Work permits are not normally required for these operations. The Well Site
Supervisor may elect to use the work permit to improve communications
or to facilitate a pre-job safety meeting. The Well Operations Pre-Job
Safety Meeting checklist found in this section of the manual can also be
used for identifying and documenting the issues to be discussed.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 9

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

5.2.2

ISSUING A WORK PERMIT

Can task be postponed until:

Turnaround

Scheduled shutdown

Other suitable time

YES

Reschedule Work!
Review work permit
requirement at
suitable time.

NO

Do ALL workers involved:

Understand the scope of the work / task?

Understand required work procedures?

Have required training and are competent to complete the


required task?

Are trained to use and have necessary equipment available?


What hazards does task involve?
- Hot Work
- Third Party Contractor
- Cold Work
- Chemicals, H2S, HVP, etc.
- Confined Space
- Breaking of system integrity
- Other

STOP

Consider:

Is this a critical task?

Is a general or site-specific work procedure available?

How does work to be done impact on other aspects of


operations and/or workers?

Complete Work Permit:

Ensure permit issuer is competent and understands task.

If necessary, review work procedures and attach to permit.

Review completed permit with worker / crew.

Post work permit at work site.

When task is completed:

Review work permit.

Amend necessary work procedures.

Develop work procedure.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 10

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

5.2.3

DEFINITIONS
Please Read Prior to Issuing Access/Work Permit
COLD WORK:

Used in hazardous maintenance work that does not


involved hot work. Cold work permits are issued when
there is no reasonable source of ignition, and when all
contact with harmful substances has been eliminated or
appropriate precautions taken.

HOT WORK:

Means cutting, welding, burning, air gouging, riveting,


drilling, grinding, chipping, using non-classified electrical
equipment or introducing to a work process area a
combustion engine or any other work where flame is
used or sparks produced in a location where a
flammable substance is or may be in the atmosphere or
stored, handled, processed or used.

CONFINED
SPACE:

WORK
CLEARANCE:

TESTS:

FLAMMABLE
ATMOSPHERE:

OPX Consulting Inc.

A restricted space which may become hazardous to a


worker entering it because of an atmosphere that is or
maybe injurious because of oxygen deficiency,
enrichment, flammability, explosivity or toxicity or
because a condition or changing set of circumstances
within the space that presents a potential for injury or the
potential or inherent characteristics of any activity which
can produce adverse or harmful consequences within
the space.

Work to be done that requires no preparation by


operations personnel (environmental clean-up, etc.)
Determination of whether the atmosphere contains a
FLAMMABLE substance in a quantity sufficient to ignite,
TOXICITY above the O.E.L. of a given chemical or
OXYGEN CONTENT above or below considered safe
limits. No testing shall be conducted inside a
confined/restricted space unless a non-flammable
atmosphere is established from outside the space
providing the person testing is equipped with adequate
personal protective equipment and no flammable
atmosphere exists within the space.

For Cold Work, or for entry without breathing apparatus,


must not exceed 10% L.E.L.
For Hot Work, must not exceed 0% L.E.L.

Section 5 - 11

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

TOXIC
ATMOSPHERE:

OXYGEN
DEFICIENT
ATMOSPHERE:

OXYGEN
EXCESSIVE
ATMOSPHERE:

Above the Occupational Exposure Limited (O.E.L.) of a


given substance. No person shall enter into an area
where a toxic atmosphere exists without utilizing the
proper personal protective equipment, e.g. approved
respiratory equipment, protective clothing, eyewear,
head gear, footwear, and appropriate rescue equipment
and procedures. (Toxic atmosphere for H2S is above
O.E.L. 10 ppm).

Any atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent by


volume of oxygen in air. Approved breathing apparatus
must be worn by persons entering into any area that
contains less than 19 percent by volume in air. (Normal
oxygen content is 20.5 percent by volume in air).

Any atmosphere which contains more than 23 percent by


volume oxygen in air. No person shall enter into or
perform hot work in any oxygen excessive atmosphere.

ENERGY
ISOLATION:

A condition that prevents movement of control devices to


the operating or on position.

ENERGY
ISOLATION
DEVICE:

A mechanism or arrangement that will hold and maintain


a control device in an inoperable or off position.

COMMUNICATION
AND ALERT:
Where the atmosphere contains a harmful substance or
a deficiency of oxygen, a worker must be attended by,
and be in communication with another worker stationed
at or near the entrance. Medical support must be
contacted at the time of an alarm.
NOTE: If any of the above gas levels are subject to change during the
operation due to the agitation of sludge, temperature change, welding or
cutting, use of solvents, purging with inert gases or deviation from
procedures previously set, they may be required to be monitored on a
continuous basis. Procedures to be followed may change accordingly.
Given this situation, a new permit may be required.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 12

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 5 FORMS
Drilling and Completions HSE Meeting Report
Monthly HSE Meeting Report
Work Permit

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 5 - 13

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Monthly Health, Safety &


Environment Meeting
Report
Location:

Start Time:
Adjournment Time:

Chair Person:
Meeting Agenda:

Date:

Presentation (video / speaker / other):

Old Business: (record outstanding issues until resolution)

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Additional Agenda Items:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

New Business:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Handouts Circulated:

Page 1 of 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Health, Safety & Environment Meeting Report Page 2


Incident Reviews:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Safety Grams / Regulatory Bulletins:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Hazard Alerts:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Next Meeting Location:

Date:
Start Time:

Chair Person:
Attendee Sign In:

Topic:

Page 2 of 2

WORK

Permit

Hot

Clearance
Order
Supervision

Confined Space/ Restricted Space


Requested by:
Continuous
Intermittent

Cold

Location:
Contractor:
Description of Work to be Done / Comments:

PERMIT No:

Issued by:
Issued by:

Phone No:
Phone No:

SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS, INSTRUCTIONS & EQUIPMENT REQUIRED


COMMUNICATION

PROCEDURES

Req'd Complete N/A

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Req'd Complete N/A

Job discussed with Worker/Contractor/Maintenance


Work Procedures Reviewed
Safety Regulations Received/Reviewed
M.S.D.S. Reviewed
Safety Meetings
Area Roped Off & Warning Signs Up
Radio on Hand
Review Code of Practice (Site Specific)
Specific Training Identified

Stand -by Man/Continuous Gas Monitoring


Electrical Equipment/Valve Handles Locked & Tagged
Grounding/Bonding Required
Equipment Cooled/Ventilated/Isolated
Blinds Installed/Bleeds Open
Vessels/Lines Purged
Shoring/Cut Back Required

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE & SAFETY EQUIPMENT


Air Hood/Dust Respirators
Breathing Air - SABA / SCBA
Face Shield/Goggles/Safety Glasses
Hearing Protection
Protective Clothing
Safety Harness and Life Line
Safety Belt and Lanyard
Explosion Proof & Low Voltage Electrical Equipment
Air Movers/Ventilators
Scaffolding
Wash Facilities

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

HAZARDS
Combustible Material Removed
Drains Covered/Sumps Covered and Sealed
No Vessels/Pumps to be Vented/Depressured
Overheard Lines, Clearance Established
Underground Line, Located & Identified
Other Hazardous Material
High Voltage
Intrinsically Safe Equipment

18
19
20
21
22
23

EMERGENCY PLANNING
Safe Egress from Work Areas Identified
Fire Extinguisher Ready to Use
Note: Completed checkbox , should be completed by permit receiver after
Steam/Water hose Ready to Use
all requirements have been met.
Emergency Air horn
ERP Manual Discussed
Atmosphere Testing (Explosive, Toxic & Oxygen Deficiency ) Record Below

RETESTS
Hours

Combustible Gas (vapour)


Hydrogen Sulphide
Toxic Gas
Oxygen Content
Tester's Signature

N/A

RETESTS
Hours

N/A

N/A

RETESTS
Hours
N/A

FIRST TEST
Hours

AREA FREE OF
(appropriate box)

N
O
T
E

24
25
26
27
28
29
30

% LEL
ppmH2S
ppmH2S

% LEL
ppmH2S
ppmH2S

% LEL
ppmH2S
ppmH2S

% LEL
ppmH2S
ppmH2S

% O2

% O2

% O2

% O2

This permit is valid only as long as work conditions existing at the time of its issuance continue and expires upon occurrence of any hazard such as gas leak, liquid spill, drastic operating change in equipment, or change in
wind direction blowing vapours into the work area. Any worker will have the right to stop the job if he has reasonable grounds to believe that the job is, or likely to become unsafe. Work shall not resume until a new permit is
issued.

Validity (Permit - only valid for single shift)


Issued Date:

Time:

Expiry Date:

Time:

We have read & understand the required precautions/instructions.

Approval by:

Accepted By:
Supervisor

work indicated above has either been:

Contractor Representative/Worker

completed or
cannot be continued until the issuance of a new work permit.

Signed:
Supervisor

Contractor Representative/Worker

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

6.0 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS


6.1

OVERVIEW

Regulations require that incidents be reported, investigated, and analyzed to determine


corrective actions and prevent recurrences. Incident investigation involves specifying what
actually happened, and determining the root and basic causes. Analysis is an overall study of
accident types, frequencies, locations and common causes. It also involves identifying risk
areas, safety needs and accident trends to determine where improvements are necessary.

6.2

INCIDENT REPORTING

Every employee and contractor must immediately report all incidents, no matter how small, to
HARVARD Supervisor. Supervisors must report accidents and close calls to their manager
immediately to ensure the root cause of the incident has been identified and the follow up
process is in place. Supervisors must also assist in the investigation all incidents, at least to the
extent that the risk potential is determined, and then submit reports as required (i.e. ERCB,
OGC, OH&S).
All injury accidents must be classified as either first aid, medical aid, modified work, or lost time.
Any non-compliance is to be reported immediately to the regulator and an incident report
completed and submitted to HARVARD supervisor. This means at the first available
opportunity without jeopardizing the safety of personnel responding to an incident, not when it
is convenient and the emergency is over. You should be aware that failure to report an incident
is often seen to be more serious than the incident itself and can result in administrative penalty
or other enforcement action by the regulator.
All non-compliance events will be reviewed to determine what factors led to the noncompliance and actions items identified to ensure the non-compliance will not reoccur.
Additionally, all regulatory audits and inspections are to be reported as soon as results are
made available to company staff or representatives.

6.3

ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND FOLLOW-UP

The first line supervisor may initially being investigating all incidents and making
recommendations to prevent occurrences. The HARVARD HSE person is responsible for
completing and signing off on all incident investigations. Assistance of a safety professional in
carry out the investigation may be required if the incident is, or has the potential of being, a
major loss.

6.4

LOSS CONTROL STATISTICS

Incident statistics are maintained and reviewed on a regular basis to determine the
effectiveness of the safety program. These reports are also used to help determine the types of
accidents occurring, common causal factors, where they are occurring, high risk tasks, program
needs, accomplishments and trends. The statistics are reviewed by HARVARDs management.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

6.5

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION RESPONSIBILITY FLOWCHART

LEVEL 1
Did the incident involve?

Equipment damage under $10,000


First aid injury or medical aid injury

Did the event have a significant


potential of being a SERIOUS
incident?

YES

Minor Incident
NO
NO

YES

LEVEL 2
Did the incident involve?

Equipment damage between $10,000


and $250,000
A lost time injury
A potential threat to public safety

Notify Production Manager *


Line supervisor assumes
responsibility of senior investigator
An interim report is to be submitted
within 24 hours.
Submit completed Incident Report
Form within 5 days

Did the event have a significant


potential of being a MAJOR
incident?

YES

Serious Incident
NO

LEVEL 3
Did the incident involve?

A fatality
A permanent disabling injury
Equipment damage in excess of
$250,000
Exposure of public to injury

YES

NO

YES

Notify Production Manager *


Area supervisor assumes
responsibility of senior investigator
Submit initial report immediately
Submit final report after all
documentation is complete

Major Incident

Notify Production Manager *


Area supervisor assumes
responsibility of senior investigator
and incident review committee
Submit interim report within 48 hours
and final report after all
documentation is complete

Ensure proper government and insurance notifications are


made
Field form to be submitted to HSE Department
Level 2 incidents require a formal Incident Investigation
Report completed by Harvard HSE Department.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

6.6

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGY FLOWCHART


SENIOR INVESTIGATOR / INCIDENT REVIEW COMMITTEE

COLLECT EVIDENCE:
- Photograph
- Sketch and map
- Test materials
- Reconstruct accident
- Examine response and loss
limitation actions

- Tear down analysis


- Analyze position
- Analyze parts
- Interview witnesses

DETERMINE IMMEDIATE CAUSES:


- Substandard Practices
- Substandard Conditions

DETERMINE BASIC CAUSES:


- Personal Factors
- Job Factors

DEVELOP AND TAKE


REMEDIAL ACTIONS

REPORT FINDINGS AND ACTIONS:


- Incident report form for all incidents.
- WCB form (employers and employees) for all medical and lost time
accidents.
- Include copies of any supporting documents such as police reports, lab
reports, witness statements/reports, and pictures.

OPX Consulting Inc.

FOLLOW-UP:
- Ensure action items
identified have been
completed and are
working effectively
- Advise regulator of
steps taken to correct
non-compliance.
- A written report to
the regulator may be
required and is to be
submitted by the
manager.

Section 6 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

6.7

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT

Completing the Incident/Accident Report


When determining the events surrounding an incident there are six key questions
that will assist in the investigation process.
WHO?
Who saw the accident?
Who was working with the employee?
Who was injured?
Who had instructed/assigned the employee?
Who else was involved?
Who assigned the work? Supervisor?
Who else can help prevent recurrences?
Who were the witnesses?
WHAT?
What was the accident/incident?
What was the injury?
What injured the employee?
What was the employee doing?
What had the employee being told to do?
What tools had the employee being using?
What machine/equipment was involved?
What operation was the employee performing?
What instructions had the employee been given?
What specific precautions were necessary to FSM/FSH/Manufactures operation manual?
What specific precautions was the employee given by the supervisor?
What protective equipment was the employee issued by the supervisor?
What protective equipment was the employee using?
What training had the employee been given to use the protective equipment correctly?
What were the environmental conditions? (Hot/dry, wind/rain, ice, snow, etc.)
What training had the employee received to perform the assignment?
What were the initial precautions given to the employee in the Job hazard analysis?
What additional precautions had the employee received in the tailgate safety session?
What was the employees tour of duty?
What tour had the employee actually been working?
What communication did the employee have?
What communication equipment was required for the job?
WHEN?
When did the accident occur?
When did the employee begin that job?
When was the employee assigned on that job?
When were the hazards pointed out to that employee?
When had the employees supervisor last checked on the job progress?
When did the employee first sense something was wrong?
When was the employees last work/rest days?
When was the employee tested/certified/carded to operate the equipment/machinery?
When did the employee last check in?
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WHERE?
Where did the accident occur?
Where was the employee at the time?
Where was the supervisor at the time?
Where were co-workers working at the time?
Where were other people who were involved at the time?
Where were witnesses when the accident occurred?
WHY?

Why was the employee injured?


Why did the employee do what he/she did?
Why was the protective equipment not used?
Why were specific instructions not given to the employees?
Why was the employee in the position he/she was in?
Why was the employee working beyond his/her scheduled tour of duty?
Why did the employee not check with the immediate supervisor when they noted that things were
not as they should be?
Why was the employee using the tools or machinery he/she was using?
Why was the employee not trained/certified to perform the job/operate the equipment?
Why did the employee continue, even under the circumstances?
Why was the supervisor not there at the time?
Why was the employee working alone?

HOW?
How was the employee injured? (Based on facts only)
How did the accident occur? ( Based on facts only)

Summary of Responsibilities and Explanations for Filling out the Form


A copy of the incident report form with section numbers referenced is provided at the end of this section.
SECTION 1
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial report form:

Environment is checked if it is an oil, water, chemical spill, gas release or a TDG incident etc.
Safety is checked if it is an injury, vehicle accident, damaged property, etc.

SECTION 2
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident report form.

Close Call is checked if the incident did not result in an injury, environmental release,
damaged equipment or property leading to a loss of production, etc.
Injury is checked if the incident resulted in any type of injury no matter how small to
company or contract personnel working for or on one of HARVARDs locations.
Vehicle is checked if the incident involved a company vehicle even if there was no
noticeable damage to the vehicle. This is also checked if the incident involved a
contractors vehicle.
Release is checked if the incident involved a release of oil, water, produced water, gas
(sweet or sour) or chemical, etc.
Property Damage is checked if the incident involved damage to company equipment,
property or theft of equipment or property.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Non-Conformance / Compliance is checked if the incident involved a non-compliance or


contravention of a permit or license. This is also checked if the incident involved equipment
non-conformance, which includes issues such as equipment alterations, material or
specification changes etc. that are not consistent with HARVARD QMPQAP. Deficiencies
identified as a result of an inspection by a regulatory body such as ERCB or OH&S,
Saskatchewan Labour, Workplace Safety and Health (Man.) & SER.

SECTION 3
This section should be filled out by HARVARD Supervisor.

Interim Report is checked when the report is missing information such as final costs,
follow-up action to identified assignments, etc.
Final Report is checked when it is the final report completely filled out including final costs,
injury information, cleanup description and follow-up, etc.

NOTE: It is most important to complete a thorough incident investigation. If


additional time is needed to complete a proper review of incident and to identify the
required follow-up actions, an INTERIM report should be forwarded to Calgary by the
end of the next working day with basic incident information. The FINAL report
should be submitted once the investigation is completed, typically within one week.
SECTION 4
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial accident report.
District is
Field is
SECTION 5
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident report.

Date of Occurrence is the date and time that the incident took place.

SECTION 6
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident report.

Date Reported is the date and time that the incident was first reported to the Calgary
Office.

SECTION 7
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident report.

Location is the LSD the incident occurred on.


Exact Location of Incident is the actual location on the lease that the incident
happened (e.g. separator building, water injector building or 400 bbl. tank). If it is a
vehicle incident this would be the location the accident occurred (e.g. Corner of 100th
Avenue and 108th St., Kilometre 21 on Road 234).

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 8 - NOTIFICATIONS
This section should be filled out by the person who is doing the notifications.

Notifications include all government agencies or landowners that are notified. The
name of the person and time they were contacted should be recorded.

Following are the notification requirements for safety and environment incidents. (The following
is meant as a guide only. The appropriate regulation should be consulted for full details).
SAFETY INCIDENTS
AB WCB:

Employers Notification Requirements:


a.

b.
c.

Complete and submit an Employers Report of Injury or Occupational


Disease to the WCB if the accident disables or is likely to disable the
worker beyond the date of accident. You should report the injury within
24 hours of being notified. Failure to report injuries within 72 hours could
result in a penalty.
Report fatalities immediately.
Report the accident if the worker needs medical aid not covered
under basic health services; e.g. drugs, dressings, prosthetic
replacement, dental repair and eyeglass replacement.

Other Employer Responsibilities Include:


a.

Keep records of all first aid administered.

b.

Provide the worker with immediate transportation from the injury site
to a medical treatment facility. You must ensure that adequate
means of transport by land, water or air is available at all times.

c.

Pay the worker his regular salary for the day the injury occurred. If
disablement goes beyond the accident day, compensation
payments start the first regular working day afterward. Cheques are
issued every two weeks. If you continue to pay the worker his full
salary, you may arrange to receive compensation cheques on
assignment by notifying the WCB.

d.

Work with the WCB and health care providers in developing an


effective return to work plan for the injured worker.

Injured Workers Responsibilities Include:

OPX Consulting Inc.

a.

Submit a Workers Report of Injury or Occupational Disease to


WCB.

b.

Keep employers informed of their progress to help employer plan


for their return to work.

c.

Maintain ongoing communication with the WCB.

d.

Follow the advice of health care providers in order to recover as


quickly as possible.
Section 6 - 7

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

AOH&S:

BC WCB:

a.

An injury or accident that results in death.

b.

An injury or accident that results in a worker being admitted to a


hospital for more than two days.

c.

An unplanned or uncontrolled explosion, fire or flood that causes a


serious injury or that has the potential of causing a serious injury.

d.

The collapse or upset of a crane, derrick or hoist.

e.

The collapse or failure of any component of a building or structure


necessary for the structural integrity of the building or structure.

Employers Notification Requirements:


a.

Report every work-related injury. The report must be made within


three days of the injurys occurrence.

b.

Report every disabling occupational disease, or allegation of an


occupational disease. The report must be made within three days of
receiving the workers report of the disease.

c.

Report every work-related death immediately to the Board and the


Boards local representative.

d.

The report must be on the form prescribed by the Board and must
state:

The name and address of the worker.


The time and place of the disease, injury or death.
The nature of the injury or alleged injury.
The name and address of any physician or qualified
practitioner who attended the worker, and
Any other details required by the board or by regulation.
Employers responsibilities include the Occupational
First Aid Regulation under Section 5.70(1) of the
Workers Compensation Act.

Injured Workers Responsibilities Include:


a.

Report an injury or disabling occupational disease as soon as


possible to the employer. The report must include:
The name of the worker.
The time and place of the occurrence.
A description of the disease or injury and its cause.

MAN WCB: Employers Notification Requirements:


a.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Complete and submit Employers Report of Injury Form to the


WCB. You should report the injury within five business days of the
accident.
Section 6 - 8

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

b.

Report any fatalities immediately.

Other Employer Responsibilities Include:


a.

Keep records of all first aid administered

b.

Provide the worker with transportation from the injury site to the
medical treatment facility. You must ensure that adequate means of
transport by land, water, or air is available at all times.

Injured Workers Responsibilities:


a. Report the incident to your employer as soon as possible
b. If you miss time from work because of the work related injury, report the
accident to WCB by phone, fax or mail.
c. Be sure and get medical attention
d. Keep in contact with your employer and let them know how you are
recovering
e. Be sure to follow the advice of your medical professional
MAN WHS:
a. An incident that results in death or serious injury
b. Collapse or structural failure of a building, tower, crane, hoist, temporary
construction support system or excavation
c. An uncontrolled spill or escape of a toxic, corrosive or explosive
substance
d. Explosion, fire or flooding
SASK WCB: Employers Notification Requirements:
a.

Must report injury within five days of it occurring

b.

Provide appropriate first aid

c.

Arrange for immediate transportation so worker can receive


appropriate treatment from a qualified health care professional

Injured Workers Responsibilities:

OPX Consulting Inc.

a.

Get medical help if you need it

b.

Have your caregiver report to WCB

c.

Report the incident to your employer immediately

d.

Complete and submit Workers Initial Report of Injury as soon as


possible
Section 6 - 9

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

e.

Participate with your employer, caregiver and WCB in setting up a


personalized return-to-work plan

a.

OH&S notification is required for any hospital stay of 72 hours or


more due to medical aid, restricted duty or lost time accidents

SASK OH & S

POLICE:

Any fatality

LANDOWNER/
OCCUPANT:

Any incident that impacts or has the potential to impact the


landowner/occupant.

ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS
LANDOWNER/
OCCUPANT:

GOVERNMENT
AGENCY:

Any incident that impacts or has the potential to impact the


landowner/occupant.

See Regulatory Reporting Requirements in Forms at the end of this


section.

SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT


This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial report and reviewed by the
Production Foreman and the Production Engineer/Manager or their equivalent.

Detailed Description of Incident is a complete detailed description of the incident


including What, When, Where, Why, Who information, equipment, site diagrams, QMP
reports, vehicle report forms and any other appropriate documentation.

Vehicle Report is information that is necessary for insurance reporting requirements.


There is a time limited for reporting an incident to the insurance company that may
result in a claim. That can be done with a phone call.

Unit Number is the vehicle number if the incident involved a HARVARD vehicle.

Severity Potential section should be filled out by the Production Engineer or


equivalent:
Minor
Personnel:
Public:
Environment:

Regulatory:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Injury requiring minimal or no first aid.


No impact.
Product or chemical release contained on lease or in
process (Non-reportable spills typically less than 2
m3 ).
Written or verbal warning only. No fines or control
orders likely to result.

Section 6 - 10

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Serious
Personnel:
Public:
Environment:

Equipment:
Regulatory:

Injury requiring medical first aid with no lost time.


Public exposure with potential to result in a
complaint.
Reportable product or chemical off-lease release or
large spill contained on lease (Priority 3 spills typically 2-20 m3).
Damage which results in down time less than 1 day.
Infraction resulting in potential for a fine control order.

Major
Personnel:
Public:
Environment:
Regulatory:

Serious injury or health effects (Lost time injury).


Exposed to potential accident or injury.
Large uncontained product or chemical release
(Priority 1 and 2 spills typically over 20 m3).
Potential for a significant fine or a control order
requiring facility or operations shutdown.

Probability of Occurrence

Seldom is checked when the likelihood to occur is sometime in the facilities life.
Not normally expected unless precautionary measures fail. Once every 10
years.

Occasional is checked when it is commonly know to occur periodically. Likely


to happen several times in the life of the facility. Usually yearly or longer within
the district.

Frequent is checked when it is expected to occur routinely or repeatedly over


the life of the facility. Usually monthly or weekly within the district.

This information is summarized in the Risk Matrix located in Section 4.


NOTE: When evaluating the severity and probability of an incident, the
description should note if the hazard was identified beforehand and if the
necessary work permits were issued.
SECTION 10 INJURY INFORMATION
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident report.

Copy of Applicable WCB Form Attached is checked when there was a reportable
injury. An injury that involved medical aid, modified work, lost time or fatality is
responsible. The applicable WCB form(s) are to accompany the incident form.

All injury incidents must be classified as either first aid, medical aid, modified work, or lost time.
The classification standard endorsed by the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers and
being used by HARVARD is ANSI Z16.4. To assist you in accurately filling out our incident
report forms, outlined below are the four categories of injury accidents and some explanation of
what type of incident fits into each category.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 11

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

1.

First Aid
This is defined as any one treatment and subsequent observation of minor
scratches, cuts, burns, splinters and so forth, which do not ordinarily require medical
care by a physician. The transport of an injured worker to a physician for
observation or for diagnosis as a safety precaution can still be considered a first aid
case.

2.

Medical Aid
The decision as to whether a case involves medical aid should be made on the
basis of whether the case normally would require medical treatment. The decision
cannot be made on the basis of who treats the case. A physician can administer
first aid. Medical aid is defined as a work injury other than a first aid which requires
treatment by a physician or other medical professional and includes:
Impairment of body functions (e.g. loss of consciousness).
Damage of a non-superficial nature to physical structure (fractures, cuts
requiring stitches etc.)
Complications (e.g. debridement following burns, treatment of infections
arising from injury).
Ongoing medical treatment (e.g. physiotherapy, repeat administration of
a prescription pain killer, etc.)
Diagnostic procedures such as x-rays or preventive procedures such as tetanus shots
are not in and of themselves considered medical aid.

3.

Modified Work
This is any work injury which results in a temporary work assignment that does
not include all the normal duties of the persons regular job. The temporary work
assigned must be considered meaningful.
Initiation of Modified Work Plan

Employee reports to supervisor about need for medical limitations due to


injury or illness.
Employee presents medical information from recognized health care
provider using HARVARDs Medical Limitation report.
Employee has his/her supervisor develop a Modified Work Plan.

Content of Modified Work Plans


All modified work plans will specifically identify the:
Medical limitations that require modified work
Work duties or tasks to be modified
Assigned work duties and the hours of work
Physical demands of the assigned work duties
Any change in assignment of supervision
Employees commitment to follow and continue rehabilitation and medical
care
Frequency of medical progress reporting
Employee and supervisors commitment to adhere to the plan.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 12

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Informal Modified Work Plan


Medical advice indicates that normal job duties may be resumed within two weeks.
The work plan may be developed and documented between the employee and their
front line supervisor based on the medical limitations and work capability
recommended by a recognized health care provider.
Formal Modified Work Plan
Medical advice indicates that modified work will be required for longer then two
weeks. The work plan will be developed between the employee, the front-line
supervisor and the area supervisor. A more detailed description of the physical
demands of the proposed work duties may be required. The work plan will be
documented and submitted to the appropriate health care provider and, when
needed, by other interested stakeholders for input or approval.
Return to Work
Before employees return to work following a disability that resulted in medical
limitations, the employee will present a progress report providing medical clearance
to full work duties.

4.

Lost Time Injury


This is defined as an injury where the injured worker is unable to report for the next
scheduled day of work or to modified work.
Injured Party

OPX Consulting Inc.

Company is checked when the injured party is a HARVARD employee.

Public is checked if the person injured was someone that is not working for
HARVARD as an employee or contract worker.

Contractor is checked if the injured person was working for HARVARD as a


contract operator, consultant or working for a company doing work for
HARVARD. HARVARD that the injured party is working for must also be noted
here.

Name is the name or names of the injured person or persons.

Employee Number is the injured persons HARVARD employee number.

Phone Number is the injured persons home phone number.

Address, City and Postal Code is the injured persons home address.

Occupation is the occupation of the injured person.

Experience is the number of years the person has been doing their present job.

Injured Part of Body identifies which part of the body was injured in the
incident.
Section 6 - 13

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Immediate Supervisor is the injured persons direct supervisor be it a contract


or HARVARD person.

SECTION 11 ENVIRONMENT
The first part of this section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident
report. The second part should be filled out by the Production Foreman or their equivalent.

Liquid is checked if the release was an unrefined petroleum product, produced water, fresh
water or crude oil.

Gas is checked for any accidental sweet or sour gas release.

Other is checked if the release was a chemical or a refined petroleum product such as
diesel, gasoline, etc.

Terrain Affected
o
o
o

Contained on Lease
o
o

Land is checked if the release affected any of the surrounding area including on
lease.
Water is checked if the release got into any river, creek or body of water.
Both are check when the release affected the surrounding area and body of water.

Yes is checked if no product got off the lease or right-of-way.


No is checked if product did get off the lease or right-of-way.

Rehabilitation Required
o
o

Yes is checked if work may have to be done at a later date to restore the spill area
back to its original condition.
No is checked if no work is required other than the initial clean up.

Waste Manifest is checked if a waste manifest needs to be filled out for any material
hauled off location.

Public Complaint is checked if there is a complaint from any party not working for
HARVARD or if a spill or release is reported by a landowner, etc.

GAS

Discharged is the estimated amount of gas released expressed in m3. This should include
accidental or emergency flared gas volumes.

Sweet or Sour indicates if the release contained H2S levels in excess of 10 ppm.

WATER BASE MATERIAL

PW is checked if the spill involved produced water.


FW is checked if the spill involved fresh water.
DISCHARGED is the estimated amount of water release expressed in m3.
RECOVERED is the actual amount of water cleaned up expressed in m3.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 14

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

LIQUID HYDROCARBON

Discharged is the estimated amount of hydrocarbon released expressed in m3.

Recovered is the actual amount of hydrocarbon cleaned up expressed in m3.

OTHER

Discharged is the estimated amount of chemical, refined petroleum product released


expressed in m3.

Recovered is the actual amount of chemical etc. cleaned up expressed in m3.

H2S% is the H2-S content of the release expressed in %.

Smoke is checked yes if there was a fire involved in the release or a flare stack or lit pit
was involved. Otherwise no is checked.

Odour is checked yes if there was a release that emitted an odour that may be
noticeable to the surrounding public or contract personnel. Also if there was a complaint
in the area. No would be checked if none of these apply.

Noise is checked yes if there was a condition resulting in noise exceeding permitted
levels. Also if there is a complaint from the public. Otherwise no is checked.

Wind Direction is the direction the wind was blowing during or after the release.

CONTROL MEASURES

Description of Clean Up and Rehabilitation is a detailed description of what was


done on location. How was the spill contained? What was the area affected? What was
used to recover the fluid? Where was the recovered fluid taken and how was it
disposed of? If hauled away to where? Was it treated on location? Were any of the
fluids recycled? What special activity took place during the spill response and why?
What amendments were applied to the site? A sketch of the spill area should be
included with the report. (See Forms at the end of this section).

AMENDMENTS APPLIED

Quantab Values is the initial values obtained using the Quantabs provided in the spill
kits. The final report should state what values were achieved.

Date is the date the amendments were started or applied.

Government File Number is the file number issued by the government at the time the
release was reported. This number should be asked for when reporting the release.

Date Rehabilitation Was Completed is the final date work was performed on the
location.

Calcium Nitrate is the amount of calcium nitrate used in the reclamation expressed in Kgs.

Ammonium Nitrate is the amount of fertilizer (ammonium nitrate) used in the


reclamation expressed in Kgs.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 15

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Seed Mixture Applied is the type and amount of seed used in the reclamation.

Other is any other product that may have been used in the reclamation of the lease
e.g. straw, hay or Oil-Gator, etc.

SECTION 12 VESSEL PIPELINE


This section should be filled out by the Production Foreman or their equivalent. This section is
used by the Calgary office for creating a history of failures on a particular line. This information
can then be used to indicate if the entire line may need replacing.

License Number is the Board license number found on the pipeline application to the
government.

Line Number is the number found on the license application.

Line OD is the outside diameter of the line in the area of the failure (expressed in mm).

Grade is the grade or type of pipe used: sour, sweet, schedule 40 etc.

MOP is the maximum operating pressure of the failed line as stated on the pipeline
license (expressed in kPa).

Type of Wrap is the type of outside coating of the line (e.g. yellow jacket).

Internal Coated yes is checked if the line has any type of internal coating. If not
coated check no.

Wall Thickness is the pipe thickness in the area of the failure (expressed in mm).

Normal Operating Pressure is the operating pressure of the line under normal
operating conditions (expressed in kPa).

Depth of Cover is the amount of material that is covering the line in the area of the
failure.

Type is the type of line (e.g. fiberglass, plastic, etc.)

Vessel I.D. is the Alberta Number or CRN registration number off the vessel.

NON-CONFORMANCE RELATED TO:

Repairs and Alterations is checked if the cause of the failure was related to any
repairs or alterations done to the line or vessel.

Material or Specification Changes is checked if the material or specifications in the


area of the failure were not the same as on the licensing agreement or if any changes
are being made.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 16

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 13 SUMMARIZE ALL COSTS RELATING TO INCIDENT


This section should be filled out by the Production Foreman or their equivalent.
Note: This information is used by our insurance company to determine if a claim
should be initiated.

Final Costs is checked if this is the known final cost of the incident.

Estimated Costs is checked if the costs are not known or there may be more costs
added at a later date.

Covering Costs
o Company is checked if HARVARD is covering all the repair or clean-up costs.
o Third Party is checked if the costs are being charged to or paid for by a
contractor, trucking company, or someone elses insurance company, etc.

Estimated Repair Replacement Costs is an estimated cost of the repair or


replacement of a vehicle, piece of equipment or pipeline repair, etc. For larger incidents
this information is needed right away for insurance reporting requirements. There is a
time limit for reporting an incident to the insurance company that may result in a claim.
This can be done with a telephone call.

Final Repair Replacement Costs is the actual cost of repairs or replacement.

Estimated Clean-Up Costs is the estimated cost of the clean-up including all
transportation, disposal, clean-up and seeding costs, etc. For larger incidents this
information is needed right away for insurance reporting requirements. This is a time
limit for reporting an incident to the insurance company that may result in a claim. This
can be done with a telephone call.

Final Clean-Up Costs is all actual costs associated with the clean-up of the site.

SECTION 14 WHAT WAS THE CAUSE OF THE INCIDENT


The first part of this section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident
report. This section should be checked by the Production Foreman and the Production
Engineer / Manager or their equivalent.

Describe any Unsafe Conditions. This is a detailed written explanation of any unsafe
condition or conditions and should include the what, how and why. Any unsafe
condition or conditions that contributed to the incident should be checked off. The
written description should also discuss any unsafe conditions that are not included in
the check boxes.

Describe any Unsafe Acts. This is a detailed written explanation of any unsafe act or
acts and should include the what, how and why. Any unsafe act or acts that contributed
to the incident should be checked off. The written description should also discuss any
unsafe acts that are not included in the check boxes.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 17

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 15 CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO


ADDRESS THE ROOT CAUSE OF THE INCIDENT
This section should be filled out of the Production Foreman and reviewed by the Production
Engineer/Manager. If required, the Calgary office may be asked to help with the investigation
depending on the severity of the incident.

Corrective Action is a detailed explanation outlining what actions have or will be taken
to prevent the recurrence of a similar incident. The written description should also
discuss any recommended actions not included in the check boxes.

NOTE: Corrective actions should be based on an understanding of the basic


causes. A summary of basic or root causes is provided in the Forms at the end of
this section.
SECTION 16 BLANK
SECTION 17 FOLLOW-UP ASSIGNMENTS
This section should be filled out by the Production Engineer/Manager.

What is a brief description of follow-up that needs to be done to prevent a recurrence or


to finish rehabilitation.

Who is the person responsible to make sure the follow-up is completed.

When is the date this follow-up is expected to be completed.

Submitted By is the operator or person initiating the original report.

Reviewed and Approved by is the Foreman or the Rig Construction Supervisor.

Reports should be forwarded to HARVARD Calgary Office via fax


(403) 229-0603

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 18

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 6 FORMS
Incident Investigation Report
Spill Site Assessment Sheet
Basic Causes of Loss
Regulatory Reporting Requirements for Spills and Releases
Reportable Spill Volumes for TDG Controlled Substances

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 19

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


Note: See Instructions in Section 6.0 for completing form.

Please ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting

ENVIRONMENT

NEAR MISS

SAFETY

INJURY

VEHICLE

PROPERTY DAMAGE

DISTRICT:

FIELD:

MER

TIME

N
O
T
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

TWP

EXACT LOCATION OF INCIDENT:

FINAL REPORT

Date Reported:

YYYY / MM / DD

SEC

INTERIM REPORT

NON CONFORMANCE / COMPLIANCE

Date of Occurrence:

LOCATION
LSD

RELEASE

YYYY / MM / DD

ERCB / MEM

TIME

Name:

Time:

MEI / SEM / NEB

Name:

Time:

WCB / OH&S

Name:

Time:

AEP / MELP

Name:

Time:

POLICE

Name:

Time:

LANDOWNER

Name:

Time:

PROVIDE AN EXACT DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INCIDENT, NON CONFORMANCE AND / OR PROPERTY AFFECTED: (attach diagram if appropriate)
EQUIPMENT / VEHICLE INFORMATION - (including QMP)

SEVERITY POTENTIAL

Minor

INJURY INFORMATION

COPY OF APPLICABLE WCB FORM ATTACHED

First Aid

Serious

PROBABILITY OF OCCURRENCE

Major

Medical Aid

Lost Time

Injured party:

Employee

Public

Occasional

Frequent

Other Specify

Contractor (Company Name) :


Employee #

Address:

City:
Experience:

Seldom

Fatality

Name:

Postal Code:

UNIT NO.

VEHICLE FORM ATTACHED

Yrs

Phone #
Occupation:

Injured Part of Body

Immediate Supervisor:

Modified Work

_________________________________________________________________________

Any product spill - Off Lease, Into a Water Course, or Over 2m on Lease is to be reported. On Lease spills under 2m do not need to be reported.
ENVIRONMENTAL

Liquid

Contained on Lease?

Yes

No

Other

Rehabilitation Required ?

Gas:

Water Base Material (m3)

Discharged:
Sweet/Sour
H2S %:

Smoke:

Terrain Affected
Yes

No

Waste Manifest

Land
Yes

Water
No

Both
Public Complaint?

Liquid Hydrocarbon (m3):

Other:

Discharged:

Discharged:

Discharged:

Recovered:

Recovered:
Yes

No

PW

Odour:

FW

Yes

No

Noise:

Yes

No

Recovered:
Yes

No

Wind Direction:

CONTROL MEASURES INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF CLEAN UP AND REHABILITATION: (Recovered product recycled? - Contaminated Soil? - Treated? Hauled Away? - Where?)

Quantab Values:
Amendments Applied:

Date:

Calcium Nitrate:

kg

Ammonium Nitrate:

kg

Government File:

Date Rehab Completed:

Seed Mixture Applied:

Other:

Straw etc.

VESSEL / PIPELINE INFORMATION - (if applicable)


License No.

Line No:

Line OD (mm):

Grade:

MOP (kPa):

Type of Wrap:

Wall Thickness (mm):

Normal OP. Press (kPa):

Depth of Cover (m):

Type:

Vessel I.D. #:

NON CONFORMANCE RELATED TO:

Repairs or Alterations

Material or Specification changes

Internal Coat:

Yes

No

Page 1 of 2

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


Please ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting

Summarize all costs relating to incident


Estimated Repair / Replacement Costs $

Indicate

Final Costs

Estimated Costs

Final Repair / Replacement Costs $

Covering Costs

Estimated Clean-Up Costs $

Company

Third Party

Final Clean-Up Costs $

What was the cause of the accident? (Determine the cause by analyzing all factors concerned. A person, a machine, or a physical condition? How? Why?

A. Describe any UNSAFE CONDITIONS:

CONGESTED WORK AREA OR RESTRICTED ACTION

DEFECTIVE TOOLS, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS

UNSAFE FLOOR, RAMPS, STAIRWAYS OR ROADWAY

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE

HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE:

INADEQUATE GUARDS OR PROTECTION

INADEQUATE OR IMPROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

IMPROPER MATERIAL STORAGE

INADEQUATE WARNING SYSTEM

HIGH OR LOW TEMPERATURE

INADEQUATE VENTILATION

EXCESSIVE NOISE

INADEQUATE / EXCESSIVE ILLUMINATION

POOR HOUSEKEEPING

RADIATION EXPOSURE

INTERNAL CORROSION / EROSION

UNSTABLE GROUND CONDITIONS

EQUIPMENT FAILURE (WEAR & TEAR)

(GASES, DUST SMOKE, VAPOUR)

B. Describe any UNSAFE ACTS:

VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT
FAILURE TO SECURE / LOCK-OUT

FAILURE TO USE PROPER TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT

FAILURE TO USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

FAILURE TO USE GUARDS PROVIDED

IMPROPER LIFTING, LOWERING OR CARRYING

MAKING SAFETY DEVICES INOPERABLE

IMPROPER LOADING OR PLACEMENT

UNSAFE POSITION FOR TASK

SERVICING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION

OPERATING AT UNSAFE SPEED

OPERATING WITHOUT AUTHORITY

INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL AND/OR DRUGS

USING DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT

USING EQUIPMENT IMPROPERLY

LACK OF SKILL OR KNOWLEDGE

UNNECESSARY HASTE

HORSEPLAY

UNSAFE ACT OF OTHER (3RD PARTY)

UNAWARE OF HAZARD

PHYSICAL LIMITATION / MENTAL ATTITUDE

FATIGUE

CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO ADDRESS THE ROOT CAUSES OF THE INCIDENT:

Explain what you have done or what you recommended to prevent a recurrence of a similar incident / accident

IMPROVED LAYOUT OR DESIGN

IMPROVED / INCREASED SUPERVISION

ADDITIONAL / PROPER JOB PROCEDURES

IMPROVED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

IMPROVED HIRING STANDARDS

INCREASED ON THE JOB INSTRUCTION

IMPROVED EQUIPMENT STANDARDS

IMPROVED JOB PLACEMENT STANDARDS

INCREASED ENFORCEMENT OF WORK STANDARDS

IMPROVED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE

IMPROVED JOB PLANNING METHODS

INCREASED ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS

INCREASED INSPECTION / MAINTENANCE FREQUENCY

ADDITIONAL TRAINING OR AWARENESS

ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR CONTROLS

CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN FOR QMP CONFORMANCE:

SIGNATURE: INSPECTOR

DATE

FOLLOW-UP ASSIGNMENTS:

WHO?

WHEN?

WHAT?

SUBMITTED BY: (please PRINT)

INCIDENT REPORTED BY
FORWARD REPORT TO:

REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY:

SUPERVISOR / FOREMAN SIGNATURE

DATE

SUPERINTENDENT / MANAGER

Page 2 of 2

This report is required as part of Harvard obligations under the Occupational Health & Safety Act of Alberta and is subject to the protections of sections 18 and 19 of that act. Further, any
statements given herein are made subject to the protections provided by section 6 of the Alberta Evidence Act and section 5 of the Canada Evidence Act to the extent that they may apply.

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SPILL SITE ASSESSMENT SHEET


Contractor: ____________________________________________________________________ SITE SKETCH
Weather:

____________________________________________________________Date:_________________

Legal Description: ______________________________ W _______ M


NTS Location: _______________________ Longitude: ______________ Latitude: ____________
Legend:
ust

Wellhead

Underground tank
Spills/Contamination

Drainage direction

Sump
Pipeline
tsp

Berm

Erosion
Riser
Top soil pile

Trench

fp

ssp

Slope
Flare Pit

bl
st

Building

Surface Tanks

Sub soil pile

ac

Access

Comments:
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 6 - 20

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

BASIC CAUSES OF LOSS


PERSONAL FACTORS

Inadequate Physical/Physiological Capability


inappropriate height, weight, size, strength, reach etc.
restricted range of body movement
limited ability to sustain body positions
substance sensitivities or allergies
sensitivities to sensory extremes (temperature, sound, etc.)
vision deficiency
hearing deficiency
other sensory deficiency (touch, taste, smell, balance)
respiratory incapacity
other permanent physical disabilities
temporary disabilities

Inadequate Mental Physiological Capability


fears and phobias
emotional disturbance
mental illness
intelligence level
inability to comprehend
poor judgment
poor coordination
slow reaction time
low mechanical aptitude
low learning aptitude
memory failure

Physical or Physiological Stress


injury or illness
fatigue due to task load or duration
fatigue due to lack of rest
fatigue due to sensory overload
exposure to health hazards
exposure to temperature extremes
oxygen deficiency
atmospheric pressure variation
constrained movement
blood sugar insufficiency
drugs

Mental or Psychological Stress


emotional overload
fatigue due to mental task load or speed
extreme judgment decision demands
routine monotony, demand for uneventful vigilance
extreme concentration perception demands
meaningless or degrading activities
confusing directions
conflicting directions
preoccupation with problems
frustration
mental illness

Lack of Knowledge
lack of experience
inadequate orientation
inadequate initial training
inadequate update training
misunderstood directions

Lack of Skill
inadequate initial instruction
inadequate practice

Improper Motivation
improper performance is rewarding
improper performance is punishing
lack of incentives
excessive frustration
inappropriate aggression
improper attempt to save time or effort
improper attempt to avoid discomfort
improper attempt to gain attention
inappropriate peer pressure
improper supervisory example
inadequate performance feedback
inadequate reinforcement of proper behaviour
improper production incentives

OPX Consulting Inc.

- infrequent performance
- lack of coaching

JOB FACTORS

Inadequate Leadership and Supervision


unclear or conflicting reporting relationships
unclear or conflicting assignment of responsibility
improper or insufficient delegation
giving inadequate policy, procedure, practices or guidelines
giving objectives, goals or standards that conflict
inadequate work planning or programming
inadequate instructions, orientation and/or training
providing inadequate reference documents, directives and guidance publications
inadequate identification and evaluation of loss exposures
lack of supervisory management job knowledge
inadequate matching of individual qualifications and job task requirements
inadequate performance measurement and evaluation
inadequate or incorrect performance feedback

Inadequate Engineering
inadequate assessment of loss exposures
inadequate consideration of human factors ergonomics
inadequate standards, specifications and/or design criteria
inadequate monitoring of construction
inadequate assessment of operational readiness
inadequate monitoring of initial operation
inadequate evaluation of charges

Inadequate Purchasing
inadequate specifications on requisitions
inadequate research on materials & equipment
inadequate specifications to vendors
inadequate mode or route of shipment
inadequate receiving inspection and acceptance
inadequate communication of safety and health data
improper handling of materials
improper storage of materials
improper transporting of materials
inadequate identification of hazardous items
improper salvage of waste disposal

Inadequate Maintenance
inadequate preventive
assessment of needs
lubrication and servicing
adjustment assembly
cleaning or resurfacing

Inadequate Tools and Equipment


inadequate assessment of needs and risks
inadequate human factors ergonomic considerations
inadequate standards or specifications
inadequate availability
inadequate adjustment repair maintenance
inadequate salvage and reclamation
inadequate removal and replacement of unsuitable items

Inadequate Work Standards


inadequate development of standards
inadequate communication of standards
inadequate maintenance of standards

Wear and Tear


inadequate planning of use
improper extension of service life
inadequate inspection and/or monitoring
improper loading or rate of use
inadequate maintenance
use by unqualified or untrained personnel
used for wrong purpose

Abuse or Misuse
condoned by supervision
not condoned by supervision
unintentional/intentional

- inadequate reparative
communication of needs
scheduling of work
examination of units
part substitution

Section 6 - 21

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Regulatory Reporting Requirements Page 1


TYPE

Life Safety

Spills

PRODUCT/ INCIDENT CONDITIONS


Any situation or dangerous occurrence that had the potential for
serious injury of workers (ie: structural failure or collapse of a
support system, excavation, or contact with a pipeline)
Actual injury / fatality of employee or contractor

VOLUME/ SEVERITY
Any

WHS

ALTA
WCB

B.C.

Federal
NEB/TSB

Any

WHS
WCB

WCB

NEB/TSB

Any situation that has or potentially may threaten the health and
safety of the public

Any

PEP
OGC/PEP
Police
* DTH

NEB/TSB

On-Lease crude oil / salt water spill


OR
Product losses / vandalism

AB: 2m3 or more


BC: 100 L oil and >200 L
salt water

ERCB
LDDS
EMA
Police
* AT-via EMA
ERCB

Off-Lease crude oil/ salt water spill or any pipeline release or any
pipeline release that may, has, or could cause an adverse effect
Crude oil/ salt water spill
Into watercourse

Any volume

ERCB

Any volume

ERCB
AEPCD

OGC/PEP
WLAP
OGC/PEP
WLAP

Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG) incident involving


refined or unrefined products. This includes On or Off lease truck
loading/ unloading spills
Refined product or chemicals: Any significant spill, or a spill into
water, or a spill that may, has or could cause an adverse effect
Refined or unrefined spills involving PCBs or spills on aboriginal
land, in National Parks or on railway right of ways

Volumes according to TDG


regs

EMA
Local Police

OGC/PEP
Local Police

Notes:
1) In Alberta, WHS notification includes any hospital stay >2 days
due to medical aid, restricted duty or lost time accidents
2) WCB notification must occur immediately for fatalities or within
72 hours for injuries
3) Confirm with Incident Commander that local ambulance service
or Stars Link Centre (Alberta) has been notified.

OGC/PEP
WLAP

NEB/TSB
ECAN
DFO
NEB/TSB

Reportable volumes in AEPCD


OGC/PEP
TDG regs and CEPA
EMA
WLAP
In addition to above spill notification requirements notify ECAN

contd on next page

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Regulatory Reporting Requirements Page 2


TYPE

PRODUCT/ INCIDENT CONDITIONS


Sour Gas

VOLUME/ SEVERITY
Any volume

ALTA
ERCB

Releases

Odours/fugitive gas emissions


In Alberta EUB unless from a refined product then notify AE-PCD

Nuisance / noticeable,
public complaint
received
AE-PCD: Exceeds facility
approval
ERCB: exceeds approved
volume or flaring for more
than 24 hours
ie: public complaint
received
Any

ERCB

Unscheduled or Emergency Flaring


Flaring
report to
agency which
issued approval

Pipeline
Contact/Failure/
Rupture
Fire/
Explosion
Pressure vessel
Electrical
Vehicle accident
Security Incident
Abbreviation
ERCB
AE-PCD
EMA & AT*;
LDDS
WHS
OGC / PEP; DTH*;
WLAP

Black Smoke or flaring that may cause an adverse effect


Any EUB or NEB licensed pipeline is contacted, fails or ruptures
Note: WHS must also be notified if situation causes or had potential
to cause serious injury
Any explosions and On or Off lease fires
Note: As required, confirm with that local fire fighters/ forest fire/ or
industrial fire fighters have been notified.
Incident involving pressure vessel, boiler or pressure piping
Incident involving/possibly caused by electrical equipment
Single or multiple vehicle accidents
Threatening phone call or trespassers on company property.

Government Regulatory Agency


Energy Resources and Conservation Board

BC WCB
ECAN

Alberta Environment Pollution Control Division


Emergency Management Alberta (*Alberta Transportation);
Local Director of Disaster Services
Workplace Health & Safety (also notifies WCB)
BC Oil & Gas Commission & Provincial Emergency Program;
(*Dept. of Transportation & Highways); Water, Lands, Air &
Parks
BC Workers Compensation Board
Environment Canada

DFO
SCO
NEB & TSB
ABSA

Department of Fisheries and Oceans navigable waters only


Safety Codes Officer Alberta Municipal Affairs
National Energy Board & Transportation Safety Board
Alberta Municipal Affairs

(* Highway Authorities for emergencies that impact or require closure of 1 or 2 digit highway

Any

Any
Any
Any
Any

AE-PCD or
ERCB

B.C.
OGC/PEP
WLAP
OGC/PEP
WLAP

Federal
NEB/TSB

OGC/PEP
WLAP

AE-PCD or
OGC/PEP
ERCB
WLAP
ERCB or NEB, as
applicable
WHS see
Note
ERCB
OGC/PEP
WHS
WCB
LDDS
ABSA
ML-BVS
SCO
ML-ES
Local Police
Local Police
Local Police
Local Police
* AT-via EMA
* DTH

NEB/TSB

NEB/TSB

NEB/TSB
NEB/TSB
NEB/TSB

Phone # For Spill Reporting


Regional Offices 24 hrs.: Bonnyville (780) 826-5352, Drayton Valley (780) 542-5182, Grande Prairie (780) 538-5138, St. Albert (780) 4603800, Calgary/Midnapore (403) 297-8303, Medicine Hat (403) 527-3385, Red Deer (403) 340-5454, Wainwright (780) 842-7570
Pollution Control Division 24 hr. Spill Reporting Line (780) 422-4505
Emergency Coordination Centre 1-800-272-9600; Emergency Managements Local Director of Disaster Services for the region can also be
notified via 1-800 number.
24 hr. reporting 1-866-415-8690
PEP 24 hr. (Provincial Emergency Program) 1-800-663-3456 Effective April 1, 2004 all incidents previously reported to OGC or WLAP are
to be routed to the PEP emergency line.
24 Hour 1-888-6221-7233
In Alberta (Alberta Ministry of Environment) 1-800-222-6514
In BC (ECAN) 604-666-6100
Environmental Emergencies 1-800-889-8852; Navigable Waters Protection Branch Alberta (780) 495-3701 or B.C. (604) 775-8867
Safety Services, Electrical Discipline 780-415-0481
NEB Regulated Lines Only - NEB Emergency Line 1-800-632-1663, Transportation Safety Board Incident Reporting 24 hr. (819) 997-7887
Regional Offices (daytime reporting) Edmonton (780) 437-9100 Calgary (403) 291-7070 Grand Prairie (780) 538-9922
Fort McMurray (780) 714-3067 Lethbridge (403) 381-5465 Red Deer (403) 341-6677 Medicine Hat (403) 529-3514
After Hours # for deaths or serious accidents (780) 437-9100.

Regulatory Reporting Requirements - Page 3


TYPE

PRODUCT/INCIDENT CONDITIONS
Any situation or dangerous occurrence that had the potential for serious
injury of workers: (ie: structural failure or collapse of a support system,
excavation, or contact with a pipeline)

VOLUME/SEVERITY

SASK.

MAN.

FEDERAL

Any

OH&S

WSH

NEB/TSB

OH&S

WSH

Any

WCB

WCB

NEB/TSB

Any situation that has or potentially may threaten the health and safety
of the public

Any

OH&S
Police

WSH
Police

NEB/TSB

On-Lease crude oil/salt water spill


OR
Product losses/vandalism

Sask: 1.6m3 or more


Man: 0.5m3 or more

SER

Manitoba
Conservation

Off-Lease crude oil/salt water spill or any pipeline release or any


pipeline release that may, has, or could cause an adverse effect

Any Volume

SER

Manitoba
Conservation

Crude oil/salt water spill into watercourse

Any Volume

Actual injury / fatality of employee or contractor

Life Safety

Spills

Notes: 1). In Saskatchewan there must be notification to OH&S for any


hospital stay of over 72 hours due to work related injury
2). In Man. & Sask. WCB & OH&S (WHS) must be notified immediately
for fatalities and within 5 days for any injuries

Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG) incident involving refined or


unrefined products. This includes - On or Off lease truck
loading/unloading spills
Refined product or chemicals: Any significant spill, or a spill into
water, or a spill that may, has or could cause an adverse effect
Refined or unrefined spills involving PCBs or spills on aboriginal
land, in National Parks or on railway right of ways

NEB/TSB

Volumes according to
TDG regulations

SER
Dept. of
Environment
Dept. of
Environment
Local Police

Manitoba
Conservation

ECAN,
DFO,
NEB/TSB

Manitoba
Conservation
Local Police

Dept. of
Manitoba
Environment
Conservation
Reportable volumes in
TDG regulations & CEPA
In addition to above spill notification requirements notify ECAN

Regulatory Reporting Requirements - Page 4


TYPE

PRODUCT/INCIDENT CONDITIONS

VOLUME/SEVERITY

SASK.

MAN.

FEDERAL

Sour Gas

Any Volume

SER

Manitoba
Conservation

NEB/TSB

Odours/fugitive gas emissions

Nuisance/noticeable,
public complaint received

SER

Manitoba
Conservation

Exceeds Facility Approval

SER

Manitoba
Conservation

IE: Public complaint

SER

Manitoba
Conservation

Any

Manitoba
Conservation
SER
Engineering
Services Branch

Any

SER
Fire Dept.

WSH
Fire Dept.

Corrections &
Public Safety

Man.
Labour/Imm.
Mechanical &
Engineering
Branch

Releases

Flaring - report
to agency which
issued approval

Unscheduled or Emergency Flaring

Black Smoke or flaring that may cause an adverse effect

Pipeline
Contact/Failure/
Rupture

Fire/Explosion

Pressure Vessel

Any Provincial or NEB licensed pipeline is contacted, fails or ruptures


NOTE: OH&S or WSH must also be notified if situation causes or had
potential to cause serious injury

Any explosions and On or Off lease fires


NOTE: As required, confirm with the local fire fighters/forest fire or
industrial fire fighters have been notified.

Incident involving pressure vessel, boiler or pressure piping

Any

NEB/TSB

NEB/TSB

NEB/TSB

Regulatory Reporting Requirements - Page 5


TYPE

PRODUCT/INCIDENT CONDITIONS

VOLUME/SEVERITY

SASK.

FEDERAL

Sask Power

MAN.
Labour/Imm.
Mechanical &
Engineering

Electrical

Incident involving/possibly caused by electrical equipment

Any

Vehicle Accident

Single or multiple vehicle accidents

Any

Local Police

Local Police

NEB/TSB

Security Incident

Threatening phone calls or trespassers on company property

Any

Local Police

Local Police

Abbreviation
SER

Government Regulatory Agency


Saskatchewan Energy and Resources

OH&S

Saskatchewan Occupational Health & Safety

Phone # For Spill Reporting


Regina - 1-866-727-5427, Saskatoon - 1-800-667-5023
Regional Area Offices Petroleum Dev. Branch: Area I - Lloydminster - 1-(306) 8256434 - Area II - Kindersley - 1-(306) 463-5400 - Area III - Swift Current
1-(306) 778-8252 - Area IV - Estevan - 1-(306) 637-4541
1-800-567-7233 - Office: 1-(306) 787-4496

Sask. WCB

Sask. Workers Compensation Board

Filing Claim - 1-800-787-9288

Sask. Dept. of Env.


Dept. of Pipeline
Corrections & Public
Safety

Saskatchewan Dept. of Environment


Sask. Petroleum & Development Branch

Spill Control Centre: 1-800-667-7525


Pipeline Conserv. Contact - 1(306) 787-2603

Sask. Corrections & Public Safety

Pressure Vessel Reporting: 1(306) 787-4524

Man. Conserv.
WSH
Man. WCB
ECAN

Manitoba Conservation
Manitoba Workplace Safety & Health
Manitoba Worker's Compensation Board
Environment Canada

DFO

Department of Fisheries and Oceans


navigable waters only
National Energy Board &
Transportation Safety Board

Emergency Number: 1(204) 994-4888


Reporting Line: 1(204) 945-6848 After Hours - 1-(204) 945-0581
Reporting Line: 1-800-362-3340
ECAN - Man. 1-(204) 945-4888
ECAN - Sask. 1-800-667-7525
Environmental Emergencies 1-800-889-8852
Navigable Waters Protection Branch
NEB Regulated Lines Only - NEB Emergency Line 1-800-632-1663
Transportation Safety Board Incident Reporting 24hr. (819) 997-7887

NEB/TSB

NEB/TSB

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Reportable Spill Volumes For TDG Controlled Substances


TDG Act 1992; Transportation of Dangerous Goods Clear Language Regulations 2002

ITEM

CLASS

DIVISION

QUANTITIES OR LEVELS

Explosives

Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety or 50 kg

2.1

Flammable Gases

2.2

2.3

Toxic Gases

Flammable Liquids

At least 200 L (44 Gallons)

Flammable solids

At least 25 kg (55.12 lbs)

5.1

Oxidizing substances

At least 50kg or 50L (110.2 lbs)

5.2

Organic Peroxides

At least 1 kg (2.2 lbs) or 1 L (0.22 Gallons)

10

6.1

Poisonous Substances

At least 5 kg (11.02 lbs) or 5 L (1.10 Gallons)

11

6.2

Infectious Substances

Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety


1) Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety; 2)
packages transported under exclusive use - any discharge or a
radiation level exceeding 10 mSv/h external surface, 2 mSv/h on
surface of conveyance, 0.1 mSv/h at a distance of 2 m from
surface of conveyance; 3) packages not being transported under
exclusive use 0.1 mSv/h at a distance of 1 m from package, 2
mSv/h on surface of conveyance, 0.1 mSv/h at a distance of 2 m
from surface of conveyance.

Non-Flammable,
Non-Toxic

Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety or any


sustained release of 10 minutes or more

12

Radioactive Materials (as


per section 20 of the
Packaging and Transport
of Nuclear Substances
Regulations)

13

Corrosive Substances

At least 5 kg (11.02 lbs) or 5 L (1.10 Gallons)

14

Miscellaneous Products,
Substances or Organisms

At least 25 kg (55.12 lbs) or 25 L

* Additional B.C. Reporting Requirements as per Waste Management Act Spill Reporting Regulation 166/93
(Items above listed in B.C.s Spill Reporting Schedule are reflected above as per new Federal Clear Language TDG
Regulations)
17
Waste asbestos as defined in section 1 of the Special 50 kg
Waste Regulation.
18
Waste oil as defined in section 1 of the Special Waste 100 L
Regulation.
19
Waste containing a pest control product as defined in 5 kg
section 1 of the Special Waste Regulation.
20
A substance not covered by items 1 to 19 that can cause 200 kg
pollution.
21
Natural Gas
10 kg, if there is a breakage in a pipeline or
fitting operated above 100 psi that results in a
sudden and uncontrolled release of natural gas.

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

7.0

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS

7.1

OVERVIEW

Although proper hazard assessment procedures will identify and address most worksite hazards,
some unanticipated emergencies must be planned for. The primary objectives of emergency
preparedness preparations are: to save lives, implement protective actions, and restore operations.
Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that emergency response requirements for their area are
identified and addressed.
Emergency Response Plans
Harvards mandate and commitment is to conduct all business in a competent and safe manner.
Harvard believes that although the likelihood of an emergency situation occurring is low, the
potential certainly exists. Therefore Harvard has developed both a Corporate Emergency
Response Plan and site or job-specific plans.
Emergency Response Plans must be developed to provide a seamless response structure and
built from an implementers perspective. They also outline the responsibilities of both Company and
contract personnel, as well as government agencies should an emergency incident occur.
Corporate ERP
All Company operations will be covered under a Corporate ERP. The Corporate ERP gives
general guidelines of what to do, who to notify, and how to plan for and manage an emergency.
Higher risk worksites such as: sour facilities, densely populated areas, drilling, or remote locations
may require higher levels of emergency response planning and site specific ERPs.
Harvards Corporate Emergency Response Plan defines the major categories of an emergency,
which are:

Serious injury or fatality;


Incidents, including automobile incidents that result in or could result in a serious injury
or loss of life;
Plant, pipeline, facility, or other explosion;
Well blow-out or other emergencies related to drilling or service rig operations;
Major fire, or incidents where damage has occurred or threatens Company and/or
public property;
Uncontrolled spill of product or chemicals;
Telephone threat, explosion, bomb threat, hostage taking, or ransom; and
Natural disasters including but not limited to flooding and tornados.

The Corporate Emergency response Plan contains telephone numbers of key Corporation
personnel and appropriate provincial regulatory agencies to contact in times of emergency.
Regulatory Requirements
In accordance with Alberta OH&S Code Part 7, Emergency Preparedness and Response, the
following applies in relation to the development and maintenance of an ERP.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 7 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

An employer must establish an emergency response plan for responding to an emergency that
may require rescue or evacuation. The employer must involve affected workers to ensure the
emergency response plan is current, and lastly, provide training and emergency simulation
exercises in keeping with sections 115 (1-3) and 117(3).
In accordance with Canadian Standards Association CAN/CSA-Z731 employers are required to
develop, maintain and implement their ERP in accordance with the requirements of the
aforementioned Standard.
ERCB Directive 071 (revised April 8, 2008) states that when a site-specific ERP is not required, a
corporate level ERP is used by the license to handle emergency events.
1)

All licensees must have a corporate-level ERP with preplanned procedures that will
aid in effective response to handle emergency events.

2)

Licensees are expected to determine the level of detail required to address each item
in a corporate level ERP, depending on the nature of the operations that the plan
covers.

As a minimum, the licensee must include information in its ERP on


a) key licensee contacts including 24 hour numbers
b) classing incidents and response actions for specified incidents,
c) a communications plan that address

3)

The licensee must include the following in the corporate level ERP:

4)

communications with response team, support services, and government,


communications with the public and media and
downgrading emergency levels,
Responsibilities of licensee personnel and
Incident management centers.

The Assessment Matrix for Classifying Incidents (see Directive 71 Appendix 5)


As a minimum, the actions outlined in Responses for Specified Incidents (see
Directive 71 Appendix 5)

The licensee must define appropriate actions including protection measures that would be
taken for each level of emergency.

The following sections of Directive 071 should be consulted for:


1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)

Corporate Level ERPs - Part A Section 2-4 & Part B Section 11-13
Sour Well Site-Specific Drilling/Completions ERPs - Part A Section 3-6 & Part B Section 12-15
Sour Operations ERPs - Part A Section 3-5, 7 & Part B Section 12- 14
ERPs for High Vapour Pressure Pipelines - Part A Section 3-5, 8 & Part B Section 12-14
ERPs for Cavern Storage Facilities Storing HVP Product - Part A Section 3-5, 9 & Part B
Section 12-14
Spill Cooperative Response Plans - Part A Section 10 & Part B Section 16

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 7 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Note: The reader is advised that the above references are for the Province of Alberta only.
Reference material for British Columbia can be found with BC-Oil and Gas Conservation
Regulation, BC Oil and Gas Handbook, BC Pipeline Act and Regulation, BC Drilling
Regulations. For Saskatchewan, the only reference identified is the CAN/CSA Z731.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 7 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.0

WORK PROCEDURES

Detailed work procedures for critical tasks are important to both management and workers. In
each jurisdiction, the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations require that safe work
procedures be developed and implemented where work to be performed constitutes a hazard
to the worker. Most importantly, work procedures set guidelines for operating performance and
provide reference for training.
Job Safety Analysis (JSA) and Observation
Job Safety Analysis (JSA) and observation help to eliminate hazards before they cause
problems. Supervisors must regularly observe the work site and work practices to assess the
safety of operations and determine where improvements are needed.
The key to successful work procedures is to continually encourage safe and efficient work
practices. Shortcuts which compromise safety are unacceptable.
The following HARVARD Codes of Practice and Work Procedures are included in this section
to help guide supervisors in maintaining safe working conditions at the work site:

8.1

Codes of Practice

8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3

Asbestos
Benzene
Confined Space Entry

8.2

Work Procedures

8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.2.4
8.2.5
8.2.6
8.2.7
8.2.8
8.2.9
8.2.10
8.2.11
8.2.12
8.2.13
8.2.14
8.2.15
8.2.16
8.2.17
8.2.18
8.2.19
8.2.20
8.2.21

Air Craft Awareness


All Terrain Vehicles (ATVs)
Blowdowns
Cables, Chains And Ropes
Chemical & Biological Hazards
Communication Equipment
Compressed Gas Cylinders
Cranes And Hoisting Devices
Critical Lift Procedure
Crown Savers
Driving Conduct
Fall Protection
Fire Prevention
Fire & Explosion Hazard
Management
Flammable & Hazardous Liquid
Flowbacks
Fuel And Chemical Storage
Ground Disturbances
Hand And Power Tools
Heaters & Open Flame
Equipment
High Pressure Gas Wells

OPX Consulting Inc.

8.1.4
8.1.5
8.1.6

8.2.22
8.2.23
8.2.24
8.2.25
8.2.26
8.2.27
8.2.28
8.2.29
8.2.30
8.2.31
8.2.32
8.2.33
8.2.34
8.2.35

Release of Harmful Substance


Respiratory Protective Equipment
Sour Service

8.2.36
8.2.37
8.2.38
8.2.39
8.2.40
8.2.41

Hot Oiling
Hot Taps
Hot Work Procedures
Housekeeping
Hydrate / Ice Plug Handling
Managing Control of Hazardous Energy
Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM)
Noise Exposure
Pigging Guidelines
Portable Pumping Equipment
Purging
Rig Anchors
Safe Work Permits
Tank Truck Loading Procedures For Flammable
Fluids
Timber Removal
Trailers & Bunkhouses
Trenching
Vehicle, Mobile Equipment & Machinery
Welding & Burning
Wildlife Awareness

8.2.42
8.2.43

Working Alone
Working Near Overhead Powerlines

Section 8 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.1

CODES OF PRACTICE
8.1.1 ASBESTOS Code of Practice
SCOPE AND PURPOSE

Outline type and uses of asbestos


Identify health hazards
Identification and control
Removal

TYPES AND USES


Asbestos is the name given to a group of naturally occurring silicate mineral
fibres. The three most common forms are:

Chrysotile (White Asbestos)


o Most common
o Insulating pipes, boilers, furnaces

Amosite (Brown Asbestos)


o Sprayed coatings
o Insulating (as above)
o In Cement Products

Crocidolite (Blue Asbestos)


o No longer used (was used very rarely in past)

USES INCLUDE

Roof tiles, floor tiles, wallboard, brake shoes, clutch plates, gaskets
NOTE: Most insulation used before 1975 was asbestos or
asbestos based.

HEALTH HAZARD

OPX Consulting Inc.

Primary hazard of asbestos results from breathing asbestos fibres.


Three principle diseases associated with asbestos are:
o Asbestosis is a chronic lung disease resulting from prolonged
exposure to asbestos dust. The fibres gradually cause the lungs to
become scarred and stiff, resulting in increased breathing difficulty.
o Lung Cancer may be caused by asbestos fibres in the lung. The
exact way in which asbestos causes lung cancer is not fully
known. The combination of smoking and inhaling asbestos fibres
greatly increases the risk.
o Mesothelioma is a rare but very malignant form of cancer affecting
the lining of the chest or abdominal cavity.

Section 8 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION
Four step process:
1. Visual Inspection
o Check drawings and blueprints
o Exposed asbestos may be soft or hard
o Check under physical barriers: gyproc, plywood, metal sheeting,
paint
NOTE: Asbestos that is encapsulated behind a barrier or sealed poses
very little risk to the worker, unless it is disturbed.
2. Collect Sample(s)
o Identification coupons (samples) should be taken as deep as
possible as other types of insulation may have been put over
top of asbestos insulation.
o See attached procedure
3. Sample Analysis
o Use only experienced specially equipped laboratories (contact the
Calgary Office for the list).
4. Inventory
o Indicate on drawings and blueprints
o Establish an asbestos log book. Record areas, removal and
disposal
o Identify area with placard:
CAUTION: INSULATION CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBRES
DO NOT DISTURB or use label system similar to WHMIS Identification.
ASBESTOS REMOVAL
General Information

All projects of moderate to high risk removal require government


notification (see OH&S Regulations).
Transportation of asbestos waste must follow TDG regulations:
o Manifests required
o Placards in place if over 550 kilograms

A.

Low Risk

OPX Consulting Inc.

Definition
o
No more than 2 workers are required
o
Volumes to be removed will fit into Glove Bag
o
Task is no longer than one shift
o
Worker can be protected by PPE
o
No power tools are used
Section 8 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

B.

Removal:
o
Glove Bag (see attached procedure)
Moderate to High Risk

Definition
o
More than 2 workers are required
o
Area to be removed is large than Glove Bag method can
accommodate
o
Power tools are used
o
Task lasts more than one day
o
Medical surveillance of workers required by provincial regulations
o
Disposal is, or can be, a problem

Removal
o
If one or more of the above conditions are present, removal by an
approved Removal and Abatement Contract is required.
Contact the provincial government for a list of approved
contractors. (Contractors must meet standards of Partnerships
Program and be able to supply references).

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ASBESTOS REMOVAL VIA GLOVE BAG


AREA: _____________________________________________________________________
INCIDENT POTENTIAL

______ Major

LIKELIHOOD

______ High

______ Serious

______ Moderate

______ Minor

______ Low

SCOPE AND PURPOSE:

Remove asbestos from piping up to 16 in diameter and 10 in length using glove


bags and no power tools.

POTENTIAL HAZARDS:

Breathing asbestos dust

PPE REQUIRED:

Rubber gloves (disposable)


Rubber boots
Respirator with asbestos cartridge
Disposable hooded coveralls

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:

Glove bag(s) 6 ml (suitable size)


Scraping blades, wire brush
Tin snips or wire cutters
Wetting agent with detergent
Coating or sealant for sealing raw edges
Disposal bag (6 ml), duct tape, bucket of detergent water, barricades of warning
signs

TRAINING:

Review provincial regulations

ACTS, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:

Review provincial regulations

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ASBESTOS REMOVAL VIA GLOVE BAG

Issue work permit

Erect barricades or signs


Signs to State: ASBESTOS WORK IN PROGRESS

Put on PPE

Put all equipment in glove bag

Fasten glove bag to pipe

Remove cladding, lay in bottom of glove bag

Wet pipe and clean with scraper and brushes


Bag may be moved along pipe at this point

Seal any exposed insulation with sealant

Put all equipment into one glove

Remove glove bag and seal

Pull glove with equipment inside out, cut


off and seal with duct tape

Place glove with equipment under water


and clean

Remove coveralls, cut off glove, respirator


cartridge and glove bag in 6ml disposal bag

Label disposal bag


Label to state:
CONTAINS ASBESTOS CANCER HAZARD, AVOID BREATHING DUST

Wash face, hands and respirator face piece

Dispose of all bags in approved land fill


Contact Calgary Head Office

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION


AREA: _____________________________________________________________________
INCIDENT POTENTIAL:

______ Major

LIKELIHOOD: ______ High

______ Serious

______ Moderate

______ Minor

______ Low

SCOPE AND PURPOSE:

Steps to collect bulk samples

POTENTIAL HAZARDS:

Breathing asbestos dust


Clothing contamination

PPE REQUIRED:

Rubber gloves (disposable)


Respirator with asbestos cartridge (if doing more than one sample)
Disposable hooded coveralls (if doing more than one sample)

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:

Coating and sealant


Glass jar with screw top lid
Ziploc plastic bag(s)
Utility knife
Spray bottle with detergent water
Duct tape

TRAINING:

Review provincial regulations


Work permit (if more than one sample taken)

ACTS, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:

Review provincial regulations

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 7

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION

Remove cladding sample size


(approximately 1)

Wet down insulation with water

Collect sample in jar or Ziploc bag

Seal cut area (use sealant and duct tape)

Label sample contained with location Label to state and date:

DANGER, CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBRES AVOID BREATHING

Remove gloves, coveralls and respirators


(if used) and dispose of in 6ml plastic bag
(landfill trash)

Wash tools, face and hands

Send sample to approved laboratory


Contact Calgary Head Office

8.1.2

BENZENE Code of Practice


This code of practice is intended to provide guidance and
information to workers at facilities likely to come into contact
with fluids containing Benzene.
Potential Hazards
Benzene and the associated compounds, Toluene,
Ethylbenzene and Xylene (BTEX) have an anesthetic effect
and primarily attack the central nervous system. Prolonged
exposure to Benzene concentrations of 100 ppm will have
adverse consequences.
Benzene is most commonly taken into the body through
inhalation of vapour but can be taken in to a far lesser
extent, by absorption through the skin. Inhaled Benzene
vapours are eliminated from the body by the lungs when the
victim is taken into fresh air.
BTEX compounds are normally found as liquids in gas
condensates and Crude Oil streams. If liquid hydrocarbon
streams at gas plants show that concentrations of Benzene
exceed the 0.1% level and are in the range of 0.5% to 1.5%,
extra caution must be taken. Normally, condensate is stored
and transported in a closed system of vessels, lines and

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 8

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

pumps, but workers can be exposed when those systems


are opened for maintenance. Benzene has also been found
as a vapour at the vents of dehydrators at levels of 50 ppm,
which can be a concern if there is prolonged exposure to
those vapours.
Occupational Exposure Limits
The current Occupational Exposure Limit (OEL) for Benzene
in:
Alberta 0.5 ppm average for 8 hours, 2.5 ppm for 15
minutes.
BC - 0.5 ppm average for 8 hours, 2.5 ppm for 15 minutes
Benzene is a skin sensitizer, known carcinogen and an
ALARA substance meaning that all exposures must be kept
As Low As Reasonably Achievable.
Employer Responsibility

Surveys will be conducted to identify all steams at


facilities where Benzene is likely to be present at
significant levels;
All tasks and activities will be studied to determine where
exposure to condensate could occur. This will include all
routine job s, such as process surveillance and sampling,
as well as occasional tasks, such as routine preventative
maintenance and component replacement;
When tasks are identified where worker exposure could
occur, procedures will be developed to control that
exposure. This will involve the provision of suitable
workplace ventilation and or use of appropriate personal
protective equipment (PPE);
Workers who may have to work in an area where
exposure to Benzene containing streams could occur will
be given training in controlling Benzene exposure; and
Workers shall attend information sessions on the health
hazards associated with Benzene and participate in
training with required PPE.

Worker Responsibility

OPX Consulting Inc.

Workers must be aware that respiratory protective


equipment on its own will not fully protect a worker;
Workers must be aware of which streams contain
Benzene and the potential for exposure involved with
specified tasks, and must follow all written and verbal
instructions; and\
These responsibilities are incumbent on contractors
employees as well as company employees.
Section 8 - 9

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Site Specific Procedures

Each facility shall develop site-specific procedures to


cover its own operations;
These procedures must identify streams where Benzene
is present, list routine operational or maintenance jobs
involving those streams, and specify measures to be
taken to prevent worker exposure; and
The procedures must allow for action at 25% of the OEL
or Critical Limit, to ensure that over exposure does not
occur.

Caution: This program does not represent a complete


guideline to the subject area, consult your supervisor before
continuing.

8.1.3

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY Code of


Practice
This code of practice is intended to provide assistance in the recognition,
evaluation and control of potentially dangerous or unhealthy atmospheres in
confined spaces that could lead to illness, injury, death or property loss.
Where confined space work is to be performed by workers, responsibility for
safety, both at the time of entry and during the entire operation rests with the
employers on-site supervisor. The work to be performed shall be under the
direction of a competent supervisor who is knowledgeable of the hazards
that may be encountered, accident prevention requirements and rescue
measures. All workers performing the work in the confined space shall,
before entry, be informed of the hazards they may encounter, precautionary
measures required and rescue measures and methods required.

AREA: _________________________________________________________________
INCIDENT POTENTIAL:

______ Major

LIKELIHOOD:

______ High

______ Serious

______ Moderate

______ Minor

______ Low

SCOPE AND PURPOSE:


Detailed site/job specific procedures must be developed identifying key
aspects of this task such as:

Isolation points

Energy Isolation Requirements

Venting procedures

Site-specific hazards
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 10

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

POTENTIAL HAZARDS:

Physical hazards mixers, trays etc.


Chemical hazards (sludge, scale)
H2S Gas
Explosive atmosphere
Oxygen deficient atmosphere

PPE REQUIRED:

SCBA/SABA
Fire retardant clothing
H2S monitor
Oxygen analyzer
Explosive meter
Safety harness and other rescue equipment
Head, eye, face, hand, foot and body protection as indicated by
hazards

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:

Blanks/blinds or equipment for other acceptable methods of isolation


Water, steam, or nitrogen where purging is necessary
Vacuum truck
Catch pan
Hand tools
Energy isolating devices

TRAINING:

Safety Orientation (ie: task, handbook, etc.)


Confined space entry/rescues
H2S
WHMIS

ACTS, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:

HARVARD HS&E Handbook


Work Permit
Applicable provincial OH&S regulations

PROCEDURE/ACTION:
General:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Work permits must be issued and discussed with the workers each
day. Other topics to be discussed with workers include:
o
At Operating Facilities any alarms that may occur and their
meaning.
o
MSDS sheets of any chemicals that may be encountered.

Section 8 - 11

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

The method of worker rescue must be planned and discussed prior


to vessel entry. Additional safety equipment (tripod) that may be
necessary to effect a rescue must be in place before a confined
space entry occurs.
Ensure unauthorized personnel and vehicles are kept out of the
area.
Caution exercised and atmosphere testing should be carried out in
enclosed areas around the confined space (e.g. inside dikes around
tanks).
Proper bonding and grounding procedures must be followed and
explosion proof electrical equipment used where necessary.
No person shall walk on a tank roof unless there is a proper
walkway or is wearing a safety belt and line.

Preparation:

Confined space must be depressurized and/or fluid levels pumped


as low as possible.
All inlet and outlet lines will be isolated by the use of blanks/blinds or
an approved alternate method (listed in the CAPP Petroleum
Industry Guideline for Entry into Confined Space) that provides an
equal level of safety. Breathing apparatus may be necessary to
perform these functions.
All hazardous energy sources to the confined space shall be
secured by an energy-isolating device.
Where purging is necessary to prevent the development of
hazardous atmospheres in the confined space, water, steam or
nitrogen may be used. Caution must be exercised with any exhaust
vapours.

Ventilation:

The confined space will be thoroughly ventilated, preferably by a


positive method of mechanical ventilation.
If ventilation requires opening manways or clean out doors then a
catch pan and possibly a vacuum truck should be available to
control and take away the flow of liquids/sludge coming out of the
confined space.
Ventilation should continue throughout the project.

Inerting:

OPX Consulting Inc.

The introduction of an unreactive gas such as nitrogen into a


confined space may be required to displace all oxygen.
Inerting may need to be considered where it is very difficult to control
ignition sources in a confined space. The inerting creates an oxygen
deficient atmosphere and workers entering this environment must be
properly trained and equipped with self-contained breathing
apparatus or supplied air breathing apparatus with escape bottle.
Refer to work procedure on Purging for additional information.

Section 8 - 12

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Initial Entry:

All atmospheres that have not been tested should be considered


dangerous to life and health.
Initial testing for H2S, LEL and oxygen can be taken in the exhaust
air.
If the exhaust air is considered safe, (above 19.5% oxygen, below
20% LEL and less than 10 ppm H2S CAPP guideline) a qualified
worker wearing breathing apparatus and other appropriate PPE may
now enter to do further testing of all areas of the confined space.
Disturbance of any sludge that is present in the confined space may
result in the release of hydrocarbon gases. This may result in the
development of a toxic, flammable or an oxygen deficient
atmosphere. All efforts should be made to remove the sludge prior
to a confined space entry or when this is not possible, a breathing
apparatus must be worn at all times.

Ensuing Entries:

The work should be performed from the outside as much as


possible.
If the atmosphere tests safe as stated above, workers wearing the
appropriate PPE may enter the confined space. Caution must also
be exercised to address any physical hazards (mixers, blades, etc.)
in the space.
Where an ignition source is to be introduced into the confined space,
combustible gas testing must confirm that the atmosphere is and
remains at 0% LEL (CAPP Guideline).
Monitoring should take place from upon each entry to ensure a
contaminant has not unpredictably re-entered the confined space, if
work is suspended for a significant period of time, or if Hot Work is to
be carried out.
A stand-by/safety watch must be in place at all times while a worker
is in a confined space. This person must be knowledgeable of the
confined space rescue plan and be in communication with the
person in the confined space. He must also be available to call for
additional help in the event of an emergency. Consideration should
also be given to having additional stand-by men if more than one
worker is in the confined space.

Waste Disposal:

OPX Consulting Inc.

All wastes generated during the cleaning process should be properly


managed including: manifested, characterization, classification and
disposal. Consult the facility Waste Management Wall Chart or
contact HARVARDs Calgary Office for assistance in classifying and
manifesting the waste.

Section 8 - 13

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Job Completion:

8.1.4

A thorough inspection must be conducted to ensure that no workers,


tools or equipment has been left behind.
Ensure all blanks/blinds or other isolating devices are removed and
valves are returned to their correct positions. When returning the
confined space back into service, caution must be exercised to
avoid the possibility of an ignition source being introduced to a
flammable atmosphere (nitrogen purge or controlled flow rate).
Return the work permit to the responsible supervisor.

RELEASE OF HARMFUL SUBSTANCE Code of


Practice
Purpose
In accordance with regulatory agencies this Code of Practice is intended
to provide guidance on the steps to be taken to prevent an uncontrolled
release and, should such an event occur, the steps to mitigate its harmful
effects.

Prevention
In order to prevent an uncontrolled release, the following procedures
apply:

The design of new facilities will comply with appropriate codes and
accepted industry engineering practices;

Equipment will be operated within the design limits as required by


the manufacturer;

Regular inspection of piping and vessels will be conducted to


ensure equipment integrity;

When building new facilities or maintaining or upgrading existing


ones, suitable materials will be selected to contain the hazardous
substances under the conditions of temperature, pressure, and
corrosiveness normally expected;

Workers will demonstrate competence in maintenance procedures


and operation of equipment, prior to working independently; and

Equipment will be maintained and not allowed to continue to


operate outside its prescribed tolerances.

Controlled Release
There may be times in our operations when quantities of H2S (or other
hazardous substances) will be released during the course of normal
operation and maintenance activities. These releases are considered
controlled releases because they are anticipated and planned for.
Systems and procedures shall be in place to control the amount released
so that workers and the public are not at risk.
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 14

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Many controlled releases must also be reported or approved.

Uncontrolled Release
Occasionally there are unplanned events in the movement or storage of
substances. Where this occurs, company and contract personnel will:

8.1.5

Protect people;
Take action to control the effect on the environment;
Not enter the area where the release has occurred unless equipped
with appropriate personal protection;
Initiate controlled shut down of affected equipment when failure to
do that would present greater risks;
Isolate and contain the release;
Document and report all occurrences in a proper manner to the
appropriate authorities; and
Investigate the occurrence to determine root cause, so as to prevent
future occurrences.

RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Code of


Practice
8.1.5.1 SELECTION, MAINTENANCE AND USE OF
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
In accordance with occupational health and safety regulations,
HARVARDS Code of Practice for the Selection, Maintenance and
Use of Respiratory Protective Equipment is outlined as follows:

OPX Consulting Inc.

1.

Selection and Use of Air Purifying and Atmosphere


Supplying Respirators
The overall requirements to be considered when
selecting respiratory protective equipment are
summarized in Figure 1. A work sheet to assist with the
selection of equipment is provided together with more
detailed information regarding common petroleum
industry hazards and the most appropriate equipment for
that hazard.

2.

Fit Testing Requirements and Procedures


The requirements and procedures for fit testing
respiratory equipment.

3.

Inspection of Air Purifying and Atmosphere


Supplying Respirators
The requirements and procedures for properly inspecting
respiratory equipment.

Section 8 - 15

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.

Cleaning and Storage of Respiratory Protective


Equipment
The requirements and procedures for properly cleaning
and storing respiratory equipment.

5.

Training of Workers
The requirements for proper training of workers using
respiratory equipment.

In addition, commonly used definitions relating to the use of


respiratory equipment are summarized in this Code of
Practice.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 16

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Figure 1: SELECTION OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT


HAZARD

Toxic
Contaminant

Oxygen
Deficiency

Non-IDLH

IDLH

(Not immediately
dangerous to life or
health)

(Immediately
dangerous to life or
health)

Contaminant exceeds
Occupational
Exposure Limits
(Consult Provincial
Chemical Regulations)

Gas or Vapour

Chemical
Cartridge
Respirator

Gas
Mask

Gas or Vapour
and Particulate

Particulate

Powered
Air-Purifying

Respirator

OPX Consulting Inc.

Filter
Respirator

Combination
Cartridge Plus Filter
Respirator

Gas Mask

SCBA
(Self-Contained
Breathing Apparatus)

SABA
(Supplied Air Breathing
Apparatus with escape provision)

Section 8 - 17

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT WORKSHEET


AREA: _______________________________________________________________
LOCATION:
HAZARD:

Particulate (dust)
Gas
Vapour
Mist
Fume
Combination
Oxygen Deficiency
NOTE: Review MSDS and Provincial Regulations for toxic limits.

WORKER EXPOSURE

Short Term (minutes, hours)


Long Term (hours)

RESPIRATOR

Type ______________________________

Model _____________________________

Training

Available Air Capacity (time)

Expiry Date _________________________ (cartridge type filters)

Manufacturer/Supplier Information

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 18

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

RESPIRATORY HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH


PETROLEUM INDUSTRY
HAZARD

TYPE OF PROTECTION RECOMMENDED

Ammonia

Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) or


Supplied Air Breathing Apparatus (SABA)

Asbestos

P100 or HEPA Filter (asbestos approved), Powered


Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR), full or half mask
respirator

Biological (low levels)

P100 or HEPA Filter (ie: sewage lagoons, Hanta


Virus)

Chemical Fumes

Chemical Cartridge (specific to components of


Chemical involved) or SCBA

Chlorine

SCBA or SABA

Heavy Metals

P100 filter and metal-specific cartridge combination

Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)

SCBA or SABA

Hydrocarbon Vapours:
1.

Painting

2.

General

3.

Process Areas

Nuisance Dusts
Nuisance Odours

Combination P100 filter / organic chemical cartridge


(spray painting disposable type, brush reusable,
solvents/organic vapours - chemical cartridge)
Chemical Cartridge (organic vapours), protection
against low level concentration hydrocarbons (ie:
benzene)
SCBA or SABA used in case of leak, equipment
failure or turn-around.

Sandblasting (Major Operation)


Silica P100 or HEPA filter

P100 or HEPA filter (disposable)


Chemical cartridge filter (typically organic,
disposable)
SCBA or SABA
P100 filter (disposable, preferably half or full
face mask)
Total body-encapsulated suit with SCBA or SABA
(disposable, preferably half or full face mask)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Chemical cartridge or SCBA

Welding Fumes

Combination P100 or HEPA filter and chemical


cartridge (disposal or half mask)

Oxygen Deficiency
Radioactive (NORM)

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 19

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

AIR-PURIFYING RESPIRATORS SELECTION & USE

TYPE OF DEVICE

USED FOR

LENGTH OF SERVICE

Mechanical Filter

Use for airborne aerosols,


including all dusts, mists, metal
fumes, smoke.

1. Filters, cartridges or disposable


respirators may be used until
breathing resistance increases to
an uncomfortable level.
2. Disposable units should be
discarded after each use.
3. Filters and cartridges may be
used in successive days, until
breathing resistance indicates
replacement is necessary.

Chemical Cartridge

Use for low concentrations of


organic vapours and gases,
alkaline and acid gases, mercury
vapours, pesticides, paint vapours
or any combination of the above

1.

2.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Cartridges can be used until the


odour of the contaminant can
be smelled, irritation occurs, or
the substance can be tasted by
the wearer.
Cartridges must not be used
after the expiration date printed
on the label (control inventory).

PRECAUTIONS FOR
USE & SELECTION

STYLES AVAILABLE

1. Not for use in IDLH


atmospheres.
2. Not for use in oxygen deficient
atmosphere.
3. High-efficiency filter cartridge
must be used if wearer is
exposed to highly toxic
particulate matter (e.g. asbestos)
4. A combination chemical
cartridge filter mask must be
used if particulate contaminant
and gases and vapour
contaminant are present.
5. Full face-piece must be worn
where eye irritation is possible.
6. Consult manufacturer or supplier
for proper unit.
1. Not for use in IDLH atmosphere.
2. Not for use in oxygen deficient
atmosphere.
3. Must not be used in
environments where odour or
irritation is not easily detected or
not reliable stopped by the
cartridge.
4. Not for use where the odour
threshold is above the
recommended OEL.
5. Full face-piece must be worn
where eye irritation is possible.
6. Consult manufacturer and/or
supplier for proper unit.

1. Quarter mask with single


filter.
2. Half mask with twin
filters.
3. Full face-piece with
single or double filters.
4. Disposable

1.
2.

Half mask with twin


cartridges.
Full face-piece with twin
cartridges.

Section 8 - 20

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

TYPE OF DEVICE

PRECAUTIONS FOR
USE & SELECTION

USED FOR

LENGTH OF SERVICE

Gas Masks

Use for relatively high


concentrations of organic vapours
or gases, alkaline and acid gases,
pesticides, paint vapours and
mists, and radioactive particulate

1. Canisters can be used until:


- indicator changes colour
- contaminant is detected by
wearers: smell, taste or
irritation
- breathing resistance develops
2. Never re-use a used canister
3. Never use an outdated canister.
Check expiry date on label
(inventory control)

1. Gas masks may be used for


escape from IDLH atmosphere,
but never for re-entry into such
atmospheres.
2. Not for use in oxygen deficient
atmospheres.
3. Additional precautions same as
above for chemical cartridge
respirators.

1. Chin type canister with


full face-piece.
2. Canister type with full
face-piece connected to
face-piece with hose.

Self-Contained Breathing
Apparatus (SCBA)

oxygen-deficient environment
area containing multiple
hazards
confined space (providing
egress and mobility allow for
use of unit)
environment may be subject to
rapid change
environment where superheated air may be present

1. Unit can be worn until low-air


warning bell advises wearer to
exit area.
2. Cylinder capacity determines
length of wearing times (30 to
60 minutes).
3. Hydrostatic testing of cylinders:
Steel - every 5 years
Fibreglass wrapped
aluminum - every 3 years.

1. Weight of unit may reduce work


time.
2. Air supply may be reduced
depending on individual task
being done.
3. Wearer may be claustrophobic
(test before sending wearer into
environment).
4. Ensure all units within area are
from the same manufacturer.
5. Positive-pressure only should be
used.

1. Half face-piece (should


not be used in our
industry).
2. Full face-piece.

Testing to be done by approved


supplier.

OPX Consulting Inc.

STYLES AVAILABLE

Section 8 - 21

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

TYPE OF DEVICE
Supplied Air Breathing
Apparatus (SABA)

USED FOR

LENGTH OF SERVICE

Same as above (SCBA)


Where extended periods of
work are required
Confined space where
- there is limited mobility
- egress is difficult and/or time
consuming

1. Select most appropriate air


supply:
a) single cylinder: 210 cu. ft,
about 6 hrs for/man
b) cascade system supply
dependent upon number of
cylinders
c) compressor air supply
unlimited

OPX Consulting Inc.

PRECAUTIONS FOR
USE & SELECTION

STYLES AVAILABLE

1. Not for use in:


a) long distance separation
(over 300 ft between wearer
and source)
b) areas where air-line could
sustain mechanical/
chemical damage
c) areas where air-line may
entrap worker
d) areas where the compressor
intake may pick up
contaminants (if used)
2. Specification for breathing air
hose:
a) max length: 300 ft
b) min diameter: " (6mm)
c) min working pressure: 250
psi (1725 KPa)
d) connections installed by a
approved installer
3. Positive pressure only should be
used

1. Same as above

Section 8 - 22

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.1.5.2 FIT TESTING REQUIREMENTS AND


PROCEDURES FOR RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION
Persons who are or may be required to wear respiratory
protection equipment must be clean shaven where the facepiece seals with the skin to ensure an effective facial seal.
Every time a respirator is used, one of the following tests
should be included:
A.

Negative Pressure Fit Test

B.

Positive Pressure Fit Test

During fit testing, the face-piece head straps should be as


comfortable as possible.
A.

NEGATIVE PRESSURE FIT TEST

To conduct a negative pressure fit test:

Put on a respirator (should be comfortable)


Close off inlet with the palm of your hand; or shut off air
supply on SCBA/SABAs
Inhale so that face-piece collapses slightly
Hold breath for about 10 seconds

Fit is considered adequate if:

B.

Face-piece remains slightly collapsed


No inward leakage is detected
POSITIVE PRESSURE FIT TEST

Note: This test may be difficult or impossible to carry out


on valveless respirators.
To conduct a positive pressure fit test:

Put on respirator (should feel comfortable)


Close off exhalation valve
Exhale gently into face-piece

Fit is considered adequate if:

OPX Consulting Inc.

A slight positive pressure builds-up in face-piece


No outward leakage is detected

Section 8 - 23

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.1.5.3

INSPECTION OF AIR PURIFYING


RESPIRATORS AND ATMOSPHERE
SUPPLYING RESPIRATORS
1. Before and after each use, inspect for:

Excess dirt
Cracks, tears, holes or physical distortion of shape
from improper storage
Inflexibility of rubber face-piece (stretch and knead to
restore flexibility)
Cracked or scratched lens in full face-piece
Incorrectly mounted full face-piece lenses
Broken or missing mounting clips
Cracked or broken air-purifying element holders, badly
worn threads, or missing gaskets (if required)
Nose cap

2. Examine the head straps or head harness for:

Breaks
Loss of elasticity
Broken or malfunctioning buckles and attachments
Excessive worn serration on head harness which might
permit slippage (full face-piece only)

3. Examine the exhalation valve for the following (after


removing its cover)

Foreign materials such as detergent residue, dust


particles, or human hair under the valve seat
Cracks, tears, or distortion in the valve material
Improper insertion of the valve body in the face-piece
Cracks, chips or breaks in the valve body, particularly
in the sealing surface
Missing or defective valve cover
Improper installation of the valve in the valve body

4. Check and examine:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Regulator
Gauges
Hoses
Connections
Cylinder for condition and hydrostatic test date

Section 8 - 24

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

5. Examine the air-purifying element for:

Correct cartridge, canister or filter for the hazard


Incorrect installation, loose connections, missing or
worn gasket or cross-threading in the holder
Expired shelf-life date on cartridge or canister
Cracks or dents in the outside case of filter cartridge or
canister (indicated by absence of sealing material,
tape, foil, etc. over the inlet)

6. If device has a corrugated breathing tube, examine it


for:

Broken or missing connections


Missing or loose hose clamps
Deterioration (determined by stretching the tube and
looking for cracks)

7. Examine the harness of a front or back mounted gas


mask for:

Damage or wear to the canister holder (which may


prevent its being held in place)
Broken harness straps for fastening

8. Miscellaneous

Condition of carrying cases and boxes

Note: Use of Authorized Parts only is permitted. Check


with supplier as to when service must be conducted by
trained personnel.

8.1.5.4 CLEANING AND STORAGE OF


RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
1.

All types of respirators should be cleaned and


disinfected after each use and stored in a clean,
sealable container. This is particularly important if
not individually assigned

OPX Consulting Inc.

Remove filters, cartridges or canisters on APRs


Disassemble face-pieces, removing speaking
diaphragms and any valves or valve assemblies
Wash all components in 122F (55C)
Drain components
Where cleaner does not contain a sanitizing agent,
the components should be immersed for 2 minutes in
a solution of 9 parts water to 1 part laundry bleach
Rinse components as above ensuring all sanitizing
agent is rinsed away
Drain
Section 8 - 25

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2.

Hand dry all components with clean lint-free cloth or


air-dry
Reassemble face-piece, install filters, canisters, or
cartridges where necessary
Watch shelf-life date
Store in appropriate area

Respiratory protection equipment should be sorted


to protect against:

Dust
Direct sunlight
Excessive heat
Extreme cold
Excessive moisture
Damaging chemicals

3.

Respirators placed in work areas should be stored in


clearly marked containers which are quickly
accessible at all times.

4.

Respirators stored in lockers or tool boxes should


be protected from contamination, distortion and
damage.

5.

Breathing air compressors should be turned on for


20 minutes every week to reduce contaminant buildup and tested semi-annually by accredited
laboratory.

8.1.5.5

TRAINING OF WORKERS IN THE


SELECTION, USE, CARE AND
MAINTENANCE OF RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
All employees who may be required to use respiratory
protection equipment must be trained in:

Selection of protection equipment (including MSDS


training)
Care and maintenance
Use

Supervisors must:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Receive the same training as employees


Monitor the selection, care and use of all respiratory
protection equipment

Section 8 - 26

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

On-the-Job Training
As a minimum, OTJ training should include:

The nature, extent and effects of respiratory hazards the


wearer may be exposed to
The operation, limitations and capabilities of the selected
respirator
Inspecting, wearing, fit testing, maintaining and storing
respirators
Emergency situations using different respirators

Training Resources:

Suppliers and Manufacturers


Outside consultants
Other experienced workers
Other companies studies and reports

8.1.5.6 DEFINITIONS RESPIRATORY HAZARDS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Confined/Restricted Space: As defined by the regulatory


authority. Examples include: storage tanks, process
vessels, boilers, silos, tank cars, pipelines, tubes, ducts,
sewers, underground utility vaults, tunnels and PITS. All
confined spaces are considered IDLH unless proven
otherwise.

Dust: Solid, mechanically produced particles or fibres.

Exposure Limited (EL): A permissible exposure limit to


airborne contaminants as defined by the regulatory
authority. Also know as Occupational Exposure Limit
(OEL).

Fume: Solid particles generated by condensation from the


gaseous state, generally after volatization from melted
substances (e.g. welding) and often accompanied by a
chemical reaction such as oxidation.

Gas: A substance that is in the gaseous state at ambient


temperature and pressure.

Hazardous Atmosphere: Any atmosphere that is oxygendeficient or that contains an air-borne toxin or diseaseproducing contaminant in concentrations exceeding the
exposure limit.

High-Efficiency Particulate Air Filter (HEPA): A filter that


has been tested to assure an efficiency equal to or
exceeding 99.97% for removal of particles having a mean
aerodynamic diameter of 0.3 um from the air.
Section 8 - 27

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.1.6

Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH): A


condition in any worksite, space, or area where a
hazardous atmosphere exists to such an extent that a
person without appropriate respiratory protection could be
fatally injured or suffer immediate, irreversible or
incapacitating health effects.

Lower Explosive Limited (LEL): The lower limit of


flammability of gas, vapour, or dust, or any combination of
these at ambient temperatures. For gases and vapours,
this is expressed as a percentage in air by volume.
For dusts, this is expressed as weight of dust per volume
of air.

Mist: Liquid particles in a gaseous medium.

Oxygen Deficiency: As defined by the regulatory authority


for physiological effects. For certain respirators, refer to the
minimum oxygen concentration where such devices may
be utilized.

Particulate: Includes air-borne dust, fumes or mist.

Respirator: A device designed to protect the wearer from


inhaling a hazardous atmosphere.

SCBA: Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus

SABA: Supplied Air Breathing Apparatus

Vapour: The gaseous state of a substance that is solid or


liquid at ambient temperature and pressure.

SOUR SERVICE Code of Practice


APPLICATION AND SCOPE
A facility is considered sour at 10 ppm H2S. If workers can be exposed to
H2S levels exceeding 10 ppm, Occupational Health and Safety
Regulations require:
Detection:

To determine the level of H2S in a work area, either a continuous or


personal monitor is to be used. In addition, oil and gas regulations
require poisonous gas warning signs to be posted at all wells and
facilities when the potential H2S content is 10 ppm or greater.
Note: Wells and facilities with a H2S content less than 10 ppm
must have a flammable gas/liquid warning sign.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 28

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Training:

Workers are to be provided H2S training. Employers are required to


develop and communicate safe work policies for sour operations.

Protection:

When H2S is present in an area, either an approved supplied air or


self-contained breathing apparatus must be worn when OH&S
maximum time exposures are exceeded. These are:
H2S Concentration
10 ppm
15 ppm

Maximum Time Exposure


8 Hours
15 Minutes / Ceiling

HARVARDs safe work guideline for working in sour production areas are
as follows:
1. H2S Monitoring:
H2S detection must be used to monitor the work environment in
areas where the potential of exposure to H2S levels above 10 ppm
exists. Detection equipment can be either continuous or personal
monitors. Personal H2S monitors shall be worn at all times by full
time personnel. Contractors shall wear H2S monitors as directed
by HARVARD representative and/or their work permit. Known
danger areas must be clearly posted in accordance with
Occupational Health and Safety requirements.
2. Normal Routine Operations
Normal routine operations in sour production areas may be
performed by an operator working alone subject to the following
restrictions:
a. When entering sour locations, employees are to ensure that:

H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all


times when on location.
Communication equipment is in good working order.
A breathing apparatus in good working order with an
adequate supply of air must be available.

b. Caution should be taken before entering any building that does


not have a permanent H2S monitor. Ventilation may be
required.
c. Workers should not enter dike areas and tank gauging should
only be done using external gauges unless breathing
apparatus is worn.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 29

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

d. A site specific operating procedure may be developed for


completing a routine operation where sour product may be
released but the potential for H2S levels to exceed
occupational exposure limits is known to be minimal. A backup man is not needed in these situations.
e. If an H2S monitor alarms at any time while a worker is entering
or working at a location, all workers are to immediately retreat
to a safe area. Report conditions at the site to the appropriate
HARVARD representative.
3. Operations when H2S Levels Exceed Occupational Exposure
Limits
a. No employee shall work alone in an area where the measured
atmospheric H2S levels exceed occupational exposure limits.
The appropriate HARVARD representative must be notified
immediately and suitable precautions taken before work is
continued.
b. Under no circumstances is a worker to don a breathing
apparatus to repair an uncontrolled release without a back-up
man present. The back-up man must also be equipped with a
breathing apparatus.
c. When completing any operation and the release of gas is
expected to expose a worker to H2S levels that exceed the
occupational exposure limits, a breathing apparatus is
required. A back-up man is required in these situations.
d. For any job requiring the use of a breathing apparatus, the
foreman or supervisor will determine deployment of workers
taking into account the scope of the job, H2S exposure levels
and the availability of required safety equipment and work
procedures, including the need of a back-up man.

H2S GENERAL INFORMATION

OPX Consulting Inc.

All personnel (company and contract) working in H2S areas shall


have a valid H2S Alive Certificate and shall be made aware of site
specific procedures where applicable.
The 8-hr time weighted average Threshold Limited Value (TLV.TWA) or Occupational Exposure Limit (O.E.L.) for Hydrogen
Sulphide Gas is 10 ppm. These are generally accepted as the
maximum limit to which nearly all unprotected workers may be
exposed for eight hours, five days/week without adverse health
effects or the concentration that is immediately dangerous to life
and health, whichever is lower.
The maximum exposure limit (TLV/OEL Ceiling concentration) for
Hydrogen Sulphide is recommended at 15 ppm. No worker should
be exposed to concentrations at or above the ceiling limit.
Section 8 - 30

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

OPX Consulting Inc.

Hydrogen sulphide gas, H2S, an acid gas that is sometimes


present in natural gas, is the most dangerous poisonous gas
encountered in our operations. In low concentration, it has a high
characteristic odor of rotten eggs and a sweet taste. In higher
concentrations, the sense of smell is quickly paralyzed. Smell,
therefore, must NEVER be relied upon to indicate the amount
of H2S present.

Hydrogen sulphide may be present in natural gas produced alone


or in combination with crude oil. Concentrations may be from the
faintest odour to a percentage that will result in sudden death.
Accordingly, wherever H2S is present, respiratory protection is of
extreme importance.

Hydrogen sulphide is heavier than air, having a specific gravity of


1.189, with respect to air which is 1.0, so heavier concentrations
will be found at ground or lower levels, such as cellars, open
ditches and natural topographical low spots.

Hydrogen sulphide is highly flammable and has an explosive


range of 4.3% to 46% volume in air.

When H2S is known to be present in natural gas or crude oil, all


products are handled in systems designated to confine and, when
necessary, dispose of the gas in a safe manner.

When, through accident, leakage or necessary opening of a


closed system, H2S becomes present in the atmosphere,
employees present shall wear positive pressure breathing
apparatus protection and take such other precautions as required.

If your eyes become irritated or you notice a halo around an


electric light while working in a plant or are which has being
determined to be safe from H2S, take the following precautions:
o Leave the location at once.
o Wash your eyes thoroughly with water.
o Wear positive pressure supplied air breathing apparatus
with a full face piece if it is deemed necessary to re-enter
the area.

Since the result of exposure to H2S is paralysis of the nerves


controlling respiration; persons stops breathing and lose
consciousness quickly. If the victim is promptly removed from the
exposure and artificial respiration is started immediately, the
chances of complete recovery are good.

Any delay in the start of artificial respiration appreciably reduces


the change of recovery. Even though the chances of recovery may
seem slim, artificial respiration should be continued until normal
breathing is resumed. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) may
be required if the heart has stopped.
Section 8 - 31

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2

Any persons overcome by hydrogen sulphide must be taken to a


hospital for observation after recovery.

Hydrogen sulphide reacts with iron and steel to form iron sulphide.
Iron sulphide reacts with air to form iron oxide. The conversion of
iron sulphide to iron oxide creates heat sufficient to ignite
flammable vapours.

WORK PROCEDURES
8.2.1 AIRCRAFT SAFETY AWARENESS
The purpose of this section is to ensure employee and contractor personnel
are not subjected to unnecessary risk during the use of charter or other
aircraft, the following guidelines have been adopted from several insurance
industry sources, and are applicable to all employees and contract personnel
utilizing fixed wing, helicopter, charter, or other aircraft.
Standard Safety Briefing
The standard safety briefing shall consist of an oral briefing provided by a
crew member or by audio-visual means, and includes the following
information as applicable to the aircraft, equipment, and operation:
o Embarking and disembarking procedures;
o No smoking in or around any aircraft;
o When, where, why, and how carry-on baggage is required to be stowed;
o The fastening, unfastening, tightening, and general use of safety belts or
safety harnesses;
o The location of emergency exists, exit location signs, and how each exit
operates;
o The location, purpose of, and advisability of reading the craft specific
safety features card;
o The requirement to obey crew instructions;
o The use, location, operation, and deployment, as applicable, of
emergency equipment such as life rafts, life preservers, fire
extinguisher, ELT (Emergency Locator Transponder), survival
equipment, and first aid kit including means of access to any locked
compartment;
o Where applicable, the method of egress from a wide body helicopter in
the event of a roll-over incident; and
o Any special instructions related to emergency evacuation if the craft is
configured with external devices.
Where no additional passengers have boarded the flight for subsequent takeoffs on the same day, the pre-take-off and after take-off briefing may be
omitted provided a crew member has verified that all carry-on baggage is
properly stowed, safety belts or harnesses are properly fastened, and seat
back and chair table are properly secured.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 32

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Note: This is not a complete guide for aircraft safety, please consult the pilot
and/or your supervisor for additional information.

Helicopter Safe Approach Area Diagram

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 33

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.2 ALL TERRAIN VEHICLES (ATVs)


All company employees and contractors that are required to use an AllTerrain Vehicle (ATV, snowmobile and/or ARGO) must be competent
operators regarding the type of equipment they are using. HARVARD Site
Supervisor will identify training requirements, but regardless all drivers, as
a minimum, must review the manufacturers guidelines for safe operation.
Workers who do not have a working level of knowledge and skill are
recommended to take a hands-on training course, provided by a certified
and reputable trainer.
In general, all ATV riders must:
Wear the appropriate PPE, including:

CSA-approved
helmet
Eye protection (safety glasses,
face shield and/or goggles)
Sturdy footwear

Work gloves
Long-sleeved shirt and pants
Hearing protection
(recommended)
Reflective vest and/or safety
flags

Drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations,


Possess a valid drivers license for insurance purposes, implement the
required procedures and carry appropriate equipment, including:

Working alone/check-in
procedure
Head lights and tail lights on
First Aid Kit (remote areas)

Operators manual
Survival Kit (remote areas)
Communication device and a
GPS (when working in remote
areas)

*Optional equipment may include an axe, gas line anti-freeze, spark plugs,
winch, bear deterrents, fire extinguisher.
Properly maintain their ATV (servicing, pre-ride inspection in
accordance with manufacturers guidelines see ATV Checklist).
When riding an ATV, all riders are expected to scan the area, identify
hazards, predict what will happen, decide what to do, and execute the
decision. All ATV riders must adjust their driving attitudes to the
surrounding conditions, where unfamiliarity and adverse weather
conditions require a more cautious approach in operations. Formal hazard
assessments are required when traversing slopes with a potentially
dangerous grade. If an ATV rider does not feel comfortable in their ability
to complete a task, they should inform their supervisor immediately.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 34

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ATV CHECKLIST
Satisfactory S

Location (LSD):

Unsatisfactory U

Not Applicable N/A

Date (yy/mm/dd):

ATV Activities
Description of ATV activities (brief):

Personnel Using ATV


Name:

Make:

Model:

Pre-Use Inspection
S U N/A
Walk-Around
General ATV Condition
Tires, wheels, or tracks in good condition

Brake controls operate smoothly


Throttle and other cables move smoothly
and snap closed

Winch works (if equipped)

Oil and Fuel
Adequate oil level
Adequate gasoline level
Proper fuelling area
Proper fuel storage
Proper fuel transport

Tools and Equipment


First aid kit
Survival kit (for remote surveys)
Communication system (for remote
surveys satellite phone)
Map and GPS (for remote surveys)
Fire Extinguisher (fully charged)

U N/A

Lights and Switches


Ignition switch in good condition
Stop switch works
Headlights work
Tail lights work

Engine
No leaks on drive shaft
Nuts and bolts securely fastened

Personal Protective Equipment


Helmet worn
Safety glasses/eye protection worn
Wearing work boots
Gloves available
Hearing protection available
Clothing fully covering legs and arms
Reflective Vest and/or Safety Flags

Trailer (if equipped)


Ensure securely mounted to ATV
Tires in good condition

Signature:

Comments

Site Supervisors Name (print)

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 35

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.3

BLOWDOWNS
SCOPE AND PURPOSE
To provide safe procedures for conducting blowdowns. Blowdowns
include operations to:
1. Depressurizing wells for the purpose of unloading accumulated
liquids.
2. Depressurizing pipelines and other facilities for the purpose of working
on them and for removing hydrates and other plugging substances.
For the purpose of this work procedure, it is assumed that all fluids
recovered from the well or facility are sweet and the facility is designed as
a typical sweet gas wellsite facility with separator of dehydrator and buried
blowdown tank. If sour fluids are expected refer to applicable safe work
procedures for sour fluids.
Refer to Industry Recommended Practice for Well Testing and Fluid
Handling IRP Vol. 4.
BLOWING DOWN WELLS
The following steps should be taken when a well is to be blown down to
unload liquids. In most cases a buried blowdown tank is provided as a
permanent facility. A block valve will be located in the flowline,
downstream of the blowdown line. A wellhead choke may also be
provided.
1. Shut the well in by closing the block valve in the flowline downstream
of the blowdown line.
2. If it is necessary to build up reservoir energy to facilitate the lifting of
liquids, leave the well shut in for sufficient time to build up pressure.
The necessity to blow down a well is usually characterized by low
tubing pressure and high casing pressure (if the well does not have a
packer). Blowdown is usually done from the tubing as that is the way
the well is normally produced.
3. Check and record the shut-in wellhead pressure(s).
4. Check fluid level in the blowdown tank to ensure there is room for the
anticipated volume of liquid to be recovered.
5. Check the blowdown tank vent line to ensure that it is unrestricted.
6. Check to ensure there are no potential sources of ignition within 25
meters of the blowdown tank vent line. If there are vehicles on
location, ensure they are parked upwind.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 36

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

7. Slowly open the block valve on the blowdown line to avoid pressure
shocking the blowdown tank and avoid blowing liquids out the vent
line. If the wellhead is equipped with a choke, the choke should be
used to slowly open the well to the blowdown tank.
8. Continuously monitor the blowdown until it is felt that all or sufficient
liquids have been recovered.
9. Close the choke at the wellhead (if one is provided) and then the block
valve on the blowdown line.
10. Check and record shut-in wellhead pressure(s).
11. Slowly open the block valve in the flowline downstream of the
blowdown line and then open the wellhead choke (if provided) to
return the well to production.
Note: If blowdown cannot be done upstream of meter run, then
ensure orifice plate is removed before blowdown. Once blowdown is
completed, re-install the orifice plate.
BLOWING DOWN PIPELINE SEGMENTS
The following procedure should be used when depressurizing pipelines to
remove hydrates or other obstructions. In all cases where hydrates are
suspected, the line must be depressurized on both sides of the hydrate.
Refer to safe working procedures for detecting and removing hydrates.
1. If Hot Tapping is required, refer to appropriate safe work procedures
for hot tapping and ensure that competent and suitably trained
personnel are available to perform the hot tapping operation.
2. If liquid recovery is anticipated during the blowdown, appropriate
containment must be planned for.
3. Slowly open the bleeder valve to avoid a surge of fluids to the
containment tank.
4. When all line pressure has depleted and there is no further flow, close
the bleeder valve.

8.2.4 CABLES, CHAINS AND ROPES


The following precautions should be taken when working with ropes:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Inspect ropes before using.


Look for abrasions in rope fibers.
Untwist the rope in several places.
If black or rusty brown spots are noticed, they may indicate chemical
burns.

Section 8 - 37

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Do not take chances. Notify the immediate supervisor if in doubt as to


the condition of any rope.

Inspect all chains, hooks and cables before using and do not use if worn
or frayed. Also inspect cables for kinks before use. Return defective
equipment to the approved repair shop and notify your immediate
supervisor.

8.2.5

CHEMICAL & BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS


There are a variety of chemical hazards (ie: benzene, solvents, heavy
metals, lead, diesel exhaust), biological hazards (ie: micro-organisms in
sewage, toxic mould, hanta virus), and harmful substances (ie: asbestos,
silica, nuisance dusts) that may be present on the work site. Proper and
documented work practices for handling, storage, transport, and disposal
of these substances are required to minimize both worker and public
exposure.
The route of exposure (inhalation, ingestion or skin absorption), duration
of exposure (8 hours, short-term or long-term), and effect of more than
one substance, all factor into the total affect on the worker. Airborne
concentration measurements obtained by a competent worker should be
related to allowable limits to determine potential impacts. Common
hazards that require controls include:
8.2.5.1

ASBESTOS
HARVARD has developed an asbestos management plan,
located in detail in 8.1.1 of this manual. All employees and
contractors involved with handling of asbestos should be familiar
with this code. Contact the area supervisor to determine if there
is asbestos in the area facilities that you are working.

8.2.5.2

BENZENE
Benzene is found naturally in many geological formations and
therefore may be found at HARVARD production facilities. A
Code of Practice regarding Benzene can be located in section
8.1.2 of this manual.

8.2.5.3

HANTA VIRUS
Hanta Virus is a flu-like illness, which can be contracted from
inhaling air contaminated from saliva, droppings and dried urine
of rodents (ie: deer mice).
Avoid inhalation of contaminated air or direct contact with
contaminated areas by:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Ventilating closed buildings or areas before start of cleaning;


Cleaning up droppings by first wetting down the area with a
solution of five parts water to one part bleach. Do not use a
broom or vacuum; use a damp rag for clean-ups;
Disposing of dead animals and droppings in a twist-tied
plastic bag using disposable rubber or plastic gloves.

Section 8 - 38

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Control rodent infestation by:

8.2.5.4

Sealing holes that are larger than 0.5 cm around buildings;


Clearing brush/grass from around foundations;
Storing food in containers with tight lids;
Elevating garbage cans or use well-fitting lids;
Using spring-loaded mouse traps continuously in infested
areas;
Using rodenticide approved for exterior use in covered bait
stations.

SEWAGE
Proper site drainage and storage of biological wastes is
important for both health implications and reduction of
environmental impacts. Septic tanks should be stored away from
the primary residence area and be routinely cleaned out.
Proper PPE should be worn during this process.

8.2.6

COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
All electronic devices such as cell phones, pagers, and mobile phones
must be intrinsically safe if they are to be used in a potentially explosive
environment.

8.2.7

COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS


All cylinders shall be returned promptly to a storage area after use. They
shall not be permitted to lay about the Work Site. Protective caps shall be
placed over the cylinder valves when not in use or when being transported
by any means.
Cylinders shall be stored in the upright position and secured to some
stationary object or structure and handled in accordance with Provincial
Occupational Health and Safety and/or Workers Compensation Board
Regulations.

8.2.8

CRANES AND HOISTING DEVICES


Cranes and hoisting devices are to be operated only by trained and
experienced personnel. Additionally, the crane operator is to work with an
experienced signaler.

OPX Consulting Inc.

All lifting devices must have the rated load capacity marked on the
equipment as per manufacturers specifications;
If a lifting device is not commercially manufactured it must be
certified by an engineer;

Section 8 - 39

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.9

An employer must ensure that a lift calculation is completed for any


lift exceeding 75 percent of a cranes rated capacity.
Mobile cranes equipped with outriggers must be set up with the
outriggers on load-bearing floats or pads that are adequate in size,
strength and rigidity.
Workers should ensure they keep themselves from under loads
being hauled by cranes.
The operator must keep the load as close to the ground as possible.
In working near electrical power lines ensure the crane operator
keeps a safe distance.
OH&S regulations require that a log for each lifting device be kept
and readily available with equipment information, maintenance and
inspection records. The log book requirement does not apply to
manually operated hoists.
Cranes and hoists must be inspected and maintained as per
manufacturer recommendations.

CRITICAL LIFTS
SCOPE
This section includes guidelines and requirements applicable to critical lifts
and describes the planning and documentation required to perform a
critical lift. Critical lift permit is required.
REFERENCES
29 CFR 1926, SUBPART N
ANSI/ASME B-30.7 SERIES
RESPONSIBILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES
Management

Make determinations of critical lifts


Provide supervisor and employee training
Provide safe and proper equipment for critical lifts
Provide inspection procedures

Supervisors

OPX Consulting Inc.

Follow guidelines and inspection procedures


Supervise all critical lifts
Ensure employees have adequate operational knowledge and
experience
Immediately remove from service any equipment that fails inspection

Section 8 - 40

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Employees

Follow lifting and rigging procedures


Immediately report any problems with equipment
Not attempt any critical lifts unless authorized and approved

CRITICAL LIFT DETERMINATION


The decision to designate a lift as a critical lift is a management decision.
Guidelines provided here are intended to aid in making that decision. A lift
should be designated as a critical lift if dropping, upset or collision could
cause or result in any one of the following:
1.
2.

Damage that would result in serious economic consequences.


Damage that would result in unacceptable delay to schedule or
other significant deleterious programmatic impact (such as loss of
vital data)
3.
Undetectable damage that would jeopardize future operations or
safety of a facility.
4.
Significant release of radioactive or other hazardous material to the
environment or creation of an undesirable condition.
5.
Personnel injury or significant adverse health impact, either onsite or
offsite.
6.
In addition, a lift that meets one of the following criteria shall be
designated as a critical lift:
Any lift that requires the use of multiple cranes
Any lift that exceeds exceptional 80% of the cranes rated
capacity within the lift configuration of the crane.
The item to be lifted requires exceptional care in handling
because of size, weight, close-tolerance installation, high
susceptibility to damage or other unusual factor.
The item, although non-critical, requires exceptional care in
handling because it is being lifted above a critical item.
The manager who has the responsibility for the item being lifted has the
authority to require that it be handled as a critical lift. In addition, the
manager at the facility where the lift will be performed also has the
authority to require that it be handled as a critical lift. The manager who
designates the lift as a critical lift shall ensure that a person-in-charge
(PIC) is assigned. (The PIC need not be in the managers organization).
CRITICAL LIFT PROCEDURES
The PIC shall ensure that a step-by-step procedure is prepared for critical
lifts. Although individual procedures are prepares for one-time critical lifts,
general procedures may be employed to accomplish routine recurrent
critical lifts, For example, a general procedure may be used to lift an item
or series of similar items that are frequently lifted or repeatedly handled in
the same manner. A critical lift procedure should contain the following, as
applicable.

Identify the items to be moved

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 41

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Special precautions, if any (such as outrigger or track cribbing for


mobile cranes)
Weight of the item and total weight of the load (For mobile cranes,
see the manufacturers instructions regarding components and
attachments that must be considered as part of the load).
Centre of gravity location
A list of each piece of equipment (e.g. Crane, hoist, fork truck),
accessory, and rigging component (e.g., slings, shackles, spreader
bars, yokes) to be used for the lift. (This list shall identify each piece
of equipment by type and rated capacity).
Designated checkpoints and hold points and estimated instrument
readings, as relevant, so that job progress can be checked against
the plan.

NOTE: Sign offs in the procedure are generally appropriate. For example,
initials and time/date the procedures as key steps are completed. Hold
points or sign-off points should be provided for personnel assigned to
witness the work.
Rigging sketch(s), which include the following:

Lift point identification


Method(s) of attachment.
Load vectors
Sling angles
Accessories used.
Other factors affecting the equipment capacity.
Rated capacity of equipment in the configuration(s) in which it will be
used. (For mobile cranes, many factors affect rated capacity,
including boom length, boom angle and work area).

A load-path sketch that shows the load path and height at key points in
the job. (For lifts with mobile cranes, include the crane position(s) relative
to the load and relative to surrounding obstructions. Where appropriate,
include floor-loading diagrams).
A sketch indicating lifting and travel speed limitations. (This may be noted
on the load path sketch or on a separate sketch).
A sign-off sheet to verify that equipment and tackle inspections or tests
are current.
NOTE: Practice lifts are recommended. (If used, requirements for the
practice lift should be documented in the procedure.)
APPROVAL OF CRITICAL LIFTS
The critical lift procedure should be approved as required by the
responsible contractors procedures. In the absence of direction from the

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 42

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

contractors procedures, a critical lift procedure shall be approved (signed


and dated) by the following:

Procedure author
Manager of the lift operation
Engineer in charge
Safety department / Field safety consultant

REVISIONS TO CRITICAL LIFT PROCEDURES


Revisions to the procedure shall be reviewed and approved through the
same cycle as the original procedure.
PRE-LIFT MEETING
Before the critical lift is performed, a pre-lift meeting with all participating
personnel shall be held. During the meeting, the critical lift procedure shall
be reviewed and questions shall be resolved. The pre-lift meeting shall be
documented.
DOCUMENTATION
Critical lift documentation is required. When the job is finished, the PIC
shall transmit the critical lift documentation to the manager (or designee)
for whom the lift was done. This documentation is subject to audit for one
year after the critical lift is completed.
Documentation of a critical lift shall include the following:

The critical lift procedure, recording job completion with approval


signatures and hold point sign-offs.
Documentation of the pre-lift meeting; containing, as a minimum, the
meeting date and list of attendees (NOTE: it is recommended that
documentation of the pre-lift meeting can be included as part of the
critical lift procedure.
Any additional documentation deemed appropriate by the PIC or
other responsible personnel (e.g., lessons learned)

8.2.10 CROWN SAVERS


This work procedure was developed to reflect HARVARDs practice that
all contracted rigs have crown savers installed and are regularly function
tested before operation of the rig is commenced.
PROCEDURE
1.
It is the Well Site Supervisors responsibility as a representative of
HARVARD to NOT approve the start of rig operations until the crown
saver has been function tested.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 43

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2.

3.

It is the rig contractors responsibility to supply, install and function


test crown savers in accordance with the rig manufacturers design
and specifications.
Subsequent function testing of crown saver equipment must be
carried out at appropriate times.

8.2.11 DRIVING CONDUCT


VEHICLE CHECK

Keep vehicles in proper operating condition


Ensure loads are secure at all times
Large units should have mud flaps in place and be checked for rocks
between wheels
Walk around required

BEFORE STARTING

Ensure proper signage and documentation is in place

ON THE ROAD

Wearing seat belts is mandatory


Drive with headlights and taillights on at all times to increase visibility
Obey all traffic signs and speed limits
Stay on the right side of the road on corners, crest of hills, and at
intersections.
Slow down when merging
Yield extra road surface to larger traffic
Watch for following cars, and pull over to the side when safe to let
faster traffic pass
Do not use cell phones and field radios while driving. Pull off to a safe
spot to answer or make calls.
Always try to back into parking spots.

DRIVING IN POOR CONDITIONS

Reduce speed when driving on poor roads or in visibility conditions.


Do not pass in loose gravel, during poor visibility, or slippery road
conditions.

LICENSING AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION

OPX Consulting Inc.

If a worker uses a personal vehicle for work purposes, an employer


must ensure the worker complies with the appropriate licensed driver
requirements of Provincial legislation.
The worker must ensure their vehicle is maintained in sound
mechanical condition.

Section 8 - 44

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

REFUELING

Workers must not smoke within 7.5 metres of a vehicle when it is


being refueled.
Vehicles must not be refueled if there is an ignition source within 7.5
metres of the vehicle.
Workers must not dispense flammable fuels into the fuel tank of a
motor vehicle while the engine is running unless it is otherwise
permissible by the manufacturer or certified by a professional
engineer.

8.2.12 FALL PROTECTION


Fall protection regulations require employers to prepare written
procedures in a fall protection plan. This plan must be in place before
work commences on any task where a fall of vertical 3 meters or more
can occur and where workers are not protected by guardrails. The plan
must also be in place if there is an unusual possibility of injury if a worker
vertically falls less than 3 meters, such as falling into or onto a hazardous
substance or object or through an opening in a work surface. The plan
must include procedures for rescuing workers who have fallen but are
unable to rescue themselves. In the event a plan is required, it must be
available and reviewed with the workers prior to undertaking the task (See
Fall Protection Plan Form at the end of this section.)
The fall protection plan must specify the following:

The potential fall hazards at the work site.


The fall protection system to be used at the worksite.
The anchors to be used during the work
The clearance distances below the work area, if applicable, have been
confirmed as to prevent the worker from striking the ground or an
object at below the work area.
The procedures to assemble, maintain, inspect, use and disassemble
the fall protection system(s).
Rescue procedures to be used if worker falls, is suspended by
personal fall arrest system or safety net and needs to be rescued.

The fall protection plan must be updated when conditions affecting fall
protection change.
Furthermore OH&S regulations state that employers must ensure that a
worker at a permanent work area is protected from falling by a guardrail if
they worker can fall a vertical distance of more than 1.2 metres and less
than 3 metres). If it is not reasonable for guardrails to be in place then a
worker must use a travel restraint system or other effective means to keep
worker from falling.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 45

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

INSTRUCTION OF WORKERS
An employer must ensure that all workers are trained in the safe use of
the fall protection system before allowing the worker to work in an area
where a fall protection system must be used.
The training must include the following:

Review of pertinent legislation pertaining to fall protection


Understanding of what a fall protection plan is
Fall protection methods a worker is required to use
Identification of all hazards
Assessment and selection of specific anchors that a worker may use
Instructions for the use of connecting hardware
Information on the effects of a fall on the human body
Pre-use inspection
Emergency response procedures to be used if necessary
Practice in inspecting, fitting, connecting, adjusting etc.

FALL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT


There are many types of fall protection equipment, which are to be
determined by the job type and work site. All protection equipment must
meet CSA standards, be inspected prior to use for any damage or
malfunction, and kept free from substances and conditions that could
contribute to deterioration of the equipment. It should be noted that any fall
arrest system equipment that has stopped a fall should be removed from
service after the incident. A professional engineer or manufacturer must
certify that the system is safe for continued use. Typical fall arrest
equipment includes but is not limited to:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Full body harness


Body belt
Lanyard must be made of wire rope or appropriate material for job
and related hazards:
o If a tool or corrosive agent could sever, abrade, or burn, ensure
that lanyard material is able to withstand hazards.
o If working in the area of an energized conductor, the employer
must ensure worker uses another effective means of fall
protection.
Shock absorber, shock absorbing lanyard to be used in fall arrest
system and consists of a full body harness and a lanyard equipped
with a shock absorber or similar device. When a shock absorber is
used, ensure that allowance is made for the potential increase in total
fall distance. When a worker is using a personal fall arrest system
without a shock absorber the employer must ensure the fall arrest
system limits a workers free fall distance to 1.2 metres.
The connection components in the system include the following:
o Carabineers

Section 8 - 46

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

o
o
o
o
o

D-rings
O-rings
Oval rings
Self locking connectors
Snap hooks

TRAVEL RESTRAINT SYSTEMS


When using a personal travel restraint system a worker must limit the
vertical distance of a fall by:

Selecting the shortest length of lanyard that will still permit unimpeded
performance of the duties.
Securing the lanyard to an anchor no lower than the workers
shoulder, or if not available to an anchor point that is as high as
reasonably practical.
Using only a single lanyard between worker and anchor, with the
exception of electrical danger noted above.

Another important safety concern in fall arrest systems is limiting the


amount of free fall which a worker may experience if a fall occurs.
The personal Fall Arrest system must be arranged so that a worker
cannot hit the ground or an object below the work area. Furthermore it
must be ensured that the maximum arresting force exerted on the worker
is 6 kilonewtons unless the worker is using an E6 type shock absorber in
which case the maximum arresting force must not exceed 8 kilonewtons.
ANCHORS
If a worker is required to use a personal fall arrest system or travel
restraint system the worker must ensure that it is safely secured to an
anchor that meets CSA and ANSI standards. Any anchor with multiple
attachment points designed to support combinations of suspension lines,
tie-back lines and lifelines, is to be certified in writing by a professional
engineer.
An employer must ensure that a worker visually inspects anchors prior to
attaching a fall protection system. If an anchor is damaged the worker
must not reuse the anchor until it is repaired, replaced or re-certified by
the manufacturer or a professional engineer.
If a temporary travel restraint anchor point is to be used it must meet the
following criteria:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Have a minimum breaking strength in which the load may be applied


of at least 3.5 kilonewtons per worker attached in any direction in
which the load may be applied.
Be installed, used and removed according to the manufacturers
specifications or specifications certified by a professional engineer.
Be permanently marked as being for travel restraint only.

Section 8 - 47

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

The anchor must also be removed from use, immediately after the
work involving the anchor point is complete or at the time specified by
the manufacturer or a professional engineer.

If a permanent travel restraint anchor is to be used, the following criteria


must be met:

The anchor must have a minimum breaking strength per worker of 16


kilonewtons or two times the maximum arresting force in any direction
in which load may be applied (not applicable to anchors installed
before July 1, 2009).
Is installed and used according to the manufacturers specifications or
certified by a professional engineer.
Is permanently marked as being for travel restraint only.

WIRE ROPE SLING AS ANCHOR


When a wire rope sling is used as an anchor it must be terminated at both
ends with a Flemish eye splice rated to at least 90 percent of the wire
ropes minimum breaking strength.
FALL ARREST SYSTEMS
Fall arrest anchors to which a personal fall arrest system is attached must
meet the following guidelines, with the exception of temporary horizontal
lifeline systems.

Must have an ultimate load capacity of at least 16 kilonewtons per


worker attached in any direction in which load may be applied. If
structure to which an anchor is attached is not capable of withstanding
16 kilonewtons of force without damage; an anchor designed, installed
and used as part of a fall protection system that is capable of
withstanding twice the maximum arresting force that the anchor is
subject to, may be used.
The anchor is to be designed, installed and used in accordance with
the manufacturers specifications, or with specifications certified by a
professional engineer.
The anchor to which a personal fall arrest system is attached is not to
be part of an anchor used to support or suspend a platform.

Life Safety Ropes are one of the key components in fall arrest systems.
There are a number of critical points in regards to life safety ropes which
must be adhered to:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Vertical lifeline must extend downward to within 1.2 meters of ground


level or another safe lower surface.
Vertical lifeline must be free of knots or splices except for a stopper
knot at its lower end.

Section 8 - 48

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Only one worker is to be attached to a life safety rope at any one time,
unless the manufacturers specifications or specifications of a certified
engineer allow for the attachment of more than one worker.
Any safety life rope must be effectively protected to prevent abrasion
by sharp or rough edges.
Be made of appropriate material to the hazard and able to withstand
adverse effects.
Is installed and used in a manner that minimizes the hazards of
swinging and limits the swing drop distance to 1.2 metres if a worker
falls.

Before a horizontal lifeline systems is used a professional engineer, a


competent person authorized by the professional engineer, the
manufacturer, or a competent person authorized by the manufacturer
must certify that the system has been properly installed according to the
manufacturers or professional engineers specifications.
All flexible and horizontal lifeline systems must meet the CSA
requirements.

Rigid and horizontal lifeline systems must be designed, installed and


used in accordance with manufacturers or professional engineers
certified specifications.

CONTROL ZONES
Control zones are marked areas in which an unguarded edge is present.
Control zones may be used only if a worker can fall from a surface that
has a slope of no more than 4 degrees towards the unguarded edge or
that slopes inwardly away from an unguarded edge and is not less than 2
metres wide when measured from an unguarded edge. Control zones are
not to be used to protect workers from falling from a skeletal structure in a
work area. However, if the worker will at all times remain further from the
unguarded edge than the width of the control zone, no other fall protection
system is needed. Control zones are to be clearly marked with an
effective raised warning line or other equally effective method if a worker
is working within 2 meters of the control zone. If work must be done within
the control zone then the use of a travel restraint system or equally
effective means of preventing worker from getting to the unguarded edge
is necessary. Also no persons who are not directly required to work in the
control zone are permitted inside control zone.
PROCEDURES IN PLACE OF FALL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
Procedures may be developed in place of fall protection equipment where
it is not reasonable practicable to use an approved fall protection system
or if the use of procedures in place of fall protection equipment is
restricted to the installation or removal of fall protection equipment; roof
inspection; emergency repairs, at height transfers between equipment and

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 49

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

structures (if allowed by manufacturers specifications) or in situations


where a worker must work on top of a vehicle or load.
When using procedures in place of fall protection equipment a hazard
assessment must be completed before work at height begins.
Additionally, the procedures to be followed while performing the work must
be in writing and available to all workers before the work begins. The
work must be carried out in a way that minimizes the number of workers
exposed to a fall hazard. The work must be limited to light duty tasks and
be completed by a competent worker and do not expose the worker to
additional hazards.
WORK POSITIONING
If a worker uses a work positioning system, the workers vertical free fall
distance, in the event of a fall, is restricted by the work positioning system
to 600 millimetres or less. If the centre of gravity of a worker using a work
positioning system extends beyond the edge from which the worker could
fall or if the work surface presents a slipping or tripping hazards because
of its state or condition, the worker must use a back-up fall arrest system
in combination with the work positioning system.
A worker must use a back up personal fall arrest system in combination
with the work positioning system if their centre of gravity extends beyond
an edge from which the worker could fall or if the work surface presents a
slipping or tripping hazard.
SPECIAL PROCEDURES
There are also a number of special protection procedures which must be
followed while undertaking certain operations, they are as follows:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Any worker on a boom elevating work platform, boom-supported aerial


device or forklift truck work platform is required to use a personal fall
restraint system. The fall arrest system must be connected to an
anchor specified by the manufacturer of the work platform. If no
anchor is specified by the manufacturer an anchor point must then be
certified by a professional engineer that meets CSA requirements.
A fall arrest system must be used when connected to the anchor, the
lanyard, if reasonably practicable, is short enough to prevent the
worker from being ejected from the work platform or aerial device but
is long enough to allow the worker to perform their work.
An employer must ensure that a worker on a scissor lift or an elevating
work platform, with similar characteristics uses a travel restraint
system consisting of a full body harness and lanyard connected to an
anchor specified by the manufacturer and when connected to the
anchor, the lanyard, if reasonable practicable, is sort enough to
prevent the worker falling out of the scissor life or aerial work platform
but is long enough to allow the worker to perform their work.

Section 8 - 50

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Fork mounted work platforms elevated to a height of 3 meters or more


above the ground, with any portion of the guardrail system removed,
workers on platform must use a travel restraint system. This does not
apply however, if the manufacturers specifications allow a worker to
work from the scissor lift or elevating work platform using only its
guardrails for fall protection and if the scissor lift or elevated work
platform is operating on a firm and level surface.
If in any of above cases workers movement can not be adequately
restricted in all directions to prevent a fall, then the use of a fall arrest
system is mandatory.
Anyone being raised or lowered in a man basket must use a personal
fall arrest system.
When working over water and the where the worker could drown by
falling into the water, use of the appropriate fall protection equipment
in conjunction with a personal floatation device must be used. A
floatation device need not be worn if a fall protection system prevents
a fall into the water.
An employer using a leading edge fall protection system consisting of
fabric or netting panels must ensure the system is only used to provide
leading edge protection, is used and installed as per manufacturers
specifications and a copy of the specifications available on the
worksite.
Work or activities at height which incorporate a working line, safety
line and a full body harness in combination with any other devices that
allow a worker to ascend, descend and traverse to and from a work
area under their own control is considered Industrial Rope Access
Work.
If scaffolding or a temporary work platform can be damaged by
powered mobile equipment or a vehicle contacting it, measures must
be taken to protect the scaffolding or temporary work platform from
being contacted.
Workers that have to climb onto a vehicle or its load at any location
and where it is not reasonably practicable to provide a fall protection
system the employer must take steps to eliminate or reduce the need
for the for the worker to climb onto the vehicle or load. If the load is
not secured against movement the worker must not climb onto the
load.

8.2.13 FIRE PREVENTION

OPX Consulting Inc.

Adequate ventilation must be provided for all rooms or buildings


where gas or light oil products are handled.
Special vacuum vents and flame arresters should be inspected
frequently to determine that they are in good operating condition.
Vegetation control must be present around tanks, buildings and
wells. A sufficient area must be cleared to prevent the spread of
fires.
Spontaneous combustion may develop from oily rags. Rags must be
placed in metal containers with self closing lids.

Section 8 - 51

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.14

Gas leaks shall be located only with a gas detector, soap suds or
other safe means. If a gas leak is suspected or detected in any
confined area, all motors, engines and sources of ignition shall be
shut down immediately. DANGER: Leaks must never be located
with an open flame.
All building heating systems, offices, etc. are to be odorized ( Z66294)
The use of plastic pails or containers for flammable products are to
be avoided.
Barrels stored in buildings are to have bungs removed and capped.
All gas regulators are to be vented outside and their doors kept
closed.
NO SMOKING signs shall be permanently posted in all hazardous
areas.
Flammable liquids shall be disposed of in a proper manner. Sewer,
sump, or drain systems are not to be used for this purpose unless
the system is specifically designed for this use..
Iron sulphide or lead sludge shall be removed from vessels etc. as
quickly as practical and be kept wet with water until disposed of in a
pit or fill site.
Oils that cause sulphur deposits must be closely monitored at all
times.
Rags used to wipe zinc thread lubricant must be kept in a separate
covered metal container.
Static electricity shall be minimized or eliminated to prevent a spark
from causing a fire, explosion, or both.
Top fill lines on tanks should be avoided to reduce the chance of
static discharges. If unavoidable, a downpipe shall be installed near
the bottom of the tank and filling pipe bonded to the tank.
Only equipment approved by Underwriters Laboratories for
hazardous atmospheres are permitted for use in or around
flammable vapours. This shall include all power tools, flashlights,
electric lanterns etc.
Attach Ground Cable signs shall be posted at all truck loading /
unloading points.
Truckers shall not carry out repairs to electrical wiring systems while
engaged in loading or unloading fluids.

FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARD MANAGEMENT


To address regulatory requirements, HARVARD has established a
systematic approach for identifying and managing fire and explosion
hazards (see Fire and Explosion Prevention Form & Fire Prevention
Triangle at the end of this section.)
This process involves:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Evaluating of potential risks with respect to fire and explosion hazards.


Identifying means to effectively manage these potential risks.

Section 8 - 52

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Determining the need for specific control measures to prevent fires


and explosions.
Putting the required control measures in place.

General Fire & Explosion Control Measures


.

OPX Consulting Inc.

In hazardous locations, where an explosive atmosphere may exist,


employers must ensure they use intrinsically safe equipment (i.e.
lighting, cell phones, radios etc). Intrinsically safe equipment is
defined as equipment and wiring which is incapable of releasing
sufficient electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormal
conditions to cause ignition of a specific hazardous mixture in its most
easily ignitable condition
A person must not enter or work at an area if more than 20 percent of
the lower explosive limit of a flammable or explosive substance is
present in the atmosphere.
A person must not smoke in a work area where a flammable
substance is stored, handled, processed or used.
A person must not use an open flame in a work area where a
flammable substance is stored, handled, processed or used.
A person should not mix, clean or use a flammable or combustible
liquid at a temperature at or above its flash point in an open vessel if a
potential source of ignition is in the immediate vicinity.
A person should not use a flammable or combustible liquid at a
temperature above its flash point in a washing or cleaning operation,
unless the equipment is specifically designed and manufactured for
the use of the liquid.
A person must not store contaminated rags used to clean or wipe up
flammable substances other than in a covered container that has a
label that clearly indicates it is to be used for the storage of
contaminated rags.
Flammable substances stored or used at a non-hazardous work area
must not be in sufficient quantity to produce an explosive atmosphere
if inadvertently released.
Flammable substances should not be stored within 30 metres of an
underground shaft or in the immediate vicinity of the air intake of a
ventilation supply system, an internal combustion engine or the fire
box of a fired heater or furnace.
Only CSA, NFPA and ULC approved containers can be used to store
flammable substances.
If work requires the contents of metallic or conductive containers be
transferred from one to another, an employer must ensure static
electricity is controlled while the contents are being transferred.
In hazardous locations, employers must ensure that equipment used
will not ignite a flammable substance and that static electricity is
controlled.
If a work area is considered hazardous, the boundaries of the
hazardous location must be clearly identified to warn workers of the
nature of the hazards and associated with the presence of the
flammable substance.

Section 8 - 53

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Procedures must be in place for hazardous locations that will prevent


the inadvertent release of flammable substance or oxygen gas if it can
contact a flammable substance.

For further information concerning Fire & Explosion Hazard Management


please refer to the Provincial Acts, Codes and Regulations

8.2.15 FLAMMABLE & HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS


Flammable and hazardous liquid containers and storage tanks shall be
labeled or identified and located in a safe place away from any open
flame, fire or engines in operation.
Where there is a potential for pressure build up or plastic container
degradation, drums and small non-safety containers must not be left
exposed to direct sunlight. Containers must be grounded when pouring
flammable liquids in or out of them and containers must be of an approved
type.
Metallic or conductive containers and vessels used for flammable and
combustible liquids must be bonded to one another and electrically
grounded when pouring to prevent sparks and accidental ignition.
Gasoline engines must be refueled only when engines are stopped.
Safety cans must be used unless the tank is filled directly from the storage
container via a piped system.
Smoking is not permitted near gasoline storage area(s). A sign stating No
Smoking or Open Flame must be posted at all storage areas.

8.2.16 FLOWBACKS
SCOPE AND PURPOSE
To provide safe operating practices for equipment, procedures and
supervision of flowbacks from wells. This is intended to include all
situations of flow from wells, including circulating, swabbing, fracture and
chemical treatment cleanups, depressurizing, etc., but does not include
production testing or drill stem testing.
Reference: Alberta Industry Recommended Practice IRP Vol. 4,
Subsection 4.0.7.20
SAFE OPERATING PRACTICES
1. An open fluid handling system should only be used when sweet, nonflammable fluids are being pumping or flowed back from a well. Sour
and high-vapour pressure hydrocarbons must always be flowed back
into closed systems.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 54

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

2. Prior to commencing a flowback of sweet, non-flammable fluids,


planning must be done by the preparation of a detailed program of
operations. The detailed program must state all pertinent well data,
expected pressure and flow rates, fluid properties and characteristics,
equipment requirements and layout, and identify all safety and
environmental hazards.
3. As specified in IRP Vol. 4, consideration must be given to the following
issues when preparing for a flowback:
a. Wellhead control
b. Expected produced fluids
c. Equipment design and layout
d. Procedures for special operations such as well killing, coiled tubing
cleanouts using air, pumping flowbacks and swabbing.
e. Supervision and monitoring during flowbacks for detection of sour
fluids and explosive mixtures.
f.

Safety meetings and the use of safety checklist.

8.2.17 FUEL AND CHEMICAL STORAGE


Above ground storage tanks, less than 5 m3 do not require secondary
containment unless the fluids could result in ground contamination
problems. The following above ground storage tanks smaller than 5 m3
should have secondary containment due to the potential for environmental
damage:

Glycols
Amines
Demulsifiers
Corrosion inhibitors
Solvents
Fuel tanks

Methanol tanks and tanks that are less than 5 m3 do not normally require
any secondary containment unless they:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Are within 100 metres of a water course, or


Have the potential for the contents to move off lease

Section 8 - 55

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.18 GROUND DISTURBANCE


The potential consequence to individual workers and HARVARD for
accidents involving ground disturbance work are very serious and
therefore the appropriate time and resources must be allocated to ensure
that the work is carried out safely.
The following procedure should be followed in any ground disturbance
operation (see definitions):
Responsibilities as Owners of Pipeline
1. Provide information to persons undertaking a ground disturbance and
ensure compliance to IRP 17.
2. Referencing all available sources of information as far as reasonable
and practical to determine the existence of all pipeline and
underground utilities in the proposed Ground Disturbance work area.
The following are sources that can be referenced:
Company Maps & Plot Plans
Oil & Gas Regulators such as NEB, ERCB, etc.
One-Call Systems
Area Operations Personnel
Land Titles
Landowner
Visible Markers
Rural Gas Utilities
3. Locate the pipeline and mark the surface location using a qualified line
locator.
4. Carry out inspections that are necessary to keep the pipeline safe.
5. HARVARDs Representative must be at the Work Site until the
pipeline or utility has been exposed.
6. Inspect the pipeline before backfilling.
7. Report any damage.
Supervision
1. A designated supervisor is responsible for ensuring that the work is
carried out safely. This includes determining the existence of
underground facilities and their proper locating and exposure.
2. A supervisor must ensure that proper markers are positioned around a
ground disturbance to make workers aware.
3. The supervisor must have specific experience and training to
supervise ground disturbance activities.
4. The supervisor must ensure that if workers are required to enter an
excavation or trench the confined space entry code of practice has
been reviewed and applied if necessary. As a minimum, a means of
exit and entry must be provided for workers that are within 8 metres of
any excavation greater than 1.5 metres in depth

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 56

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Search and Notification


1. Records must be searched for buried facilities within 30 metres of the
proposed ground disturbance.
2. Owners or the owners designate of a facility within the search area
are to be informed of the intent to create a ground disturbance and
asked to confirm the location, type, and content (as applicable) of their
facility.
Crossing Agreements and Approvals
1. Agreements are required if the ground disturbance is on a lease or
right-of-way or within five metres of any facility.
2. The crossing agreement must be on site before starting the ground
disturbance.
Locating Facilities
1. All facilities within the 30 metre search area should be located and
marked by competent personnel.
Permits
1. A site-specific ground disturbance permit must be completed as part
of the work permit for each crossing or disturbance within five metres
of a located buried facility.
Pre-Job Safety Meeting
1. A pre-job safety meeting must be conducted.
Exposure
1. The facility owner may request to have a representative on-site during
the exposure.
2. All hand exposed zones must be exposed 1 metre on each side of the
locate marks for a buried facility other than a high pressure pipeline.
High pressure pipelines must be hand exposed within 5 metres on
each side of the locate marks, unless the entire excavation is hydrovacd to 15 cm below the ground disturbance depth.
3. Mechanical equipment within 60 cm of a buried line should not be
used.
4. If contact with a pipeline occurs that damages the pipe, all work must
stop until the necessary go-ahead is received.
5. Any damage must be reported immediately to the owner of the facility.
6. It is the facility owners responsibility to notify the appropriate
government agencies.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 57

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Backfill
1. The line owner should inspect the crossings before and during burial.
Some other excellent sources of information and guidelines regarding
ground disturbances are:
a. Underground Facilities pamphlet published by the Alberta
Construction
b. Safety Association.
c. Safe Procedures for Pipelines and Utility Crossings booklet
published by the Edmonton Area Pipeline and Utility Operators
Committee.
2. Backfill inspection form must be completed.

8.2.19 HAND AND POWER TOOLS


Tools are to only be used for their intended function and must be
maintained in good condition. Appropriate personal protective equipment
must be worn at all times when using any tool.
Operators are to inspect equipment and verify that it is in safe operating
condition before starting work. The power must be disconnected from the
tool and any pressure discharge before any adjustments are made.
All guards are to be properly fitted and in good condition at all times.
All portable and stationary grinding tools shall be operated in accordance
with manufacturers specifications and must be equipped with the
appropriate guards and tool rests.
Eye protection must be worn at all times when using hand operated power
tools.

8.2.20 HEATERS & OPEN FLAME EQUIPMENT


When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves are to
be worn.
Portable heaters are to be used only for the service for which it has been
approved and adequate ventilation should be maintained in order to
prevent a build up of exhaust gases. All flammables are to be removed
from the immediate area.
Flame type equipment such as open flame space heaters (Herman
Nelson) are to be used only in extenuating circumstances and then only in
conjunction with a HARVARD Hot work Permit.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 58

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.21 HIGH PRESSURE GAS WELLS (EQUIPPING, STARTUP AND OPERATION)


SCOPE AND PURPOSE
To provide safe operating guidelines for wellsite piping design, initial
startup and production operations of sweet gas wells with higher reservoir
pressure (maximum expected shut-in pressure) than the highest working
pressure rating of downstream vessels and gathering lines.
EQUIPPING
For wellhead design and installation, refer to Industry Recommended
Practices Minimum Wellhead Requirements, IRP Volume 5.
In all situations where the maximum expected shut-in pressure of a well
exceeds the lowest working pressure rating of downstream facilities, the
wellhead will be equipped with a suitable adjustable choke for controlling
flow rates, methanol injection pump, and emergency shutdown (ESD)
valve and the wellsite vessel equipped with a suitable pressure safety
valve (PSV). These components must be designed, installed and
maintained in accordance with the appropriate API, ASME, and/or CSA
standards for components and piping installations.
STARTUP AND OPERATION
When wells with shut-in pressure higher than the working pressure rating
of any downstream vessel or pipeline are opened up from a shut-in
condition, care and caution must be exercised to avoid pressure surges
on the downstream facilities. The following procedure is recommended:
1. Fully open the master valve of the wellhead with the adjustable choke
in the closed position.
2. Check and record shut-in wellhead pressures.
3. The adjustable choke should be opened gradually allowing the flow
from the well to increase in stages to the desired rate.
4. The static pressure in the downstream vessel must be continuously
monitored until conditions have stabilized at the desired pressure.
5. Frequent checks and recordings or pressures, temperatures and flow
rates should be made during the first few days to ensure that
conditions have stabilized, hydrate formation is not occurring and
pressures are within normal operating limits.
6. Adjustable chokes, ESD valves and PSVs are to be serviced and
tested according to prescribed methods.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 59

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.22

HOT OILING
Field operations personnel shall follow the following procedure when hot
oiling equipment (wells, flowlines, etc,).
PROCEDURE
COMPLETE THE HOT WORK PERMIT
1. Whenever possible, rig up hot oiler upwind and 50 meters from well,
rig tanks, power lines, rig shacks, etc. (Note: if the hot oiler is equipped
with a flame arrestor the unit may be rigged up as close as 25 meters
from the well, etc.)
Many leases do not allow 50 meters distance from the wellhead.
Always try to maintain at least 25 meters from the wellhead.
When rigging up, ensure at the point of entry (wellhead, etc.) there is a
check valve with a bypass (for bleeding off) installed in the hot oilers
flowline.
Note: Hot oiling should only be done using the metal pipe supplied on
the hot oiler. The flexible, high pressure hose is only designed for cold
pressure work.
2. The hot oil unit must be grounded at all times and if accompanied by a
tank truck, it must be grounded to the hot oil unit before
unloading/loading and located at least 15 meters away ( down wind)
from the hot oil unit.
3. Ensure tank vapours are vented off down wind of the hot oil unit, This
can be done by connecting a section(s) of suction hose to the tank
vent.
4. Hold pre-job safety meeting.
Communicate clearly to the hot oil unit operator what work is required.
Maximum pressure, temperature and pump rate will be determined by
the equipment being hot oiled. (Type of scraper rods are nylon, plastic,
and metal. Pressure ratings of equipment.).
Do not exceed the manufacturers recommended temperature.
If H2S is present; define where all personnel are to proceed if a
catastrophic leak/failure occurs.
5. Pressure test the hot oilers lines to 1.5 times the anticipated
maximum working pressure. Ensure the maximum operating pressure
of the hot oilers lines are not exceeded and the pop valves have been
set accordingly.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 60

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

HOT OIL SAFETY EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS


Hard hat, safety shoes, fire retardant clothing, goggles, gloves and H2S
Alive certificate for the operator and swamper.

8.2.23 HOT TAPS


A Hot Tap refers to any penetration into live piping or a pipeline where
there is no existing fitting or when welding on pressurized pipeline or a
pipeline. Welding on pressurized piping systems without taking the proper
precautions is dangerous and can result in a major failure. Fatalities have
occurred as a result of welding on pressurized pipeline. If proper steps are
not followed, it is possible for a Hot Tap to result in:

Pipe failure caused by burn through during welding;

Ignition and burning of the product inside the pipe;

Damage to equipment downstream of the hot tap due to cuttings;

Delayed failure of the weld due to hydrogen or stress corrosion


cracking.

Workers involved in supervising or performing a Hot Tap are expected to


ensure the proper pre-planning is completed including a formal Hot Tap
plan.
Step 1: Determine if the hot tap is really necessary.
Step 2: Assess the risk to ensure that the likelihood and consequence of
failure are acceptable.
In all cases, the decision to proceed with a hot tap will be based on the
ability to perform the hot tap safely. All Hot Tap procedures require
HARVARD ENGINEERING approval in writing prior to commencing.

8.2.24 HOT WORK PROCEDURES


SCOPE AND PURPOSE
The following special precautions are a minimum requirement to ensure
that adequate precautions are taken when dealing with Hot Work.
DEFINITION
Hot work is any operation that produces a source of ignition.
HAZARDOUS LOCATION
The area within a radius of 25 meters of the Hot Work is considered a
hazardous location and kept free of flammable substances. Where this is
not possible, competent supervisory personnel must be in constant
attendance and a Hot Work Permit issued.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 61

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

EQUIPMENT ISOLATION
All equipment on which Hot Work is to be performed must be positively
isolated from all possible sources of combustible, explosive or toxic
material.
Positive isolation means blinding off, plugging or the complete removal
and blanking off of inter-connecting piping vessels or sewers which may
contain hazardous material.
PURGING AND GAS TESTING
No equipment, vessel, line or any type of container which has contained a
hazardous material shall be safe for Hot Work unless it has been purged,
gas tested and inspected. Steaming is an excellent way to remove
residual hydrocarbons.
HOT WORK PRECAUTIONS
1. All combustible materials within 7.5 meters of the Hot Work must be
suitably isolated or cleared from hot work location.
2. When welding is carried out for the purpose of hot tapping on a
pipeline, vessel or tank; the line shall be full of stock and have a
positive flow, or in the case of vessels and tanks, they shall be filled
with fluid at least one meter above the point at which welding is to be
carried out.
3. Oil surfaces and oil spills must be hosed down and sanded over
(minimum depth 1 inch). Oil soaked ground must be dug out and
removed.
4. Testing must show that the atmosphere does not contain a flammable
substance, in a mixture with air, in an amount exceeding 20 percent of
that substances lower explosive limit for gas or vapours or the
minimum ignitable concentration for dust.
5. All trash and oily rags must be removed.
6. Particular attention is required for the danger of expansion of oil or gas
in equipment (lines, vessels, etc.) immediately adjacent to the Hot
Work.
7. Flammable solvents must not be used or be present in the area of Hot
Work.
8. Fire blankets or appropriate fire retardant material shall be used when
there is a danger of sparks being carried outside the work area. Fire
blankets should be kept damp if spark impingement is intensive.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 62

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

9. Valves cannot be accepted as leak proof. Bleeder valves on pumps,


lines and vessels shall be plugged off when such pumps, line or
vessel contains flammable fluids. This is consistent with accepted
practices that all bleeders are provided with plugs to prevent fire due to
bleeder valves opening from vibration.
FIRE EQUIPMENT
1. All fire equipment provided at the job site shall be checked and readily
available for the personnel performing the Hot Work and personnel
shall be fully familiar with the operation of such equipment.
2. Portable extinguishers permanently located in the operating area must
not be used as standby fire equipment for Hot Work.
3. Portable extinguishers shall be placed in an accessible position and
not so close to the Hot Work that they may become involved should a
fire take place.
ACCESS AND EGRESS
Walkways, ladders, tank or tower manways and other approaches to the
area must be accessible and free from obstacles that may obstruct
personnel engaged in fire fighting or escape in case of fire.
WELDERS, CYLINDERS AND GENERATORS
1. Welding machines, gas cylinders and generators must be located a
safe distance from the Hot Work area, leaving easy access for
removal in case of fire.
2. Welding machine ground wires must not be attached to any valves,
fittings, machinery or other equipment in operation.
3. Welding cables must be in good condition and located clear of hot
lines and equipment. Splices and joints in cables must be properly
made and insulated.

8.2.25 HOUSEKEEPING
HARVARD shall ensure that healthy and safe working conditions are
provided and maintained for all employees. It is the responsibility for
employees to maintain these conditions through good housekeeping and
good personal hygiene practices. Good housekeeping is more then
cleanliness; it is cleanliness and order. Cultivate the habit of good
housekeeping.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 63

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

PRACTICES

All working areas shall be kept clean and free from obstructions at
all times. Tools, loose objects, oil, grease, and other materials are
tripping and slipping hazards.
Working areas shall be left clean and tidy at the end of each shift
and on completion of work assignments.
Materials shall not be stored in aisles or overhead.
Never place equipment and tools on stair treads.
Oil, paint, or chemically saturated rags must be placed in metal
containers with covers.
Rubbish must be placed in metal containers for waste disposal.
Pools of oil or water, acids or caustic, shall be cleaned up
immediately. If this is impractical, it should be reported your
supervisor and guarded by a standby until the condition is corrected.
Floor or ground openings shall be adequately barricaded.
Rags are to be used when cleaning up around compressors etc.
When purchasing rags, they should be of cotton base. Polyester
rags are NOT to be purchased.
All tools should be kept clean and in good repair at all times.

8.2.26 HYDRATE / ICE PLUG HANDLING


Prevention is the best method for handling hydrates. Hydrates can be
prevented and should not be accepted as normal operating routine.
SCOPE AND PURPOSE
Hydrates and ice plugs pose a real threat to both people and equipment if
not handled properly. If proper procedures are not used when removing
hydrates, very large forces may be created as hydrates begin to move,
which can result in serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
The following provides procedures for the proper identification and safe
removal of gas hydrates.
DEFINITION
Gas hydrates are solid compounds formed by the reaction of a gas with
water. Some of the light hydrocarbons that are components of natural gas
form hydrates under pressure at temperatures above 0C. These hydrates
form as crystals and look like snow. In pipelines, they can pack solidly to
form a restriction resulting in partial or no flow. This is often referred to as
line freezing.
IDENTIFICATION
Static pressure spiking on pipeline systems is the first indication that
hydrates are beginning to form. A drop in flow should not solely be
attributed to liquid hold-up; hydrates must be considered as the possible

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 64

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

cause. The same applies to flowing wells, particularly if the wellhead


pressure and temperature are dropping.
A pipeline system should not be run when hydrates are forming unless
methanol is being injected or the flowing temperature is being increased
over a short period of time.
REMOVAL PROCEDURES
Removal of a solid hydrate should be directly supervised by the
foreman/field engineer or his trained designate.
Hydrates can be removed by increasing the temperature, depressurizing
or injecting methanol into the line.
Particular attention must be paid to the rapid vapourization of
hydrates and the resultant pressure surge.
1. Heating
a. Open flames (e.g. torches, fires, etc.) must not be used for
hydrate removal.
b. The use of vehicle exhaust for heating should follow hot work
procedures. The area must be well ventilated due to the danger of
carbon monoxide and attention must be paid to the possibility of
gas ignition. This includes the presence of gas, and the condition
of the vehicle engine and ignition system for possible sources of
ignition.
See OH&S Code, Part 10. Cross reference Safe Work Permits
and Hot Work Safe Operating Procedures.
c. When steaming is to take place, safe steaming procedures must
be followed.
2. Depressurizing
a. The most effective method for the removal of a hydrate plug is
shutting in and depressurizing. Injecting chemical and alternating
the pressure on either side of the plug has had limited success.
b. When depressurizing, the hydrate plug should be depressurized
from both sides. One side only should not be depressurized,
followed by an attempt to move the hydrate with the pressure
drop. This will only cause a more severe hydrate plug which may
exist for days after depressurizing.
c. When depressurizing requires hot tapping, refer to a standard
procedure for hot tapping that is applicable to this operation.
d. Caution must be exercised when a line, where hydrates are

suspected is being depressurized and opened. The hydrates may

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 65

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

plug the line and trap pressure as well as dissolve and release
hydrocarbons and toxic gases under pressure.
3. Chemicals
a. Gas hydrates can be prevented or the hydrates dissolved by the
injection of methanol or glycol. Glycols are not recommended,
unless a specific circumstance dictates, particularly if the injection
point is upstream of any compressors.
b. When pumping of chemicals is to occur, the procedures on
portable pumping should be followed.

8.2.27 MANAGING CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY


Before maintenance work, testing or inspection begins on any machinery,
equipment or powered mobile equipment, all sources of hazardous energy at
the location must be isolated by activation of an energy-isolating device. The
machinery or equipment must be rendered inoperative in a way that could
result in accidental activation, movement of equipment or otherwise cause
damage to a person, property or process. The equipment or machinery must
be isolated and secured at the main source of energy or control device.

Shut down equipment


Block in, de-pressure and purge vessel and piping if necessary. Install
blinds where necessary.
Ensure all energy isolating devices are in off position and attach a
completed signed and posted checklist describing the work to be
performed and the name of the operator installing the energy isolating
device.
Remove valve handles where practical or use energy isolating devices
and chains to prevent handles from being moved. Place Do Not Operate
tags on all valves.
Test Local Start / Stop switch to ensure equipment is inoperative.

LOCKS
A person installing a lock has the only key that will operate that particular lock.
The supervisor may have an alternate key to be used in an emergency. Use
of the alternate key must be documented.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Have each worker or each trade or group of trade workers install their
own energy isolating device on the mechanical lock out clamp prior to
commencing work.

Locks must be removed by the person who installed it when they have
completed their work on the equipment.

Section 8 - 66

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ISOLATION
Piping containing harmful substances under pressure must be able to be
isolated by blinding, blanking or by using double block and bleed valves
providing two blocking seals on either side of the isolation point and an
operable bleed-off between the two seals.

Blank, blind or double block and bleed the piping during repair,
modification, maintenance or replacement.

Clearly mark piping that has been blanked or blinded.

Where two valves and a bleed off are used to isolate the piping,
ensure that the bleed off valve is secured in the Open position and
the valves or similar blocking seals in the flow lines are functional and
secured in the Closed position. If it is not reasonably practicable to
provide blanking, blinding or double block and bleed isolation, an
employer must ensure that an alternate means of isolation provides
adequate protection to workers, certified as appropriate and safe by a
professional engineer, is implemented.

The device used to secure the valve or seals must have a positive
mechanical means of keeping the valves or seals in the required
position and is strong enough and designed to withstand inadvertent
opening without the use of excessive force, unusual measures, or
destructive techniques.
Work in confined or restricted spaces must be isolated from all
sources of contamination. This means that all lines to and from a
confined space must be blinded or blanked before work begins.

See applicable Provincial regulations (i.e. Alberta OH&S Code 2009) for
additional detailed information concerning the Control of Hazardous
Energy.
BULL PLUGS
Bull plugs must be installed in all open ended valves that, if accidentally
opened, could release a product that could create a hazard to personnel or
the environment.

Install bull plugs in all valves that could be accidentally opened.


Bull plugs should only be installed hand tight so pressure cannot build
up between the bull plug and the valve creating a safety hazard when
the plug is removed.

PUMP JACKS
All oil well pump jack installations and dismantling must be supervised by
an experienced supervisor.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 67

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

All pump jacks are equipped with rotating weights that are needed to
counterbalance the weight of the rod string. A pump jack can start to
rotate on its own due to gravity. It is imperative to make it properly
secured by one of the following methods. The brake should not be used
as the only method for securing the jack.
a.
b.
c.

A chain threaded through the hole in the brake drum nearest the
trunnion and then around the trunnion, or,
If equipped, the brake pawl on the brake drum should be engaged,
or,
Use heavy timbers under the crank ends to stop downwards
movement. The brake must also be engaged.

Before starting up a jack pump, the crank guards and belt cover are to be
in place. If there is livestock present, the wellhead should also be
guarded.
All pump jack manufacturers supply manuals that give detailed instruction
for the safe installation and operation of pump jacks. When installing or
dismantling, it is the supervisors responsibility to be familiar with the
instructions in the appropriate manual. All production operators must be
familiar the operating instructions for the makes of pump jacks they
operate.

8.2.28 NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE


MATERIALS (NORM)
NORM originates in some geological oil or gas formations and is brought
to surface in produced water. The amount of radiation able to penetrate
processing equipment is generally not large enough to present a health
risk. However, scales and sludge that accumulate in the processing
equipment may be harmful when the equipment is opened for inspection
and repair. Exposure may occur by inhaling or ingesting radioactive dust.
If workers are going to be exposed to scales and sludge the local field
supervisors should be consulted to determine if NORM is an issue in the
area. If unknown, or if the data is older than three years, arrangements for
a NORM survey must be made.

8.2.29 NOISE EXPOSURE


Exposure to high sound levels and/or sharp impact sounds for sustained
periods, coupled by the effects of getting older can reduce or impair
hearing levels. Noise is a recognized workplace hazard that must be
assessed, eliminated or controlled. Area sound level measurements and
noise dosimeters are taken at various workspaces to identify where noise
levels exceed 85 dBA over an 8-hour work period. If a noise hazard is

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 68

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

identified, the first step is to engineer out the hazard (substitution,


modification, isolation, and/or maintenance) by:

Applying controls to limit time spent in hazard area; and,

Training workers in the proper use of PPE (disposable ear plugs, reuseable ear muffs, and/or custom-made ear plugs for noise-exposed
workers).

Audiometric hearing tests at sites with noise issues are to be administered


by a certified third party. Testing will establish a baseline for all noiseexposed workers and ongoing testing will ensure there are no adverse
health impacts.
Additionally, all new or renovated worksites, new work processes, or new
equipment brought into a workplace must achieve a noise level as low as
reasonable practicable and preferably lower than 85 dBA.

8.2.30 PIGGING GUIDELINES


SCOPE AND PURPOSE
Pigging operations in oil and gas field operations present a serious hazard.
Due to each area or facility having individual pig trap design and operation, a
site-specific practice must be developed. These guidelines will help to develop
a safe procedure when pigging any pipeline for the removal of wax, other solid
deposits and trapped fluids.
DEVELOPMENT OF SITE SPECIFIC PRACTICE
1. When developing a site-specific practice, the following concerns must
be addressed in all cases:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Is this a two man job?


Are sour products expected?
Proper isolation and de-pressurizing.
Characteristics of the fluid to be pigged.
The hazard of potential plugging of the bleed-off valves.
Proper receiving and launching techniques stressing potential
hydraulic shock.
g. Routine inspection of the cap, barrel and seals.
h. Individual marking or identification of pigs and logging with respect
to launching and receiving times.
i. When to make up?
2. In a system requiring pigging, proper pipe internal diameter, full
opening valves, long radius elbows and barred tees must be used
during any piping modifications.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 69

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

3. Where the receiver is vented to a proper drain or flare system, the


barrel must be fully vented to atmosphere prior to opening the receiver
or launcher.
4. Where the cap is not secured to the receiver or launcher, the operator
must position himself to ensure he is not in the line of trajectory of the
pig or cap should unsuspected pressure be present when the cap is
removed.
5. Where the cap is secured through a hinge arrangement the operator
must be very careful of the swing of the cap should unexpected
pressure be present.
6. Proper disposal methods must be used for recovered wax, other
solids and fluids.
SOUR PIGGING GUIDELINES
1. If the H2S content of the oil or gas expected is less than 10 ppm,
pigging may be done without masks or buddy system unless some
special hazard is recognized by the operator.
2. If the maximum H2S content of the oil or gas expected is less than 15
ppm and the line size is 125 mm or less, the operator may pig the line
without using a mask but the buddy system must be used with the
second man standing 15 meters upwind with mask equipment close
by. The pigging should be done masked up if any special hazards are
recognized.
3. If the maximum H2S content of the oil or gas expected is greater than
15 ppm or if the line size is greater than 125 mm with an H2S content
of 10 ppm or greater, the operators shall use the buddy system and
the operator performing the pigging shall be masked up. The second
operator shall be upwind 15 meters with mask equipment close by.

8.2.31 PORTABLE PUMPING EQUIPMENT AND


OPERATIONS
SCOPE AND PURPOSE
Provide safe procedures and guidelines for portable pumping operations.
APPLICABLE PROCEDURES
Portable pumping applications include hot oiling tanks, pipelines and wells
for wax removal, pressure testing of surface equipment and pumping of
chemicals for various operations including wax and hydrate removal.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 70

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WORK PERMITS
An authorized HARVARD representative must be on site for all pumping
operations where a hazard exists for personnel or equipment. A work
permit must be issued for the job by HARVARD representative.
EQUIPMENT POSITIONING
1. The pumping equipment must be positioned a minimum of 25 meters
from the wellhead, tanks and any process equipment. The unit should
be positioned upwind and directed for quick exit. Refer to (Alberta) Oil
& Gas Conservation Regulations 8.090 and 8.100.
2. All fire equipment and safety equipment should be position for use. A
minimum of two 30 lb fire extinguishers must be on site.
3. The unit must be grounded to the equipment to be serviced.
PRE-JOB SAFETY MEETING
A pre-job safety meeting must be held and documented. The meeting
must cover; safety equipment and regulation checklist, a site-specific
procedure encompassing maximum testing and operating pressures, fluid
characteristics, maximum operating temperature, and equipment layout.
TIE-IN EQUIPMENT
1. The tie-in equipment must have a pressure rating sufficient for the
application and must include a check valve and isolated valve
upstream of the tie-in point.
2. Where the pressure is expected to exceed 1500 kPa, or hot or
corrosive fluids are to be pumped, all tie-in lines must be steel with
chick-sans. No flexible lines will be allowed. All lines must be securely
staked.
RETURN LINES
1. Where return lines are used, the specifications for tie-in lines will
apply. Where the return fluids are hot or contain flammable gases, the
returns must be made to a vented tank located 25 meters away from
any ignition sources or equipment. The vent line must be of sufficient
size to handle the quantity of vented gas, and terminated downwind
no less than 25 meters for any ignition source or equipment.
2. All lines must be pressure tested to 1.5 times maximum working
pressure. The maximum working pressure must not exceed the
allowable working pressure of the equipment to be serviced.
3. The working temperature must not exceed 80% of the flash
temperature of the fluids.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 71

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4. While hot fluids are being pumped, attention should be paid to the
effect of metal or fluid expansion.
5. Reference Industry Recommend Practice for Well Testing and Fluid
Handling IRP Vol 4, Subsection 4.0.7.20.

8.2.32 PURGING
Purging is the practice of displacing the existing gas and/or fluid in a
vessel, container or piping system with another gas and/or fluid. Purging is
often used to remove toxic or explosive/flammable fluids and gases from a
system before opening the system to atmosphere or prior to shipment of
equipment. Alternately, before equipment start-up, air may be purged from
equipment in preparation for it being put back into service.
A site-specific purging procedure must be developed for any purging
operation other than routine operations covered by the Task Competency
Manual or other documented standard procedures. The site-specific
procedure must identify the hazards associated with the task and the
control methods utilized to address those hazards.
POSSIBLE PURGING MEDIUMS
Consideration should be given to the use of an inert purge medium.
However, it is recognized that it is not always practical to use an inert
purge medium for all operations. Flammable purge mediums can be
successfully used as long as special precautions and procedures are
used. Depending on the application, commonly used purge mediums are
listed below. Each of these has advantages and disadvantages.
INERT GASES (N2, CO2)

Addresses both, potentially toxic and explosive atmospheres. It is the


preferred method of preparing a tank or vessel for confined space
entry.
The atmosphere will be oxygen deficient. If a confined space entry is
planned, the space must be ventilated prior to entry or breathing
apparatus must be worn.
This purge medium must be purchased and is not reasonably
available at all locations.

PROPANE OR SWEET GAS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Commonly used to purge sour hydrocarbons from equipment to


address the toxic vapour hazard.
May also be used to purge air from equipment prior to start-up but
caution must be exercised because the air hydrocarbon mixture will
create an explosive atmosphere.

Section 8 - 72

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

By itself, is not suitable for purging in preparation for confined or


space entry.

SOUR GAS (WELL GAS)

This readily available purge medium is used at small remote locations


to purge air prior to start-up of equipment.
Similar to propane or sweet gas, caution must be exercised because
the air hydrocarbon mixture will create an explosive atmosphere.
The added hazard created by any toxic vapours vented must also be
addressed.
By itself, it is not suitable for purging in preparation for confined or
restricted space entry.

WATER

May be used to flood a vessel or tank to push out the hydrocarbon


hazards and is a suitable purge medium for preparing a tank/vessel
for confined space entry.
When the water is drained and air is introduced into the system,
caution must be taken since sludge in the vessel/tank may release
flammable and or toxic fumes.
Depending on the amount of water used, it may also pose a problem
in safe and economical disposal.

STEAM

Similar to water, steam may be used to push out the hydrocarbons to


deal with both the flammable and toxic hazards and therefore is a
suitable purge medium for preparing a tank/vessel for confined space
entry.
Steam also has the added benefit of driving additional flammable/toxic
vapours from the sludge.
Caution must be exercised so that workers do not receive burns from
escaping steam.

AIR

Often used to purge an inert gas from a tank/vessel in preparation for


a confined space entry (forced ventilation).
Warning: If air used to purge hydrocarbons, an explosive mixture
inside the vessel or tank being purged will be created at some time
during the operation. Air should NOT be used unless ALL potential
ignition sources have been eliminated. Even then work should
proceed with extreme caution.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 73

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
Regardless of the purge medium used, each presents its own hazards.
Hazards must be assessed and appropriate steps taken.
Depending on the task to be completed, and the purge medium used,
some general precautions include:

Pre-job safety meetings should be conducted whenever nonroutine purging operations take place.
Exhaust gases can be used to test for O2 content, LEL, and
toxicity.
When purging hydrocarbon with air or air with hydrocarbon,
introduce the purge gas slowly. This will help prevent the build up
of static and/or potentially causing any loose debris to tumble
through a pipe or vessel and causing a spark.
Purging should be done as near to atmospheric pressure as
possible, as increased pressure changes the explosive limits and
lowers the ignition temperature.
Individuals involved in purging operations, as a minimum, must
wear the proper personal protective equipment as outlined in this
Handbook.
All elements of the system being purged must be electrically
bonded and grounded.

Considerations for the purged gases include:

The air gas mixture must be considered when purging to a live


flare system;
In some cases flares should be snuffed out prior to purging, or a
temporary/alternate vent system laid out to a safe area.
Potential ignition sources that need to be considered include:
Flashbacks from flares;
Static electricity;
Friction heat (from valve operation or high velocity debris);
Spontaneous combustion at critical pressures and temperatures;
Spontaneous combustion of compounds such as sulphides;
Electrical currents from lightning and power sources;
Closed tanks/vessels must be de-pressured and not be on
vacuum before opening the system.
Consider the corrosive effects of fluids that may be purged.
Consider the environmental impact of escaped fluids, gas or waste
products.

8.2.33 RIG ANCHORS


Rig derricks, masts or self contained snubbing units are either designed to
be free standing or to be secured with anchored guy lines. This work
procedure was developed to reflect HARVARDs practice that all
contracted rigs, with derricks that required anchored guy lines, have

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 74

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

anchors installed and guy lines secured before operation of the rig is
commenced.
PROCEDURE
1.

It is the Well Site Supervisors responsibility as a representative of


HARVARD to NOT approve the start of rig operations until anchored
guy lines have been have been installed.

2.

It is the rig contractors responsibility to supply, install and test


anchors and attach guy lines in accordance with the rig
manufacturers design and specifications.

3.

The installation of rig anchors is a ground disturbance activity. It is


the Well Site Supervisors Responsibility to check for the location of
buried pipelines, electrical cables, etc. before anchors are installed.
Refer to the Ground Disturbance Code of Practice in this section.

4.

Must have separate anchors for escape lines.

8.2.33.1 RIG INSPECTIONS


Drilling rigs, service rigs or snubbing units must be inspected by a
competent worker before the rig is placed into service and every 7th day
on which it is used for as long as it is in service.

8.2.34 SAFE WORK PERMITS


INTRODUCTION
This procedure has been developed to provide guidelines on the use of
safe work permits at all HARVARDs work sites. Each area is responsible
for developing its own site-specific procedure for the use of work permits.
To be valuable, a Safe Work Permit must identify the work to be done, the
hazards involved and the precautions to be taken. It determines that all
hazards and precautions have been considered before work starts. It is an
agreement between the issuer and the receiver that documents the
conditions, preparations, precautions and limitations, which must be
clearly understood before work commences. The permit records the steps
to be taken to prepare the equipment, building or area for work. Also the
safety precautions, safety equipment or specific procedures that must be
followed to enable the worker to safely complete the work.
PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
The site-specific Safe Work Permit procedure should address how the
permit system is administered as well as when Safe Work Permits will be

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 75

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

used. Consideration should be given to the following circumstances in


determining when a Safe Work Permit is to be issued:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

The product being contained may escape to atmosphere.


A safeguard has to be removed or disabled.
A safeguard requires repair or maintenance.
Working on rotating equipment that requires a energy isolation device.
Hazardous chemicals are handled.
Hot work occurs (stand-by person required).
Confined or restricted space entry occurs (stand-by person required).
Vehicle entry where vehicles and/or portable rotating equipment are
present outside of normal parking or traffic areas and/or are in the
immediate vicinity of process equipment.
9. When lifting with equipment occurs.
10. Contractor involvement in the task.
11. Ground disturbance.
12. Sour gas.
Note: The stand-by person will be a qualified individual (employee or
contractor) assigned to the task.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Hot Work
A Safe Work Permit must be issued for any kind of Hot Work. This kind of
work must be supervised at all times by an individual acting in the capacity
of a stand-by person. Procedures have to be in place and implemented to
ensure continuous safe performance of Hot Work. Atmospheric testing
must be done and recorded on the permit before any work commences. If
the Hot Work is of a lengthy nature, the atmosphere must be continually
monitored or re-tested periodically during the job and results recorded on
the permit. Hot Work must immediately be halted if gas testing or other
conditions indicate that the work may no longer be carried out safely.
Confined Space Entry
All confined space entry work must also conform to HARVARD Confined
Space Entry Code of Practice.
Communication
Permit issuers, job supervisors and workers must all be aware of the tasks
that are to be completed and the Safe Work Permit requirements. If the
worker is to be working at more than one location, those locations must be
listed on the Safe Work Permit. If there are so many locations that listing
them is impractical or impossible, communication between the worker and
the permit issuer should be on-going throughout the day.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 76

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Permit Responsibilities
Permits issued where more than one department is involved, should be
issued to the senior person who will be involved from the start to finish of
the task at hand. He/she will be responsible for ensuring proper
communication and that safe work practices are followed. More than one
permit may be required depending on the scope of the job.
Displaying Permits
A copy of an active permit is to be displayed in a conspicuous place. If this
is not practical, it must be readily producible by the permit holder. A Safe
Work Permit is valid for one working day, but if conditions are unchanged
and communication occurs between the two concerned parties, an
extension on the permit may be given. On each copy of the permit, the
new date and/or times must be clearly indicated and initiated. No expired
permits are to be displayed. When the work has been completed, permits
are to be signed off and returned to the originator. If work is incomplete, it
should be noted on the permit when returned. Work permits will be kept
on file for a period of two years.
Blanket Work Permits
A blanket work permit is a special permit that may be issued for an
extended period of time (up to one year). It is intended to be issued for
tasks carried out on an on-going basis by contractors (e.g. field hauling of
fluids) where specific procedural guidelines have been established and
agreed to by the contractor.
Work Clearances
A Clearance may only be issued when Complete control of a site is to
be turned over to a worker. A Work Clearance may be issued for the total
period of time that is required to complete the tasks at that site. The
worker receiving the Clearance is responsible for issuing any Safe Work
Permits at the affected site as may be required by the Code of Practice or
the applicable government regulations. After the work covered under the
Work Clearance has been completed, the clearance must be signed off
and returned to the issuer.

8.2.35 TANK TRUCK LOADING PROCEDURES FOR


FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
a. Observe all posted rules and regulations at lease entrance.
b. Tank trucks must be equipped with positive air intake shut offs.
c. Self-contained breathing apparatus must be used when coupling or
uncoupling load hoses where H2S exceeds the OH&S exposure limits
summarized in Section 7.2.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 77

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

d. External tank gauges are to be used to determine volume of fluid


loaded. Thief hatches on production tanks are to remain closed as
production tanks may be pressurized with sour gas.
e. Lights on trucks are to be shut off prior to loading.
f. Bonding/grounding cables are to be connected prior to loading.
g. Emergency brakes are to be fully engaged and wheels are blocked.
h. Servicing or maintenance on trucks while loading or unloading is
prohibited.
i. Drivers must remain outside their vehicles to monitor for leakage of
hoses, pumps, lines, valves and tank truck levels to eliminate spills.

8.2.36 TIMBER REMOVAL


Workers responsible for logging operations shall plan and conduct such
operations in a manner consistent with regulations and with recognized
safe working practices. In British Columbia, all fallers must be certified.
Workers operating chain saws shall wear effective, protective clothing
including leg protective devices. It is a requirement that all chainsaw
operators have formal training.
Any trees, snag and other objects that might endanger worker shall be
felled for removal. Particular care shall be taken in falling snags and in
working around snags.

8.2.37 TRAILERS & BUNKHOUSES


All trailers and bunkhouses must be located at a safe distance from drilling
rigs and operation equipment and must be positioned upgrade of any fuel
storage facilities. The hitches must be accessible so the trailer or
bunkhouse can be readily moved in case of emergency. Electrical wiring
and fixtures must meet the applicable Provincial Electrical Code. Smoke
detectors and fire extinguishers shall be provided as required by the
Provincial Fire regulations.
8.2.37.1 TOILETS & WASHING FACILITIES

OPX Consulting Inc.

Ensure signage is in place for potable and non-potable water;

Potable water supplies should


manufacturers recommendations.

Lunch room, change room, toilet, urinal, wash basin, hand


cleaning facility, circular wash fountain or shower at a work site
must be clean, sanitary and operational.

be

maintained

as

per

Section 8 - 78

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.38 TRENCHING
Precautions
NO worker shall enter a trench with a depth of more than:
Alberta
British Columbia
Saskatchewan
Manitoba

1.50 metres
1.22 metres
1.22 metres
1.80 metres

Unless protected from any cave-in or sliding material by:

Cutting back
Shoring
Or a combination of both of the above

No two trenching projects are identical, therefore each project must be


considered unique and the following completed:

Hazard assessment conducted


Site-specific work procedure developed
Consider soil conditions prior to task
Work Permit issued, both pre-trenching and trenching
Follow all other codes of practice (Ground Disturbance, Confined
Space Entry, Working Near Overhead Power Lines)
Ensure any ground thawing is done using safe environmental
practices
Ensure the area surrounding the ditch is safe
Review and follow applicable provincial regulation

8.2.39 VEHICLE, MOBILE EQUIPMENT & MACHINERY


All authorized vehicles required in a Hazardous Area are to be listed on
the Work Permit and only allowed on a Work Site after the permit is
obtained. All unauthorized vehicles will park in the designated areas only
and will under no circumstances be allowed on a Work Site.
a. Internal combustion engines (gas or diesel) may not be operated
in areas classified as hazardous by the Canadian Electrical code
unless atmosphere tests have been made that indicate that the
work may be done safely. In particular, precautions should be
taken within 2 metres of a wellhead and 3 metres of process
equipment and buildings. Procedures must be in place to ensure
the continued safe performance of this hot work.
b. Diesel engines that are to remain running within 25 metres of a
potential gas release must be equipped with a positive air intake
shut-off device unless continuous gas monitoring is in place.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 79

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

c. All vehicles on site must be in safe operating condition and


operated in a safe and courteous manner.
d. All mobile welding rigs must be equipped with proper fire
extinguishers before entering the Work Site. All welders and
helpers must know how and when to use such fire extinguishers.
e. Where an operators view of the direction of travel of powered
mobile equipment is obstructed or restricted the equipment must
be equipped with a warning device appropriate to the hazard. This
could include an audible warning device, flashing lights, or an
automatic stopping system. Where one of these systems is not
practicable, the equipment must not be moved in the direction of
the restricted vision unless under the direction of a competent
worker who has a clear view of both the area and the operator.
f. Any lawnmowers over 700 kg require engineered roll bars.
g. No person shall operate any equipment or machinery unless the
operator has received the required training and is authorized to do
so.
h. Mobile equipment must have rollover structures, protective back
up alarms and seat belts where required by safety regulations.
WARNING SIGNAL
The large size of some powered mobile equipment makes it impossible for
the operator to have a clear view around the equipment. This view can be
directly with the eyes or indirectly with a mirror, close circuit television, or
other effective means. A serious hazard can result if the equipment is
moved in a direction that the operator cannot see clearly.
If the operator cannot see what is in the direction of travel, the powered
mobile equipment must be equipped with one or more of three acceptable
alternatives.
a. An automatic audible warning device. The audible warning must
be loud enough to be heard above other noise in the immediate
area. For most equipment this is the familiar back up alarm;
b. An alternate warning device or method appropriate to the hazard
of the work site- this may include flashing/rotating lights, strobe
lights, or other effective means; or
c. An automatic stopping system - this system may use motion,
thermal or other detectors to sense the presence of a worker or
obstruction in the path of travel and automatically stop the
equipment.
If it is impracticable to equip the powered mobile equipment with a
warning device then the operator must ensure that the operator and
other workers are protected from injury before moving the equipment
by:
a. Completing a visual inspection on foot of the area into which the
equipment will move.
b. Following the directions of a traffic control or warning system

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 80

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

c. Getting directions from a worker who has an unobstructed view of


the area into which the equipment will move, or is stationed in a
safe continuous view of the operator.
d. Ensuring all other workers are removed from the area into which the
equipment will move.

8.2.40 WELDING AND BURNING


All work to install or repair pressure equipment will be completed by
Contractors with a registered quality control program. Only experienced
workers are allowed to use welding and burning equipment.
Precautions must be in place to ensure that welding or allied process
equipment is erected, installed, assembled, started, operated, used,
handled, stored, stopped, inspected, serviced, tested, cleaned,
maintained, repaired and dismantled in accordance with the
manufacturers specifications.
Suitable precautions must be taken against exposure of welding (and
other) personnel to excessive ultraviolet radiation, fire, explosion,
asphyxiation or exposure to toxic gases, fumes or dust when welding or
cutting equipment is used. All gas-welding hoses are to be equipped with
appropriate flame arrestors or check valves. All acetylene oxygen welding
units are required to have two flame arrestors.
A serviceable fire extinguisher is to be immediately available at welding and
burning sites.

Before beginning to weld:


a. Area is to be gas checked,
b. Fire detectors are to be bypassed.
c. When welding at a hazardous location, a standby man with an
extinguisher is to be on site.

8.2.41 WILDLIFE AWARENESS


To ensure wildlife protection requirements are met, abide by the following:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Plan and maintain sites in a manner that respects and preserves


native wildlife to the greatest extent possible
Minimize disturbance to the native flora and fauna
Store potential food sources away from wildlife and in an animal
resistant manner
Do not harass or feed wildlife in any way
Ensure all personnel are aware that with the exception of
approved Wildlife Monitors, firearms are prohibited on work sites.

Section 8 - 81

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Understanding the basics of animal life will assist workers to remain safe
and protected from animals. One of the primary ways to protect yourself
from bears is avoidance. If you suspect that bears are within your work
area, it is best to leave the area. Scan the horizon on a regular basis so
you dont suddenly encounter a bear. If you sight a bear, report the
sighting immediately to your supervisor.
BEAR SAFETY

Make noise
Keep food and garbage tripled sealed
Learn to identify bear signs like hair on trees, droppings, and paw
prints
Take note of working in areas of berry bushes and water holes
Do not use a walkman or stereo- must be able to hear all sounds
Carry a bear-scare device
Other Wildlife concerns; cougar, moose, wolf, fox, coyotes, caribou,
deer, ungulates, livestock, dogs, buffalo, etc.

GRIZZLY BEARS
Grizzly bears graze on:

Above ground vegetation during summer


Shallow roots in early spring
Berries in late summer and fall

They also supplement their diet with animals whenever possible


including:

Eggs in the spring


Arctic ground squirrels in late summer
Arctic fox pups in the summer
Caribou calves in the early summer

Grizzly bears den from September to October and emerge March to May.
Dens are generally excavated in the ground and are composed of a tunnel
and nest chamber. Often dens can be found along in streams and
riverbanks, in sand dunes, along hillside and on mounds. The dens are
usually made for one season and then collapse.
General wildlife awareness is a component of this orientation standard.
However, changes in location, seasons and habitat may require expanded
wildlife orientation and or training. Site specific orientations are an
excellent opportunity to review worker knowledge as well as recent wildlife
sightings and behavior.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 82

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.42 WORKING ALONE


HARVARD presently has various systems in place to control hazards
associated with working alone or otherwise. These include Codes of
Practice, standardized procedures, use of personal monitors and
protective equipment, core safety training of staff and use of ticketed
workers. Emergency Response Plan training, and the ongoing casual and
formal contact among workers during the day.
ROUTINE OPERATIONS WITH COMMUNICATIONS IN PLACE
HARVARD will ensure all operators working alone will be provided with an
effective communication system consisting of radio communication,
landline, cellular telephone communication or some other effective means
of electronic communication that includes regular contact by HARVARD or
a designate at intervals appropriate to the nature of the hazard associated
with the operators work.
If effective electronic communication is not practicable at a work site
HARVARD will ensure that they or a designate visits the worker or the
worker contacts HARVARD or a designate at intervals appropriate to the
nature of the hazard associated with the workers work.
This process should be documented, see (Figures 1 and 2 at the end
Section 8).
In areas where HARVARD has a contract operator who looks after
another companies properties in the same area, HARVARD will maintain
their call-out policy. HARVARDs approach will be to ensure good
communication and concentrate on circumstances where the work
location or timing reduces the ability to respond to an incident.
WORKING ALONE SITUATIONS
Circumstances where the risks of working alone are increased would
include such things as:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Any task being completed in an area where communication is not


reliable.
Situations where workers work overtime or respond to call-outs
and there is limited communication available.
Travel into remote or other areas where the response time is
significant in the event the worker does not check in at the end of
the day.
Travel in areas where incidental contact with other workers or the
public is not likely to happen.
Travel by ATVs which would increase the risk of injury to the
worker and communications.

Section 8 - 83

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

8.2.43 WORKING NEAR OVERHEAD POWERLINES


Extreme caution must be used when working near overhead powerlines.
Activities involving such things as high loads, excavation work, crane work
or using gin-pole trucks, creates circumstances with the potential for
injuries, fire and explosion or property damage. The following outlines
requirements when working under or near powerlines and is consistent
with both regulatory and utility company requirements.
The first two important steps that need to be taken are:
1. Notify the utility company and obtain any required crossing
agreements;
2. Confirm the voltage and maintain the minimum clearance required by
the power company.
Typical clearances are:
Operating Voltage of
Overhead Power Line
Between Conductors
0 750 V Insulated or
polyethylene covered
conductors (1)
0 750 V Bare,
uninsulated
Above 750 V Insulated
conductors (1) (2)
750 V 40 kV
69 kV, 72 kV
138 kV, 144 kV
230 kV, 260 kV
500 kV

Safe Limit of Approach


Distance for Persons and
Equipment
300 mm

1.0 m
1.0 m
3.0 m
3.5 m
4.0 m
5.0 m
7.0 m

When working under or near overhead powerlines, the following


precautions must be taken:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Danger Overhead Power Lines signs must be in place before


work commences. These signs are 51 cm x 71 cm in size, 1.8 m
above ground and 7 m on either side of the line when operating
equipment either under or near the powerline;
When work is required inside the specific clearance area, it shall
be performed with the powerlines de-energized. This task shall be
conducted by a qualified utility employee;
If the line cannot be de-energized, the work must be supervised by
a qualified utility employee and requires a designated signaler with
communication;
Once the safe limit of approach distance has been established the
employer must ensure that no work is done or equipment operated
at distances less than the established safe limit of approach
distance.

Section 8 - 84

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

OPX Consulting Inc.

Work in the vicinity of the powerlines must be performed in


accordance with the standards established by the appropriate
jurisdiction.
Be aware when working near powerlines that certain weather
conditions can create electrical charges on nearby facilities and
equipment.

Section 8 - 85

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 8 FORMS
Figure 1: Check-in Procedure Worksheet
Figure 2: Working Alone Check-in Procedure
Fire and Explosion Prevention Plan Form
Fire Tetrahedron
Fall Protection Plan Form

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 86

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Figure 1: Check-in Procedure Worksheet


This procedure can be used for more than one area and for different circumstances.

Check-In Procedure Number: __________

Date: ____________________

1)

Establish who will be the check-in contact.

2)

Determine how often the check-in will be required (every _____


hours). Document reason for frequency selection.

3)

Establish documentation procedure. As a minimum the


documentation must list name, phone number, time of check-in,
expected time of next check-in, and location of individual.

4)

Determine process if check-in not made at pre-arranged time.

5)

Outline procedures for emergency response, including any sitespecific assistance contacts and their phone numbers.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 87

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Figure 2: WORKING ALONE CHECK-IN PROCEDURE


Location: _____________________________

Working Alone
Task / Area

Check-in
Procedure

Date: ______________________

Emergency
Response Actions

Documentation

Areas where communication is unreliable:

Employees who work overtime:

Workers who respond to call-outs:

Workers who travel to remote locations:

Tasks which require travel by all terrain vehicles (ATVs):

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 8 - 88

FIRE AND EXPLOSION PREVENTION PLAN FORM


Worksite location:
Date:

Issued by:

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF JOB SCOPE:

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
CRITICAL RISK FACTORS:
FUELS
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO

Fire and Explosion controls (Actions taken to prevent the completion of The Fire Triangle.)
Have the safety meeting and all applicable permits been completed?
YES
Have all the deficiencies identified in the inspection been rectified?
YES

NO
NO

LIQUID HYDROCARBONS
HYDRO CARBON VAPOURS
HYDROCARBON GASES
HYDROGEN SULPHIDE
HYDROCARBON-BASED WORKOVER FLUID
FLAMMABLE AND EXPLOSIVE CHEMICALS

IGNITION / ENERGY
OPEN FLAME SOURCE
HOT WORK
VEHICLES IN CLOSE PROXIMITY
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
STATIC, FRICTION OR MECHANICAL SPARKS
PYROPHORS (ie: iron sulphide)

OXYGEN
PLANNED AIR INTRODUCTION (ie:purging)
UNDERBALANCED OPERATIONS
VACUUM CREATING OPERATIONS (ie: swabbing)
POCKETS FROM SERVICING OR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT
OXIDIZERS OR CHEMICAL REACTIONS
WEATHERED HYDROCARBONS

Comments and observations____________________________________________________________

Emergency Controls (Plan of action or response to an elevation of risk.)


Can personnel identify and act on changing conditions to prevent fires and explosions?
Comments and observations

YES

NO

___________________________________________________________

Worker Training and Awareness.


Workers have been informed, and can recognize potential Fire and Explosion hazards relating to
the planned activities.
Affected workers have been made aware of this Fire and Explosion Prevention Plan?

Initial

_____

Comments:____________________________________________________________________
Worksite Supervisors Name

Signature

PREVENTING FIRES AND EXPLOSIONS USING THE FIRE TETRAHEDRON

Chemical Chain Reaction


This fourth element is necessary for the composition of a fire.
Otherwise known as an exothermic chemical reaction.
This reaction provides the heat to maintain the fire.
Knowledge of the chemical chain reaction is important in
understanding how to fight certain types of fires.

HEAT OR IGNITION SOURCES

OXYGEN SOURCES or
OXIDIZERS

Open Flames
Hot Work
Vehicles and Other Running
Engines
Electrical Equipment
Static, Friction or Mechanical
Sparks
Pyrophors (ie: Iron Sulphide)
Chemical Reactions and Sparks
Spontaneous Combustion
Sudden Decompression
Compression Ignition
Catalytic Reactions

GASES

Natural Gas
Hydrogen Sulphide
LPG Gases (ie:
propane, butane,
pentane.)
Other Ignitable
Gases.

1. Planned Intoduction of Oxygen


Air Based Operations (Numatic)
Air Purging
2. Unplanned Introduction of Oxygen
Underbalanced Operations
Swabbing and Other Operations
Where a Vaccum is Created
Serviceing and Instalation of
Equipment
Chemical Reactions
Oxidizers and Oxidized Hydrocarbon
Tank Drawdown

Chemical
Chain
Reaction

LIQUIDS/VAPOURS

Crude Oil
Condensate
NGL Liquids
Gasoline, Diesel and
Other Fuels
Methane

CHEMICALS

Chemicals Used for


Well Servicing and
Stimulation
Special Compounded
Hydraulic Fluids and
Lubricants
Solvents and
Cleaning Agents

SOLIDS

Lubricants
Sealants
Packings, O Rings,
Diaphragms and
Valve Seats
Paints and Coatings

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

9.0

TRAINING

9.1

OVERVIEW
Occupational health and safety regulations require that every employer ensure the
adequate direction and instruction of workers in the safe performance of their
duties. Every supervisor is responsible for the proper instruction of the workers
under his direction and control, and for ensuring the work is performed without
undue risk.
HARVARD recognizes that it is important for employees to be familiar both with
safety concerns and with technological advancements being made in our industry.
Employee participation in external and internal training programs is encouraged.
Some of this training is provided through orientations and on-the-job training, while
other training is provided through formal courses. HARVARD has established a
minimum standard that includes a number of core (required) safety courses that
must be completed by all staff at field locations as well as standards for those
headquartered in Calgary and temporarily working at field site locations.
The following outlines all training requirements.

9.1.1

Safety and Environment Orientation


Begin first week and consider:

9.1.2

Personal Protective Equipment


Personal Conduct
Regulatory Requirements
Company Vehicle Care (if applicable)
Contractor Responsibilities
Emergency Response
Work Procedures
HS&E Handbook & Questionnaire

On-The-Job Training
Begin in first days:

General Operations
o

Housekeeping

Safety Precautions
o
o
o

OPX Consulting Inc.

All applicable tasks

Hazards
Equipment
Procedures

Record keeping and sign off

Section 9 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

9.1.3

Safety Training
Personnel must have the appropriate training certification pertaining to
potential hazards in the workplace. These may include:

9.1.4

H2S Alive
Defensive Driving
First Aid/CPR
WHMIS
TDG
Fire Extinguisher Training

Supervisory Training
Those employees that are, or have potential for supervisory positions, shall
receive appropriate training.

9.1.5

Optional and Non-Optional Training


Complete as applicable:

OPX Consulting Inc.

High Vapour Pressure Release Training


Confined Space Entry
Off Highway Driving (Theory)
Collision Avoidance Course
H2S Rescue
Propane Training
Wilderness Survival Training
ATV Training
Leadership for Safety Excellence
Standards for Wellsite Supervision, Drilling, Completions & Workovers as
per IRP Vol. 7, Subsection 7.6.3:
o Wellsite Supervision
o Second Line Supervisors Well Control
o Safety Management for Wellsite
o Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite
o Detection & Control of Flammable Substances
o Well Service BOP

Section 9 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

9.2

SAFETY ORIENTATION
Every worker and contractor who is new to a work site must receive an orientation
to the site. This orientation is an introduction to critical aspects of HARVARD 's
Health, Safety and Environment Program. It provides immediate information that
workers need to know and includes a review of Company policies and other
practices in the Health, Safety and Environment Handbook. A Handbook Review
Questionnaire and Answer Key are available to confirm that employees
understand the contents of the handbook. The employee is required to familiarize
themselves with the contents and then sign the acknowledgement form located on
the back page and turn it in to their supervisor. Individuals will then be issued a
HARVARD Safety Orientation hardhat sticker. The signed acknowledgement
forms and a copy of the questionnaire are to be filed at the applicable field offices.
As part of the orientation, core safety training requirements should be determined
and scheduled as soon as possible.
Following this, a site walk-through is given, highlighting locations of personal
protective and emergency equipment. Company safety procedures are discussed
and personal protective equipment is issued (i.e. coveralls, prescription safety
glasses, hard hats, etc.).

9.3

ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
After the initial orientation, employees receive regular on-the-job training. On-the-job
training is a hands-on explanation and demonstration of how to do the job(s) to
which the worker will be assigned. In addition, on-the-job training allows
supervisors to refresh their workers previous training by repeating information
learned earlier. All workers that are new to a job or work site should receive on-thejob training. It should be conducted when work procedures are changed or when
reviewing safety requirements.
An example for developing on-the-job training is provided in this section.

9.4

OPTIONAL AND NON-OPTIONAL TRAINING

Additional optional and non-optional courses are suggested in Section 9.1 and may be
completed by employees as they move through their training program. These must be initially
approved by the Area Supervisor:
Note: Well Servicing BOP Training
For pump changes, etc. where it is not necessary to mount a BOP or move the
tubing string, HARVARD supervisor does not require the Well Servicing Blowout
Prevention certificate if at least one member of the rig crew on location at all times
has the required certificate. However, if a job requires that the tubing be moved and
the BOPs be utilized, then HARVARD supervisor must have the Well Servicing
Blowout Prevention Certification regardless of the certification of the rig crew
members.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 9 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

9.5

TECHNICAL TRAINING

HARVARD encourages on-going technical training.

9.6

SUPERVISORY TRAINING

Supervisors receive training in overseeing and managing technical work, including pertinent
procedures and components of safety programs. Employees having potential to become
supervisors may be identified and enrolled in supervisory training.

9.7

TRAINING RECORDS

The majority of safety courses are valid for a three (3) year period. It is the operations
managers responsibility to ensure training is kept up-to-date and adequate training records are
maintained. Certification must be maintained in the course that has an expiry date.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 9 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 9 FORMS
Checklist for Developing an On-the-Job Training Program
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire Answer Key

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 9 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPING AN


ON-THE JOB TRAINING PROGRAM
1. Prioritize job needing on-the-job training:

5. Observe work doing the job for the first


time:
List all jobs for each worksite
Review procedure
Identify hazardous jobs (prioritize)
Review tools
Identify most important jobs
Review critical tasks
Finalize list of jobs meeting
Review hazards and their controls
On-the-job training
Observe and coach
Discuss observations with worker
2. Develop standards for each job:
6. Coach and train as required:
Determine regulatory requirements
Test progress with questions
Check manufacturers standards / industry Perform critical point checks
practices
Conduct review
Set time frame to perform job under normal
conditions
List special conditions
3. Develop procedures:
7. Observe worker doing the job
independently:
Include job standards and critical tasks
Allow minor errors
List tools required
Stop only if critical
List special abilities required
Review, reinforce, evaluate, and then
correct minor errors
List job steps

Question understanding of procedures


Identify hazard points and their controls
Choose critical checkpoints
Schedule testing of critical checkpoints
4. Demonstrate job to worker:
Lay out procedure
Lay out tools
Explain procedure
Explain hazards and their controls
Explain as you perform work
Respond to questions
Test worker
Prepare report

8. Set schedule for review:


Follow-up commitment
Spot check
Set performance objectives
9. Continued communication:
Communicate effectively

Page1 of 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE

Name (please print):

Date:

Company:
HARVARD is committed to protecting the health and safety of all workers on our sites. Part of
this commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standard
guidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health,
Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers have
the basic knowledge associated with the HS&E handbook.
Complete the following questions by either circling the correct answer or filling in the blank(s) if
answers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return the
review checklist to your supervisor or HARVARD Representative.
POLICY ON HEALTH, SAFETY & THE ENVIRONMENT
1) Who is responsible for protecting the health and safety of people and preserving the quality

of the environment:
a)
b)
c)
d)

employees
management
contractors
everyone

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS


2) If asked to perform a task that you believe would put yourself or other workers at risk of
injury you should:
a)
b)
c)
d)

carry on as usual
refuse to perform the task
be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task
ask someone else to do the job for you

3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger:
a)
b)
c)
d)

leave the site immediately


go have coffee
notify the supervisor of your reasons
reconsider and carry on with the task

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 1 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

EMERGENCIES
4) Local emergency phone numbers must
a)
b)
c)
d)

not be worried about


be confirmed and posted
be memorized
all of the above

5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a


a)
b)
c)
d)

communication device
siren
flashing light
high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease

6) Which of the following shows the correct emergency response actions?


a) sound the alarm, protect equipment at all costs and then call for medical aid
b) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical
aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so.
c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happened
d) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it.

INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES & DUTIES


7) You must present yourself for work:
a) physically fit
b) mentally fit
c) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard
d) all of the above

8) Smoking is permitted:
a)
b)
c)
d)

in designated areas only


where ever you want
outside of buildings only
beside vehicles only

9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at an HARVARD work site:
a)
b)
c)
d)

to be under the influence of or in possession of drugs or alcohol


to engage in practical jokes
harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.
all of the above

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 2 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
10) It is the Contractors responsibility to:
a)
b)
c)
d)

provide all tools, safety equipment, proper clothing for their workers
enforce all policies and procedures outlined in the HSE handbook
take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors
all of the above

11) It is the Prime Contractors responsibility to:


a)
b)
c)
d)

ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on site
determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positioned
ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid supplies
all of the above

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT


12) Two items of PPE that must be worn at all times on HARVARD locations are:
a)
b)
c)
d)

face shields and leggings


hard hats and safety footwear
safety glasses and hearing protection
all of the above

13) At work sites where there is a possibility for hydrocarbon release, clothing requirements
include:
a)
b)
c)
d)

fire retardant clothing as the outside layer


natural fiber clothing such as wool or cotton as inner wear
nylon outerwear
both a & b

HAZARDS
14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves must be worn:
a) true
b) false

15) On any work site, before beginning any job or task:


a)
b)
c)
d)

identify and document the hazards


identify and implement control measures for all the hazards
both a) and b)
ignore the low risk hazards

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 3 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance, testing may be
necessary:
a) true
b) false

17) When entering a sour location, employees are to ensure that:


a)
b)
c)
d)

H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on location
communication equipment is in good working order
a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be available
all of the Above

18) The term Hot Work refers to:


a) any work that is done indoors or outdoors on a hot day
b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of
ignition could be produced
c) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increased
temperatures

19) What is the maximum acceptable noise level on a worksite over an eight hour work period?
a) 80 dBA
b) 90 dBA
c) 75 dBA
d) 85 dBA

20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task where
there is a potential of a fall of more than:
a) metre
b) 10 metres
c) 20 metres
d) 3 metres

MEETINGS AND COMMUNICATION


21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements are
known and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices.
a) true
b) false

22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following
purposes:
a)
b)
c)
d)

to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and prevention


to see whose been slacking off on the work sites
to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safety
both a & c

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 4 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SAFE WORK PERMITS & CLEARANCES

23) Before beginning any work at a HARVARD location, you must determine if a work permit
or work clearance is required.
a) true
b) false

24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to:


a)
b)
c)
d)

a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been established
a permit that is issued for a maximum of one year
a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the cold
both a & b

INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS


25) Unsafe working conditions found during inspections should be:
a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisor
b) brought up at the next safety meeting
c) ignored because everybody already knows its a hazard

ENVIRONMENT
26) Only supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:
a) true
b) false

27) We must all take necessary steps to prevent spills and control emissions:
a) true
b) false

SOUR SERVICE
28) A facility is considered sour at:
a) 1 PPM H2S or greater
b) 10 PPM H2S or greater
c) 100 PPM H2S or greater
d) 1000 PPM H2S or greater

INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS


29) It is your responsibility to report all:
a)
b)
c)
d)

wildlife sightings
unsafe acts and/or conditions
incidents and infractions
b and c

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 5 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

30) How soon must injuries be reported to a HARVARD representative?


a) before anything else
b) as soon as possible but within 24 hours
c) within a week
d) at the end of the job

GOOD HOUSEKEEPING
31) Good housekeeping is:
a) only a minor issue
b) good to do when you have the time
c) mandatory

WHMIS/TDG
32) Before handling chemicals you should:
a)
b)
c)
d)

review the MSDS sheet


carefully breathe in the vapours to see if they are harmful
make sure no one else is in the area
move the chemicals outside

DRIVING CONDUCT
33) In general all ATV (All Terrain Vehicle) riders must
a)
b)
c)
d)

be competent in their ability to operate an ATV


drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations
possess a valid drivers license for insurance purposes
all of the above

34) Driving incident are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gas
industry.
a) true
b) false

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 6 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ANSWER KEY
HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE

Name (please print):

ANSWER KEY

Date:

Company:
HARVARD is committed to protecting the health and safety of all workers on our sites. Part of
this commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standard
guidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health,
Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers have
the basic knowledge associated with the HS&E handbook.
Complete the following questions by either circling the correct answer or filling in the blank(s) if
answers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return the
review checklist to your supervisor or HARVARD Representative.
POLICY ON HEALTH, SAFETY & THE ENVIRONMENT
1) Who is responsible for protecting the health and safety of people and preserving the quality

of the environment:
a) employees
b) management
c) contractors
d) everyone

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS


2) If asked to perform a task that you believe would put yourself or other workers at risk of
injury you should:
a)
b)
c)
d)

carry on as usual
refuse to perform the task
be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task
ask someone else to do the job for you

3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger:
a) leave the site immediately
b) go have coffee
c) notify the supervisor of your reasons
d) reconsider and carry on with the task

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 1 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

EMERGENCIES
4) Local emergency phone numbers must
a) not be worried about
b) be confirmed and posted
c) be memorized
d) all of the above

5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a


a) communication device
b) siren
c) flashing light
d) high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease

6) Which of the following shows the correct emergency response actions?


a) sound the alarm, protect equipment at all costs and then call for medical aid
b) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical
aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so.
c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happened
d) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it

INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES & DUTIES


7) You must present yourself for work:
a) physically fit
b) mentally fit
c) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard
d) all of the above

8) Smoking is permitted:
a) in designated areas only
b) where ever you want
c) outside of buildings only
d) beside vehicles only

9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at a HARVARD work site:
a) to be under the influence of or in possession of drugs or alcohol
b) to engage in practical jokes
c) to harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.
d) all of the above

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 2 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
10) It is the Contractors responsibility to:
a) provide all tools, safety equipment, proper clothing for their workers
b) enforce all policies and procedures outlined in the HSE handbook
c) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors
d) all of the above

11) It is the Prime Contractors responsibility to:


a) ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on site
b) determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positioned
c) ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid supplies
d) all of the above

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT


12) Two items of PPE that must be worn at all times on HARVARD locations are:
a) face shields and leggings
b) hard hats and safety footwear
c) safety glasses and hearing protection
d) all of the above

13) At work sites where there is a possibility for hydrocarbon release, clothing requirements
include:
a) fire retardant clothing as the outside layer
b) natural fiber clothing such as wool or cotton as inner wear
c) nylon outerwear
d) both a & b

HAZARDS
14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves are to worn:
a) true
b) false

15) On any work site, before beginning any job or task:


a) identify and document the hazards
b) identify and implement control measures for all the hazards
c) both a) and b)
d) ignore the low risk hazards

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 3 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance testing may be
necessary:
a) true
b) false

17) When entering a sour location employees are to ensure that:


a) H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on location
b) communication equipment is in good working order
c) a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be available
d) all of the Above

18) The term Hot Work refers to:


a) any work that is done indoors or outdoors on a hot day
b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of ignition could
be produced
c) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increased
temperatures

19) What is the maximum acceptable noise level on a worksite over an eight hour work period?
a) 80 dBA
b) 90 dBA
c) 75 dBA
d) 85 dBA

20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task where
there is a potential of a fall of more than:
a) metre
b) 10 metres
c) 20 metres
d) 3 metres

MEETINGS AND COMMUNICATION


21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements are
known and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices.
a) true
b) false

22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following
purposes:
a) to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and prevention
b) to see whose been slacking off on the work sites
c) to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safety
d) both a & c

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 4 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL


SAFE WORK PERMITS & CLEARANCES

23) Before beginning any work at a HARVARD location you must determine if a work permit
or work clearance is required.
a) true
b) false

24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to:


a) a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been established
b) a permit that is issued for a maximum of one year
c) a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the cold
d) both a & b

INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS


25) Unsafe working conditions found during inspections should be:
a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisor
b) brought up at the next safety meeting
c) ignored because everybody already knows its a hazard

ENVIRONMENT
26) Only Supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:
a) true
b) false

27) We must all take necessary steps to prevent spills and control emissions:
a) true
b) false

SOUR SERVICE
28) A facility is considered sour at:
a) 1 PPM H2S or greater

b) 10 PPM H2S or greater


c) 100 PPM H2S or greater
d) 1000 PPM H2S or greater

INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS


29) It is your responsibility to report all:
a) wildlife sightings
b) unsafe acts and/or conditions
c) incidents and infractions
d) b and c

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 5 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

30) How soon must injuries be reported to a HARVARD representative?


a) before anything else
b) as soon as possible but within 24 hours
c) within a week
d) at the end of the job

GOOD HOUSEKEEPING
31) Good housekeeping is:
a) only a minor issue
b) good to do when you have the time
c) mandatory

WHMIS/TDG
32) Before handling chemicals you should:
a) review the MSDS sheet
b) carefully breathe in the vapours to see if they are harmful
c) make sure no one else is in the area
d) move the chemicals outside

DRIVING CONDUCT
33) In general all ATV (All Terrain Vehicle) riders must
a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATV
b) drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations
c) possess a valid drivers license for insurance purposes
d) all of the above
34) Driving incidents are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gas
industry:
a) true
b) false

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 6 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

10.0 CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS


10.1 OVERVIEW
Each employer is responsible for the health and safety of their respective workers and
compliance with the regulations for operations involving their workers. The Prime Contractor
(see Section 2.0 Responsibilities) is responsible for coordination of the industrial health and
safety activities of the multiple employers. When an operation on a company site requires the
services of one or more employers, the operator or his representative as the Prime Contractor,
shall be responsible for the safety of the operation and the coordination of each employers
operations.
In compliance with occupational health and safety regulations, HARVARD, insists on safe work
performance throughout its operations, including those tasks carried out by contractors.
Contractors must comply with government and Company safety regulations and must ensure
that employees and sub-contractors are competent to perform their work properly.
Procedures must be in place to ensure that loss exposures presented by the use of contractors
are identified and controlled. This can be accomplished by identifying key activities in the
selection, control and follow-up of contractor operations.

10.2 SELECTION
HARVARD as Prime Contractor, will give serious consideration to past safety performance and
membership in industry associations when selecting its contractors. All other factors being
equal, a contractor with a better safety record, or one taking significant measures to improve its
record, should be awarded contract work over others. All HARVARD documents and contracts
should contain a section on safety, detailing HARVARDs contractors and sub-contractors
safety specifications, requirements and guidelines.

10.3 CONTROL
On the job site, reporting to HARVARD will provide leadership in safe work practices and
ensure that all parties involved are knowledgeable of potential hazards and safety
expectations. This requires that adequate communication be established between the Calgary
office, the field office and contract personnel.

10.4 FOLLOW-UP
Steps should be taken to verify that the contractor is implementing sound safety practices as
required by their own safety programs, HARVARD guidelines and occupational health and
safety regulations. Follow-up on any deficiencies noted, or recommendations made, should
take place. Upon the completion of a contract, safety considerations should be taken into
account in the evaluation of the contractors overall performance.
The criteria used in the selection, control and follow-up of contractors may vary slightly
depending on the nature of the contract work. The following checklist provides suggestions for
the kinds of activities that will help HARVARD utilize contractors in a safe and efficient manner.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 10 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 10 FORMS
Contractor Safety Evaluation

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 10 - 2

CONTRACTOR SAFETY EVALUATION


Contractor Name:

Date:

INSURANCE

Yes

No

Yes

No

A. Certificate of Insurance
B. $2 million minimum general commercial liability insurance
C. $2 million minimum automotive liability insurance
D. Worker's Compensation coverage
SAFETY PROGRAM
A. Has the contractor submitted a current safety program manual?
B. Does the program meet the criteria of the base safety program?
ACCIDENT HISTORY
A. Workers Compensation:

WCB Number:
Statement Date:
Employer Rate:
Industry Rate:

B. Occupational Health and Safety

Statement Date:
Employer Lost Time Rate:
Industry Lost Time Rate:

C. Lost Time Accidents in the Past 3 Years


DATE

DESCRIPTION

D. Medical Aid Cases in Past 3 Years


DATE

DESCRIPTION

Page 1of 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

11.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONTROLS


11.1 OVERVIEW
Health and Safety controls within HARVARD are important for the continued protection of
employees, contractors, and visitors to our operating facilities.
The issues discussed in this section provide the necessary guidelines for compliance, or for the
development of site specific rules and/or standards.
All operational areas must review their existing programs and ensure they have identified and
developed rules and standards for key health and safety issues:
The programs must include:
a.

Storage and handling of controlled (hazardous) materials in order to comply


with legislation under both the Workplace Hazardous Information Systems
(WHMIS) and the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Control Act and
Regulations (TDG).

b.

Occupational health programs.

c.

Personal protective equipment requirements and standards, such as


purchases, use, maintenance, cleaning, fit testing and training.

d.

Availability of first aid facilities, supplies, and the appropriate training.

e.

Site-specific rules and general enforcement standards.

11.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL


11.2.1 Transportation of Dangerous Goods
TDG regulations were brought into effect to promote safety in handling,
shipping, transporting and receiving of dangerous goods by air, rail, road or
marine modes. The regulations deal with five main areas: classification,
packaging, documentation, safety marks and training. Anyone handling or
transporting dangerous goods must be trained and certified.
Goods regulated under TDG fall into nine classes. Some of these classes are
further sub-divided depending upon the natural and degree of the hazard they
present.
Note: The legislation is Federal and is directed by the Transportation of
Dangerous Goods Control Act and Regulations.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 11 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

11.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMS


11.3.1 Hearing Conservation
Workplaces with potential noise exposures higher than the designated limit
must comply with provincial regulations, which usually require a hearing
conservation program be implemented. Occupational exposure limits vary
from province to province. HARVARDs hearing conservation program
consists of:

Employee noise exposure assessment;


Proper use of hearing protection devices;
Administrative and engineering noise controls;
Audiometric testing;
Education.

See also Noise Exposure in Section 8.2.29 of this manual and the handbook.

11.3.2 Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM)


HARVARD is responsible for monitoring production facilities on a regular
basis for abnormal radiation levels arising from NORM. Should circumstances
warrant, appropriate control and hygiene procedures would be implemented
to protect Company and contract personnel.
See also NORM in Section 8.2.28 of this manual and the handbook.
Reference can also be made to CAPPs Naturally Occurring Radioactive
Material (NORM) Guide, June 2000.

11.3.3 Asbestos Control


HARVARD employees, under normal circumstances, will not handle
asbestos. The requirement for asbestos removal or containment is to hire a
certified asbestos contractor, as required. A control program would aim to
keep the concentration of airborne asbestos fibres within a facility well below
the current permissible concentrations set out in most provincial occupational
health and safety regulations.
Before you begin any program dealing with asbestos, it is recommended that
you review HARVARDs asbestos management plan, located in detail in 8.1.1
of this manual.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 11 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

11.3.4 Benzene
Benzene is carcinogen. Exposure to high concentrations may lead to
symptoms ranging from headaches to irritability to death. It is present in crude
oil and natural gas condensate. The concentrations depend on characteristics
of the well. Workplace exposure assessments are required to determine if
benzene is a hazard requiring implementation of control measures. Workers
may need to protect themselves from exposure by inhalation, ingestion and
skin contact. Occupational exposure levels for Alberta are 0.5 ppm.
Reference can also be made to CAPPs publication Managing Human
Exposure to Benzene in the Upstream Oil & Gas Industry. As well as the
developed code of practice on benzene in this manual 8.1.2.

11.4 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT


11.4.1 General
Personal protective equipment helps reduce the consequences of worker
exposure to various worksite hazards. This equipment must be worn by
workers where a danger of personal injury exists. By means of hazard
analysis, each area will develop written, site-specific standards on the use of
PPE.
HARVARD supplies necessary personal protective equipment for its
employees and trains them in how to wear, fit, clean, and store this
equipment.
Contractors and sub-contractors are responsible for providing and maintaining
personal protective equipment for their employees.
Supervisors are responsible for ensuring employees and contractors are
aware of and use appropriate PPE for each job.
Note: Due to the nature of the workplace and the number of different hazards,
it is not possible to cover specialized limb and body protection in detail. If in
doubt about the selection or need for personal equipment, consult with
HARVARD management and/or the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).
Refer also to the appropriate Regulation/Standard:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Alberta OH&S Code, Part 18


British Columbia WCB Regulation, Section 14
Saskatchewan Occupational Health & Safety Act & Regulations
Manitoba Workplace Safety & Health Regulations
HARVARD Protective Clothing Standards
HARVARD Respiratory Protective Equipment Code of Practice

Section 11 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

11.4.2 Head Protection


CSA/ANSI approved hard hats must be worn by all personnel and visitors on
Company worksites.

11.4.3 Eye and Face Protection


Safety glasses must be worn when entering a process building, where there is
a specific job hazard, or when directed by a HARVARD representative.
Goggles and/or face shield must be worn where there is a specific job hazard
(ie: when doing jobs where flying objects could harm the eyes). All eye and
face protection must be CSA approved.

11.4.4 Hearing Protection


Hearing protection for work environments with noise levels exceeding
regulated levels (Alberta - greater than 85 dBa) or as indicated by signage.
The protection must attenuate noise levels to below occupational exposure
levels.

11.4.5 Hand Protection


Gloves must be worn when handling sharp objects or chemicals or as
required by HARVARD representative and/or job hazard. Gloves must
address hazards specific to the task.

11.4.6 Body Protection


Fire resistant work wear must be worn at all times when at a hazardous
location. Chemical suits must be worn when mixing chemicals.

11.4.7 Respiratory Equipment


Breathing apparatus is required for toxic and oxygen deficient environments.
A dust mask for silica protection is also required. A Code of Practice for
respiratory equipment is developed.

11.4.8 Foot Protection


Safety boots must meet CSA Class 1, or ANSI standards. To comply with
OH&S requirements for the oil and gas industry, the safety boots must have
non-canvas uppers and completely cover the ankle.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 11 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

11.4.9

Fire Retardant Clothing Standard


PURPOSE
The purpose of this standard is to establish employee clothing standards to
minimize burn-related injuries liable to be caused by the wearing of unsuitable
clothing in areas where there is a significant potential for a flash fire.
SCOPE
For the purpose of this standard, all wells sites from spud to abandonment
and all Oil and Gas facility sites are considered hazardous locations.
This standard applies to permanent and temporary employees as well as
contract personnel and visitors.
Additional personal protective equipment for the protection of hands, face, feet
and head shall be worn as appropriate.
REQUIREMENTS
This standard acknowledges the existence of two levels of risk:
Level I
Attendance by an individual at a location where:
1. There is no direct involvement in the operations.
2. There is constant supervision.
3. There are no activities being carried out at the location which increase the
potential for hydrocarbon release.
Personnel in this category are not required to wear fire retardant outerwear.
However, they are not permitted to wear nylon or other synthetic, static
generating materials. Acceptable clothing is made from cotton, wool, or
leather. Short sleeved shirts and shorts are not considered acceptable. An
example of someone in this category would be individuals taken on a tour of a
facility.
Level II
Personnel who are in attendance or working at a Hazardous Location and
directly involved in supervision, drilling servicing, construction, operation,
maintenance or repair of wells and facilities at that location shall wear
acceptable fire retardant outer wear at all times and must refrain from wearing
unsuitable fusible fabrics, such as nylon, as inner wear. Long pants and long
sleeve shirts under fire retardant outer wear provides an additional layer of
insulation with increased protection in the event of a fire and therefore should
be worn in most cases.
However, in cases of extreme heat, this may not be practical and under these
circumstances shorts and short sleeve shirts are permissible.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 11 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ADMINISTRATION
HARVARD or HARVARDs designated Field Supervisors are responsible for
ensuring that all work activities are carried out in accordance with the
requirements of this policy. Failure to comply with this standard will result in
disciplinary action being taken.
Clothing must be in conformance with HARVARD policy.

11.4.10 Prescription Safety Glasses Purchase Procedure


1. Prescription safety glasses will be available for all qualifying employees.
2. Frames must be a CSA certified safety frame. The optical dispenser
will be able to advise which frames qualify. Certain tasks may also
require the utilization of side shields.
3. Lenses shall be made from CR-39 or Polycarbonate material. A
scratch resistant coating will be applied to the lenses. No glass lenses
will be issued unless extenuating circumstances prove that there is no
other alternative.
The use of tinted and photo chromatic lenses are not allowed unless
they are recommended by the attending Optometrist.
Note: All extenuating circumstances should be discussed with
the appropriate Department Manager prior to making a purchase.
4. An employee requiring safety glasses should obtain a completed and
signed authorization form from the Area Supervisor, or in the case of
Calgary based employees, the Department Manager. Forms are
available by contacting the Department Manager.
5. Employees may go to any dispensing Optometrist in the Province and
present the signed authorization form. If the services of an
Ophthalmologist are required, the employee should obtain a
prescription form from that physician and to a dispensing Optometrist
to have the glasses provided.
6. Eye examination charges are the responsibility of the employee.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 11 - 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

11.5 RULES AND ENFORCEMENT


11.5.1 Overview
HARVARD has adopted a number of written policies and standards which
govern virtually all aspects of HARVARDs operations. They are designed to
ensure that HARVARDS operations are conducted in a reasonable and
responsible manner relative to its employees, shareholders and the public.
All employees are expected to follow HARVARD Health, Safety and
Environment Policy and pertinent government legislation. Applicable
legislation consists of Occupational Health and Safety Act, Workers
Compensation Acts, Provincial Fire Codes, Provincial Energy Regulations (ie:
ERCB, BCOGC, SER), Highway Traffic Act, TDG Control Act and
Regulations, and Labour Standards.
Management and supervisors must notify workers of all government acts and
regulations as well as site or area specific rules. It is the workers
responsibility to understand and comply with all government and Company
rules that are applicable. Copies of the Policy on Health, Safety and
Environment and The Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles for Worker
Safety are provided in the Introduction section of this manual.

11.5.2 Enforcement Guidelines


In instances where the policies and standards are not complied with, it is
essential that there be an equitable and consistent enforcement and
disciplinary procedure. Safety rules are enforced first through proper
orientation and on-the-job training and communication; and second, through
disciplinary measures that will be taken against those who fail to comply with
them.
HARVARDs prevention program is a positive one. HARVARD has adopted
an approach which places an emphasis on coaching and problem solving.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 11 - 7

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

12.0 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION & PROGRAM AUDITING


12.1 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION
Safety regulations in each province specify that the employer has the responsibility to develop,
implement and maintain a program which prevents injuries and diseases in the place of
employment. To safely complete its activities, HARVARD has a responsibility to:

Develop, implement and maintain a safety program.

Ensure that supervisors safety responsibilities are clearly established and monitored.

Ensure key hazards are identified, documented and communicated in project planning
and field work.

Coordinate health and safety at job sites emphasizing emergency procedures.

Provide visible management support for work of supervisors with respect to safety.

HARVARD is committed to safety excellence in every operation. By working together; workers,


contractors, supervisors and management can keep the workplace accident free. Management
communicates its commitment through the following:

Company Policy Statement


This commitment to safety is clearly outlined in HARVARDs Policy on Health, Safety
and Environment. This policy is included in the Introduction of the manual and is posted
throughout the workplace to remind workers of the importance of safety.

Guiding Principles
Both HARVARD and its contractors have a responsibility for protecting all workers
within the oil and gas industry. Five petroleum industry associations, representing both
contractors and operating companies, have established a set of guiding principles and
has them posted at worksites. HARVARD supports these guiding principles and has
them posted at worksites.

Safety Responsibilities
The general safety and loss control responsibilities required to implement HARVARD
Safety Program are identified in this manual. Management and supervisors at all levels
are responsible for ensuring that specific responsibilities are identified and
communicated effectively to all employees and contractors. These responsibilities are
used to set standards for performance evaluation.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 12 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

General Communication
Company management will provide and assume a leadership role in the promotion of
safety through policies, guidelines, loss control meetings, monthly reports, and other
communications. In addition, a Safety and Environment Review Committee is
established to provide guidance and support to HARVARDs Safety Program.
Management will conduct walk-arounds on work sites to observe operations and talk to
employees about safety concerns. Employees should present any safety concerns to
management during these walk-arounds.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 12 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 12 FORMS
Health, Safety and Environment Management Review

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 12 - 3

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT


MANAGEMENT REVIEW
Contractor Company: ________________________________________________ Date: ____________________________
Address: __________________________________________________________ Phone:____________________________
Service Provided: ___________________________________________________ Location: _________________________
Issued By: Harvard Representative _________________________________ Phone: _________________________

Received By: Contractor Representative ________________________________ Phone: ___________________________

Note: If unsatisfactory is selected, an explanation must be provided in the Comments section. The contractor is
responsible to ensure that all deficiencies in this inspection are corrected.
Management Involvement

Not Applicable (NA) Unsatisfactory (U) Satisfactory (S)

1. Is there a written safety program (company manual) ?


2. Does management regularly tour worksites to observe work practices and site conditions? (When)

Comments:___________________________________________________________________________________________
Records Management and documentation

1. Is all critical data for operation and environmental concerns stored onsite and updated?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Quality Management

1. Is there a Quality Management system and do contractors follow that system?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Communication

1. Is the permit system being used? (ie:safe work permits, hot work permits)
2. Are Loss Control Meetings taken place in a timely manner?
3. Are Risk Management and OH&S bulletins posted and discussed?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Emergency Response Planning

1. Is the area emergency Response Plan in place and up-to-date?


2. Are there regular exercises and training to implement the ERP?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Hazard Identification Control
1. Are Equipment and vehicles inspected and at what frequency? (Show examples and completed documentation.)
2. Is there a system for hazard assessment, reporting and follow-up (written or verbal)?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 1 of 3

Rules and Work Procedures

1. Are there procedures for high risk or critical work? Are they available and used?
2. Are there written emergency plans available and communicated to personnel at the work site?
i) ERP

ii) Emergency Transportation Plan

iii) Working Alone

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Incident Reporting
1. Do you have an incident reporting process?
2. Do you have a near miss/incident reporting form that includes follow-up?
3. Are incidents reported and was the problem rectified the previous near miss or accident, and were management

and workers involved in the solutions?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Training
1. Have you received a safety orientation? (What and When)
2. How often are Loss Control meetings held? (Show examples and documentation)
3. Is the appropriate training in place?
4. First Aid Training
5. H2S Training
6. WHMIS Training
7. TDG Training
8. Fire Extinguisher or Fire Fighting Training
9. Job Specific Training/Certification
Personal Protective Equipment
1. Is the appropriate PPE available and being used?
2. Hard Hat
3. Safety Glasses or Eye Protection
4. Footwear
5. Protective Clothing
6. Hearing Protection
7. Respiratory Protection (For the Nature of the Hazard)
8. Personal Monitor or H2S Detector
9. Communication Equipment

N/A

N/A

Comments: ________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety Equipment
1. Is the appropriate Safety Equipment available and being used?
2. Fire Fighting Equipment (ie: inspected, tagged, accessible and condition)
3. Rotating Equipment Guards
4. First Aid Kit
5. Fall Arrest Equipment (including ladders, steps or stairways, safety belts and lanyards)
6. Bonding and Grounding Equipment
7. Emergency Shut Down and Alarm Systems (including diesel positive air shutoffs and backup alarms)

N/A

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 2 of 3

Contractors

N/A

1. Is the contractor aware of the safety expectations and standards of the Corporation?

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________
Environmental, Storage and Handling
1.

Are potential environmental concerns addressed and corrected?

2. D-58 Compliance (Proper waste storage, ie: filters, contaminated soil and fluid. Show waste manifests.)
3. D-55 Compliance (ie: double walled tanks, tank condition, secondary containment.)

Comments____________________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The following questions must be completed by the Harvard Issuer.


Does this Management Review warrant a follow-up work site inspection by a Harvard Representative? YES

NO

Instructions for Health, Safety and Environment Management Review.


Purpose
1. Harvard representatives hiring contractor(s) are obligated to ensure that the contractor(s) is working
within the terms and requirements of the job of project. The Management Review is designed as the go
see step in the process of establishing Harvard due diligence. The frequency of the review is
dependent on the knowledge and experience of the contractor(s), the nature of the work and the associated
hazards.
2. The review is designed for use by a Harvard Representative with the questions focused in the area of
the contractors work site safety management and the minimum Corporation and Regulatory requirements.
3. The review is designed as a mechanism to trigger a more detailed inspection coordinated by the
Corporation should the results of the review not meet expectations.
4. The intent is to improve contractor work site safety performance in alignment with the Harvard HSE
program
Process
1. Harvard Representative conducts a Management Review for Contractor.
2. Leave copy with Contractor to manage any follow up.
3. Harvard Representative completes bottom section which identifies whether or not the Contractor
requires a more detailed inspection by Corporation.
4. Harvard Representative will forward a copy to Harvard Calgary Office.
5. Harvard Calgary Office will coordinate follow up inspection of the contractor.

PHOTOCOPY DISTRIBUTION:

Contractor Harvard Representative Harvard - Calgary office

Page 3 of 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

13.0 RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND DOCUMENTS


13.1 OVERVIEW
To demonstrate compliance with the regulations, a copy of relevant safety records must be
available including safety meetings, inspections, investigations, and work procedures.
Field/contract supervisors should have copies of the relevant legislation at the work site.
Our work is governed by a variety of regulatory requirements. Safety legislation and Company
rules/ guidelines are designed to protect workers, the public and the environment. Noncompliance with these standards could result in personal injuries, fines, legal proceedings
and/or Company disciplinary actions. Standards should be made part of day-to-day operations
as much as possible but there is some basic information that should be kept on hand for
reference purposes.
There are many facets to HARVARDs Safety Program and consideration must be given to
keeping records of the activities that are carried out in support of the program. Some of these
activities may be easily kept track of in a personal diary (e.g. an informal safety inspection)
while others require a more formalized method. The purpose of the records is to:

Manage an effective program.

Comply with legislated standards.

Allow for consistent measurement against a set of operating parameters.

Provide documentation in the event of legal proceedings.

Provided in Section 13.4 is a list of key records that should be kept, and some indication of how
long, for each element of the Safety Program.

13.2 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE


Changes in operations, procedures, site standards, facilities or personnel must be evaluated
and managed to ensure that safety and environmental risks arising from these changes remain
at an acceptable level. Similarly, changes in laws and regulations must be reflected in facilities
and operating practices to ensure ongoing compliance. All changes that are made should be
properly reflected in the appropriate documentation. This can be accomplished by:
1. Thoroughly reviewing and documenting changes to standards, processes and/or
equipment.
2. Providing support and training to employees who are affected by the change.
3. Reaffirming responsibilities and accountabilities when staff changes occur.
4. Identify changes in laws and regulations and reflect those changes in facilities as
required.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 13 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

13.3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS


Include, but are not limited to:

13.3.1 Company Documents


1. Safety Program Manual
2. Emergency Response Manual (if applicable)

13.3.2 Government Documents


Alberta
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.

Occupational Health and Safety Act, Regulation, and Code


Public Safety Services Act
ERCB Pipeline Act and Regulations
W.C.B. Act
Personal Information Protection Act

British Columbia
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Workers Compensation Act


Occupational Health and Safety Regulations
Industrial First Aid Regulations
Occupational Safety and Health Policy and Procedure Manual
OGCs Oil and Gas Handbook
Health Act Industrial Camp Health Regulations
Personal Information Protection Act

Manitoba
1.
2.
3.
4.

The Workplace Health & Safety Act and Regulations


Manitoba The Oil & Gas Act
WCB Act
Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act

Saskatchewan
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Occupational Health & Safety Act and Regulations


Workers Compensation Act
Pipeline Act & Regulations
Oil & Gas Conservation Act
Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act

Federal
1. Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act and Regulations
2. Canadian Standards Association regulations (ie: Z-731, Z-622)
3. Canadian Environmental Protection Act

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 13 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

13.3.3 General Documents


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

CAPP Users Guide for Permits of Equivalent Safety


CAPP Guidelines for Entry into Confined Spaces
CAPP Guidelines for Respiratory Protective Equipment
CAPP Guidelines for Mutual Aid Agreement for Emergency Responses
Alberta Industry Recommended Practices

13.4 RECORD KEEPING


It is important that a complete record of all safety meetings both at the field level and at the
corporate level be kept on file for possible review by corporate and regulatory personnel. It is
suggested that all field safety meeting records be submitted to the head office at the completion
of each project. Files should be established with retrieval capability on a project basis.
In addition, and probably more important is the requirement to record and file hazard
identification and incident reports. Statistics must be kept on incident type and frequency for
comparison with industry and corporate goals.
FILE
1.

2.

COMMENTS

WORK SITE HAZARDS ASSESSMENTS


AND INSPECTIONS
a. General Safety Inspections
b. Safety Equipment Inspections
(Fire extinguishers, breathing apparatus)

Keep on file for 2 years.

c. Loss Prevention/Boiler and


Machinery Inspections
have been completed, whichever is longer.
d. Process Hazard Analysis Reports

Keep on file for at least 2


years.
Keep on file for 3 years or
until all recommendations

Keep in permanent file.

Keep on file for 3 years.


Keep on file for 2 years.
Depending on Nature of
Document and other Safety
Communications

Permanent file.

QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN (If Applicable)


The Quality Management Plan Manual should
be consulted for record keeping requirements.

3.

MEETINGS AND COMMUNICATIONS


a. Safety Meeting Minutes
b. Work Permits
c. Risk Management Bulletins

4.

ENVIRONMENT
Incident Reports and Spill Clean-up Records

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 13 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

5.

WORK PROCEDURES
Site Specific Work Procedures and
Codes of Practice

It is suggested that there is a


permanent file for current
procedures as well as a revision
file.
Consideration should also be
given to an archive file for all
procedures.

a. Audiometric Test Results

b. Workers Compensation Claim


(lost time and medical aid)
c. TDG Declarations
d. Site Specific Rules and Regulations
e. MSDS

Due to the confidential


nature of these results the
records are kept at the
head office with a copy sent
directly to the employee.
Permanent file.

File for 2 years.


Permanent file.
Permanent file kept current.

a. Approved Contractor List

b. Contractor Evaluations

Permanent file that is kept


current.
Permanent file that is kept
current.

8.

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING

A revision file to track


changes to Emergency
contact numbers, resident
information and mapping.

9.

TRAINING
a. Safety Orientation
b. On-the-Job Training
c. Non-certifiable Safety Training
(Fire Fighting, WHMIS, ERP Training)

d. Certifiable Core Safety Courses


(First Aid/CPR, H2S, TDG)
e. Other Training

Copy to permanent file.


Permanent file.
Keep on file for 3 years or
until up-dated training is
received, whichever is longer.
The expiry date for these
is 3 years.
Permanent file.

6.

7.

WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY

CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 13 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

10.

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS


a. Incident Reports

11.

3 Year file unless an injury or


third party is involved and
then use discretion to
determine if it should be kept
in permanent file.

File for 3 years or until the


next audit is conducted
(whichever is later).

MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION
AND PROGRAM AUDITING
a. Safety Audit Reports

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 13 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

14.0 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES


14.1 OVERVIEW
Operating in an environmentally responsible way and complying with the law are priorities for
HARVARD. Our Policy on Health Safety and the Environment emphasizes the responsibilities
for ensuring that good environmental practices are followed.
As a minimum, all employees should ensure they do the following:
1. Identify environmental requirements for the job.
2. Obtain all required regulatory approvals prior to commencing work.
3. Provide the required equipment and procedures to manage the environmental impacts
of operating activities and prevent pollution.
4. Ensure that all incidents are reported to the Calgary head office. Begin clean-up
immediately and, if necessary, obtain direction as to the proper methods needed to
reduce any negative impact.
Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that environmental issues in their area are identified
and addressed. To ensure all concerns are addressed promptly, supervisors should review
environmental issues at every safety and environment meeting.
The key environmental concerns related to HARVARDs drilling and completion/production
operations include:

Proper storage of hazardous chemicals and products


Managing and reducing drilling and completion wastes
Preventing and controlling releases to land and water
Conserving energy and water
Minimizing releases to the atmosphere
Protecting local habitat, wildlife and other local environmental and
community issues

The following programs have been developed by HARVARD to help manage environmental
issues.

14.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT


Improper handling and disposal of oilfield wastes leads to costly remedial measures. Many of
todays expensive reclamation problems are the result of previous sub-standard practices.
Even if wastes are shipped off-site for disposal by third parties, HARVARD may still be
responsible for environmental problems caused by these wastes.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

DRILLING WASTE
Wastes generated from drilling operations at the lease are divided into non-sump wastes and
sump wastes. The following regulatory directives govern the management of these two types of
waste:

ERCB D - 50 -Sump Wastes (wastes from downhole - cuttings, muds, etc)


ERCB D -58 -Drilling Maintenance (used oil, coolants, solvents, filters, domestic
refuse)

The focus of D-50 and D-58 is to place responsibility for waste on the generator. Once a waste
has been generated the generator is responsible for the waste from cradle to grave. Properly
characterizing, tracking and disposing of waste will demonstrate compliance of HARVARD 'S
Waste Management System with these regulatory initiatives.
Properly managed sump waste includes:

Developing a drilling plan (determining appropriate disposal method)


Sampling the sump (characterization)
Notification to proper regulatory authorities

Copies of all submissions are to be forwarded to the Calgary Office. Submitting forms for the
Drilling Waste Database to HARVARD office will allow HARVARD to demonstrate compliance
and ensure wastes are tracked.
The management of non-sump wastes includes:

Selecting an approved contractor


Completing a HARVARD Waste Tracking Form for Non-DOWs
Completing a manifest for DOWs and regulated waste (ERCB manifest in AB,
provincial manifest in BC, SK & MB)
Submitting these completed forms to the Calgary Office

Completing a manifest or tracking form occurs only when waste is sent off a lease for disposal
or treatment. This form does not need to be completed when transferring waste from one drill
site to another. For additional information regarding non-sump waste, reference the Waste
Management Manual for drilling. For additional information or assistance contact the Calgary
Office directly.
PRODUCTION WASTES
Under the AEPEA, the Waste Control Regulation (AR 192-96) provides for management and
disposal of Hazardous Wastes in Alberta. Oilfield wastes are exempt from this Act and the
Regulation. Instead they are regulated by ERCB rather then by Alberta Environment. Within the
upstream petroleum industry, wastes that would be considered hazardous wastes are termed
dangerous oilfield wastes.
In British Columbia, special wastes are classified in a similar way to hazardous wastes in
Alberta, with a few exceptions. The following are the two most significant exceptions:

There is no exemption for wastes produced by the oil and gas industry.

Any wastes containing greater than 3% oil by weight are classified as special
wastes.
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

In Saskatchewan, oilfield production wastes are regulated by Saskatchewan Energy and


Resources (SER) under the Oil and Gas Conservation Act and Regulations and by
Saskatchewan Environment under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. Wastes can
not be stored or disposed of in such a manner as to cause pollution of soil or groundwater.
Waste Management Guidelines for the Upstream Oil and Gas Industry (SPIGEG Guidelines
No.1) were introduced in February of 1996. SER and Saskatchewan Environment approved
oilfield waste management facilities. They will be permitted for specific types of oilfield waste.
The ERCB is committed to ensure that oilfield wastes are managed to at least an equivalent
standard of care as other industries that are regulated by Alberta Environment (AE). The ERCB
prescribes several policies, including:
Encourage the 4Rs (reduce, reuse, recycle, recover).
Waste management is to be integrated into all design and operation decisions.
Oilfield wastes will be regulated to equivalent standards of other industries.
WASTE CHARACTERIZATION
The first step in managing wastes is to characterize and classify the material. Characterization
is the assessment of a waste. There are two main reasons for characterization; first, to
determine the hazards relating to transportation and second, to determine the environmental
consequences of the waste so that a disposal or management option that appropriately deals
with those consequences may be used.
ERCB Directive 58 provides details for characterizing wastes. Depending on chemical
properties such as flammability, spontaneous combustion, toxicity and other criteria, some
wastes will be classified as dangerous oilfield wastes. It is the responsibility of the waste
generator to ensure that each waste has been properly identified, characterized, and is
handled, treated and disposed of correctly. It is possible to divide oilfield wastes into three
major categories.

Dangerous oilfield waste;


Not a dangerous oilfield waste; or
Testing required.

Directive 58 describes the criteria to classify wastes according to their properties:

Flammability (TDGR Classes 4, and 4.1)


Spontaneous Combustion Potential (TDGR Class 4.2)
Water Reactive (TDGR Class 4.3)
Oxidizing Substances and Organic Peroxides (TDGR Class 5)
Toxicity (TDGR Class 6.1)
Corrosive (TDGR Class 8)
PCB Content (TDGR Class 9)
Leachate Toxicity (TDGR Class 9.3)

Once the waste has been classified, the generator can then decide on the best method of
treatment and disposal. Handling and shipping must be done in accordance with TDG
Regulations.
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Dangerous oilfield wastes are regulated for the transportation by the Transportation of
Dangerous Goods Act and also require an Alberta Waste Manifest for disposal.
WASTE MANIFESTING
Records must be kept of wastes destined for treatment, transportation and disposal. Refer to
Directive 58-Oilfiield Waste Management Requirements for the Upstream Petroleum Industry.
A manifest is a document that must accompany dangerous oilfield wastes when they are
transported. Most upstream petroleum industry wastes will be classified as Dangerous Goods
due to flammable or corrosive properties and will therefore be required to meet the manifest
requirements of the TDG Regulations.

14.3

AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS

An inspection checklist for drilling/completions and construction operations is included in this


section. The purpose of the checklist and sub-section 1.1 is to review these operations and
ensure they are in compliance with regulatory guidelines and industry standards. These
inspections will be carried out on an ongoing basis and contractors will be notified of the
inspection schedule.

14.3.1

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Understanding and managing potential environmental impacts associated with


Company operations is essential. As a Company, there is a growing requirement to:

Demonstrate commitment to the environment.


Identify and deal with the environmental issues related to our operations.
Raise awareness of the organizations environmental policies and objectives.
Inform internal or external interested parties about HARVARDs environmental
commitment and performance as appropriate.

To minimize or prevent negative environmental impacts, HARVARD has established


and maintains a series of environmental programs. These programs can be classified
as follows:

Land Use Management


Resource Conservation
Waste Management

Air Quality Protection


Soil/Water Quality Protection
Risk Management

A summary of the current and required programs is provided below.


For each of these programs, operational controls need to be established to ensure our
environmental performance is consistent with Company policies and objectives. The
need for environmental programs and controls is an ongoing process determined by
past, current and potential future impacts of our activities. Additional programs can be
developed and implemented as the need arises.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 4

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

14.3.2

COMMUNICATION AND REPORTING

Changing regulations are shifting the emphasis to companies policing their own
activities. As a result, the requirements for monitoring, communicating and reporting
environmental activities and performance is increasing. NOW is the time to begin to
build working relationships with government agencies and residents NOT when there is
a problem. Regular contact with local government agencies to clarify expectations and
improve environmental performance is important.
Remember too, the public and other stakeholders have a legal right to be informed. It is
important to let our neighbours know about and contribute to matters that affect the
environment, their lives, families and communities. Neighborly communication is good
business and the benefits far exceed that of addressing any specific problem.

14.3.3

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The programs outlined above are a key part of the overall environmental management
system our Company is expected to develop to deal with specific issues. All programs
should outline standards and guidelines for consistent Company wide environmental
performance including:
1. Identify key environmental issues and the strategy for dealing with these issues.
2. Identify the responsibilities for achieving environmental objectives and targets.
3. The means and time frame by which they are to be achieved.
To ensure the effectiveness of our environmental efforts, a program of audits and
assessments will be maintained to monitor the impact of our activities and our
compliance with relevant environmental regulations.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

14.4

Procedures
14.4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Drilling Waste
Management
PURPOSE
Effective drilling waste management minimizes environmental impacts form
drilling operations and drilling waste disposal.
BACKGROUND
Drilling rigs and service rigs have the potential to contaminate soil or
groundwater by spilling chemicals or drilling mud.
CONSIDERATIONS
The Directive 50 Drilling Waste Management describes methods for drilling
waste management disposal and IL 2001-03 Management of Drilling Wastes
Associated with Advanced Gel Chemical Systems.
LANDSPREADING
Landspreading is a disposal method in which waste is spread over a
predetermined land area based on an acceptable loading rate, and is
incorporated into the soil. Landspreading is usually done on the drilling lease.
Its goal is to dispose of waste in a manner that preserves the soils chemical,
biological and physical properties and protects the quality of surface water
and groundwater.
Typical methods for landspreading are:

Ripping subsoil to a depth of 50 cm (or less), then spreading and


incorporating the waste on-site.

Spreading (squeezing) the waste on-site, drying and incorporating to a


depth of 50 cm (or less).

Applying liquids or solids on cultivated land (off-site) and incorporating


them by cultivating.

Note: Liquids are defined as wastes that have less than


1,200kg/cubic metre mud weight (s.g. <1.20). Solids are defined as
wastes that have greater than 1,200 kg/cubic metre mud weight (s.g.
>1.20). Total waste is defined as Liquids and Solids combined as one
material.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

MIX-BURY-COVER
Mix-bury-cover (MBC) is a disposal method whereby sump solids (and
sometimes liquids or the total waste) are stabilized and diluted by mixing with
subsoil. The ratio of soil to waste is at least three parts soil to one part waste.
The soil/waste mixture is then placed into the original sump or other PITS
where the base of the final soil/waste mixture is at least 1m above the water
table or a layer of impermeable material and is covered with at least 1m of
clean subsoil, and then with the original surface soil.
The goal of MBC is to incorporate waste, (meeting the required criteria) into
the soil below the major rooting zone and above the water table in a manner
that preserves soil chemical properties and protects groundwater quality.
Typical MBC methods are:

Mixing waste and soil in the sump and covering.

Mixing waste and soil on the surface, putting the mixture back in the
sump and covering.

Mixing waste and soil, putting the mixture into a new pit and covering.

Bailing the waste onto the surface, mixing with the soil, and burying
when filling a cut.

Spreading wastes on a surface, allowing them to dry, putting the


wastes back into the sump, mixing and covering.

PUMPOFF (LIQUIDS ONLY)


Pumpoff is a disposal method in which drilling waste fluids are applied offsite onto vegetated land. The waste is not incorporated into the soil.
The goal of pumpoff is to dispose of the liquids in a manner that preserves the
chemical, biological and physical properties of the soil, does not harm the
vegetation and protects the quality of surface water, groundwater and
vegetation. Because it is done off-site, pumpoff allows access to a larger
spread area.
Typical pumpoff methods are:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Pumping through hoses or irrigation equipment (big gun, sprinklers,


grated pipe, perforated hose).

Vehicle application (vacuum trucks, Terragator, wagons, etc.) with a


spray bar or deflector plate.

Section 14 - 7

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

LANDSPREADING WHILE DRILLING


Landspreading while drilling (LWD) is a disposal method in which drilling
wastes from approved mud systems are spread off-site at low application
rates usually during the drilling phase of the well. Drilling wastes are normally
spread on agricultural land using a variety of techniques (vacuum trucks,
Terragators, wagons, etc.) at a thickness usually less than 5mm. The goal of
this disposal method is to dispose of drilling wastes in such a manner that soil
and vegetation are not adversely impacted and the quality of surface water is
protected.
Mud systems presently approved for LWD are:

Fresh Water Gel

Gypsum Water

Nitrate Gypsum Water

Any other mud systems proposed for LWD must be proven to the appropriate
regulatory office by a Microtox bioassay.
Fluids recovered from drill stem tests and cement returns must be isolated
from the drilling wastes and may not be disposed of by LWD. Cement returns
may be buried under 1m of clean fill. Drill stem test fluids must be conserved
or disposed by the other disposal methods.
LANDFARMING
Landfarming is a waste treatment/disposal method whereby a single
application (or multiple applications from one waste source) of biodegradable
waste is made on a dedicated parcel of land. The land is managed in a
manner which allows the soil system to degrade, transform and assimilate the
waste constituents. The landfarming site may be used only once.
The goal of landfarming is to biodegrade the organic constituents in a waste
using natural soil processes in a manner that protects soils and groundwater
quality. Elevated oil contents may arise when hydrocarbon based systems are
used or drilling conditions result in the unforeseen production of
hydrocarbons.
Landfarming may be used for wastes where landspreading or MBC oil criteria
cannot be met. Wastes that require landfarming may have high salt contents,
thus management practices must deal with both the salt and the organic
constituents.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 8

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Landfarming may be done in either the topsoil or the subsoil. Landfarming is


an active practice that requires frequent tillage and application of nutrients to
break down the organic constituents in the waste. Organic amendments
(manure, straw) are added to increase biological activity and aeration of the
soil. Frequent sampling and analysis may be necessary to monitor the
progress of the remediation.
TESTING AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
For each of the five disposal methods D-50 describes:

Testing Requirements
Sampling and Analysis
Calculation of Spreading Rates
Disposal Criteria
Notification

The option of subsurface disposal of drilling waste liquids in accordance with


ID 81-1 has been retained, provided the disposal zone is deeper than the
deepest potable water zone. Other disposal options must be approved by the
appropriate regulatory agencies. In these cases, a detailed plan must be
provided that will meet environmental protection and reclamation
requirements.
WASTE MANAGEMENT

Look for opportunities to minimize waste by re-use of materials or


containers and by using recyclable materials.
Order chemical in bulk.
Return empty containers to the supplier.
Choose non-hazardous materials whenever possible.
Segregate waste for proper disposal.
Waste fluids must be properly disposed of at an approved ERCB
waste management facility.

RELEASE PREVENTION

Inspect service rigs for leaks at valves, fittings, pumps, tanks, etc.
Provide adequate containment for all fluids, including those that can
be produced from the formation.
Do not dump the contents of rig or other tanks on-site.
Prevent all wash fluids from spilling on the ground.

MISCELLANEOUS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Keep lease site clean at all times.


Domestic wastes should be kept separate from rig wastes.
Keep all rig wash and chemicals out of the sump.
Collect used lube oils for recycling.
Oil filters and oil rags should be separated from other wastes for
proper disposal.
Section 14 - 9

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Pick up garbage and place in suitable storage containers on-site.


Garbage should be taken for disposal to an approved landfill.
Use environmentally friendly rig wash and lead-free pipe dope.

REFERENCES:
ERCB
ID
ID

81-01
90-01

ID
IL

96-03
2001-03

Directive
Directive
Directive
Directive
Directive

D-70
D-50
D-58
D-37
D-36

Subsurface Disposal of Drilling Fluids


Completion and Servicing of Sour Wells
Section 3 rescinded by Directive 71)
Oilfield Waste
Management of Drilling Wastes Associated
Advanced Gel Chemical Systems
Drilling Waste Disposal Inspection Manual
Drilling Waste Management
Oilfield Waste Management
Service Rig Inspection Manual
Drilling Rig Inspection Manual

14.4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION General


Housekeeping
PURPOSE
High standards of maintenance and housekeeping at oil and gas facilities not
only provide an attractive appearance, but create safer working conditions.
BACKGROUND
Regular maintenance and upkeep of the general appearance of facilities
improves employee morale and community relations, reduces site
abandonment and reclamation costs, and minimizes unsafe working
conditions.
CONSIDERATIONS
General housekeeping guidelines include the following:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Areas exposed to fire hazards must be kept free of weeds or other


vegetation and any other combustible material.

All releases must be cleaned up immediately and the facility kept


clean.

Garbage should be collected in appropriate containers and disposed


of on a regular basis.

Section 14 - 10

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Surface facilities should be graded to prevent pooling of rain water


or snow melt. Grading or dykes may be needed to prevent the inflow
of water from off lease.

Facilities must post signage that meets regulatory requirements for


identifying the well, the name and telephone number of the operator,
and the legal land description (O&G Regulations. Sec. 6.020).

Wells with pumping units located within 800 m of populated areas


must have a fence that prevents access (O&G Regs. Sec. 8.170).

Oily rags, filters, etc. should be collected in approved containers while


awaiting recycling or proper disposal.

Used lube oil should be collected for disposal at an appropriate oil


recycling center. Lube oil cannot be added to the sales oil stream or
spread on roads.

Waste or surplus equipment, tubing or drums, should be stored in an


orderly fashion while arrangements are being made for disposal.

Oil must not be stored in earthen pits.

Ensure buildings, vessels and piping are appropriately labeled


according to WHMIS.

Batteries must be fenced and posted with warning signs if H2S is


greater then 1%. Near occupied dwellings and other public facilities an
industrial fence is required. In other areas a four strand barbed wire
fence is adequate (O&G Regulations, Section 8.170)

In Saskatchewan, facilities and wells must have a sign meeting


regulatory requirements which identify the well or facility name, the
name of the owner and the legal description.

In Saskatchewan, no produced fluids may be stored in earth


excavations or storage receptacles that are inadequate or likely to
cause waste or loss.

14.4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Historical


Resources Protection
PURPOSE
This section addresses methods that will protect historical and archaeological
resources from any loss or damage by construction of oil and gas facilities.
BACKGROUND
Construction of oil and gas facilities and pipelines has the potential to damage
or destroy valuable historical and archaeological resources that are
irreplaceable.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 11

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CONSIDERATIONS
The Historical Resources Act (1980) is intended to protect archaeological,
historical and paleoecological resources of Alberta and minimize the risk of
damage to these resources.
The ERCB requires a Historical Resources Impact Assessment with some
project applications as described in IL 82-11.
As described in the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act,
pipelines with a construction index greater than 2690 require a formal
Historical Resources Impact Assessment.
If a known or suspected archaeological or historical site is encountered during
construction, contact the Resource Management Program (403-431-2300).
REFERENCES:
Alberta Historical Resources Act (1980)
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act
Conservation and Reclamation Reservation (AR 115/93)

Alberta ERCB
IL

82-11

Preservation of Archaeological, Paleoecological


and Historical Resources Policy Update

14.4.4 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Lease Preparation


PURPOSE
Effective lease preparation ensures that environmental factors are considered
in the construction of wellsites and access roads.
BACKGROUND
Construction of a wellsite, battery site or other site preparation is an important
first step toward minimizing long-term impact of the facility. This includes
erosion protection, salvage of trees and topsoil conservation.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Do not begin construction until all necessary government and


landowner consents are obtained.

All construction activities must take place within the approved


boundaries of the lease as indicated in the field by flagging.
Section 14 - 12

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Topsoil must be salvaged for future recovery and reclamation


requirements. It must be stored in such a manner that it can be
recovered when needed.

Lease or road construction that cannot avoid wet or muskeg areas


should be undertaken on frozen ground.

On side hills with a cut and fill layout, the cut material should be
placed on the downslope side for future recovery and reclamation.

During construction, work activity in stream beds must be avoided,


unless regulatory permits have been obtained.

CLEARING

Minimize removal of vegetation to reduce soil erosion or the risk of


polluting nearby water courses.

Near stream crossings, clearing should employ hand-felling within


15m of the stream.

At the edge of the lease, care should be taken to ensure trees are
felled so they fall within the lease and not onto the surrounding forest
where they will be difficult to recover.

Salvaged timber may only be used as rip-rap in wet areas and stream
crossings with Forestry approval.

Unless special exemption is obtain, all timber must be limbed, topped


and stockpiled for salvage by the nearest timber rights holder.
Burning permits are required for burning of slash and debris.
Adequate fire fighting equipment and manpower must be provided on
the site.

Unburned debris and ash from a burn pile may be buried with at least
1m of cover and the surface area recontoured.

Ash and a small amount of burn debris may be scattered on the


surface if this can be done in an aesthetically satisfactory manner.

Cleared slash and debris must be disposed of within one year to avoid
unnecessary fire risk.

In some cases, it is preferable to save slash and limbs to work into the
surface of slopes as a way to minimize erosion potential.

Note: On private land, permission must be obtained from the


landowner before proceeding.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 13

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SITE LAYOUT

The lease layout must meet the ERCB and OH&S spacing
requirements.

Vegetation must be cleared around flare stacks and other open


flames. However, on many leases, vegetation can be retained to avoid
erosion, dust and weeds, and to maintain an attractive appearance.

The outer perimeter of any dyke must be at least 60 m from any


surface improvements other than a public roadway (O&G Regulations.
Sec. 8.030).

The lease should be provided with drainage runs or culverts to


minimize the amount of surface runoff flowing onto the lease and
berms built on the downslope side of the lease to capture storm water
or releases. Contaminated runoff water must not be released from the
lease.

SURFACE SOIL STRIPPING AND STORAGE

In all agricultural areas (including land that has the potential for future
agriculture), it is required that surface soils be salvaged and stored for
recovery during reclamation at the time of abandonment. (Alberta
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act, Part 5 and
Conservation and Reclamation Regulations, AR 115/93).

Topsoil storage sites should be seeded to prevent soil erosion. A seed


mix compatible with vegetation in the surrounding area should be
chosen. Records should be kept of the storage location.

DRILLING SUMPS AND PITS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Drilling sumps should be constructed on the high side of the lease in


undisturbed impervious subsoil. If local soil conditions are not suitable,
a remote sump or mud tanks should be employed.

Sumps must be of adequate size to contain all expected drilling mud


volume and rainfall/ snow melt and provide an adequate freeboard.

The shape and size of the drilling sump should be selected to


maximize re-use of fluid/water. Several designs are shown in the
CAPP Environmental Operating Guidelines; Section 4.0.

After drilling operations, sumps should be fenced to keep out wildlife


and cattle, and to protect the public.

Earthen PITS may not be used to store produced fluids. (IL 946).

Section 14 - 14

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Excavated subsoil must be stockpiled for future recovery during


reclamation.

The drilling flare pit shall (ERCB Drilling Rig Inspection Manual):
o
o
o
o
o

Be excavated to a depth of not less than 2 m.


Have side and back walls rising not less than 2 m above ground
level.
Be constructed to resist the erosion of a high-pressure flow of
gas or liquid.
Be shaped to contain all liquids.
Be replaced by a flare tank when environmental restrictions will NOT
allow a flare pit.

DYKING REQUIREMENTS

Dykes are required around all tanks containing any fluid except fresh
water.

On leases where the surrounding contours could cause an inflow of


surface water, dykes should be constructed on the high side of the lease
to divert the water away from the site in a non erosive matter.

In some cases, it may be possible to take advantage of the natural


contours to minimize the need for containment dykes around a lease.

Although dykes are not required around pop tanks they provide an added
degree of protection. The pop tank must be maintained empty, must have
a capacity equal to the unattended production and the pop lines must be
self draining to the upper third of the pop tank.

Other areas where containment dykes could be considered include:


o

Around process areas, such as the treater building or water plant,


where release containment on the lease is important.

At a wellsite with a flowing well.

At any oil well or disposal well near a body of water or other


environmentally sensitive area.

Around pumping units, headers and major pig traps.

DYKING CONSTRUCTION

OPX Consulting Inc.

Shall be constructed with earthen, concrete or synthetic material that will


not deteriorate or develop leaks during the projected life of the structure
and will withstand the hydrostatic head associated with it being full of
liquid.

Section 14 - 15

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Shall be sized to at least 110% of the capacity of the largest tank within
the dyke. Larger dyked volumes should be considered at unattended
facilities that have potential for larger releases.

Shall have no uncontrolled opening in the dyke that provides a direct


connection to any place beyond the dyked area.

Shall be maintained in good condition and the area encompassed by it


kept free from grass, weeds or other extraneous combustible material.

Land lines should be routed to terminate outside the dyke wall to reduce
unnecessary traffic over the dyke and to reduce the risk of entering a sour
atmosphere. The load line should also be protected with secondary
containment.
PIPELINE ROUTE SELECTION
The objective in pipeline route selection is to choose a route that
considers engineering, economic and environmental constraints (physical,
biological and cultural) and minimizes disturbance and adverse
environmental effects.
The following steps are suggested for pipeline selection:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Identify control points and other routing requirements.

Identify the approximate corridor within which the proposed pipeline will be
located.

Assemble environmental information for the proposed route from maps,


Company records, and other existing public data.

Contact government agencies, local authorities, and landowners


regarding general concerns on or near the preferred route.

Parallel existing pipelines or utilize existing rights-of-way.

Route around country residential subdivisions, industrial subdivisions and


urban areas.

Minimize the crossing of steep slopes as well as side hills.

Minimize the number of watercourse crossings.

Cross watercourses as close as possible to right angles where approach


slopes are stable.

Avoid, where possible, environmentally sensitive areas such as critical


wildlife areas, natural areas, parks, archaeological or historical sites.

Section 14 - 16

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

OPX Consulting Inc.

Avoid, where feasible, special land use areas.

Minimize the crossings of muskegs, wetlands, lakes and sloughs.

Avoid, where feasible, farm buildings, farmsteads, well sites, aquifer


recharge areas and shelterbelts.

Cross road and rail lines at or near right angles.

Consider landowner requests.

Construction activities shall be confined to the allotted right-of-way and


traffic shall be restricted to existing roads, the right-of-way and approved
shoo-flies.

Construction and clean-up shall be completed as quickly as possible and


the distance between front-end and back-end operations shall be kept to a
minimum.

All construction garbage shall be continuously collected and disposed of


at an approved facility.

Activities should be scheduled to avoid adverse environmental effects and


interference with landowners activities.

Construction activities should be designed and carried out in a manner


that minimizes environmental effects, including visual impacts, on and
adjacent to the right-of-way.

For successful reclamation, disturbance should be minimized.

The reconstructed right-of-way should conform to, or blend into, the


surrounding land unless otherwise approved by the regulatory authorities
and the landowner.

Right-of-way boundaries shall be clearly marked so that construction


vehicles will not trespass off the right-of-way and that soil handling, tree
clearing and slash disposal are carried out in a manner which minimizes
impacts.

The objectives of clearing is to create a right-of-way while minimizing


erosion potential, disturbance of adjacent forest cover, and loss of
merchantable timber.

In Saskatchewan, right-of-way width will usually be restricted to 15


meters. Slash must be contained in the 15 m right-of-way and not pushed
into off right-of-way areas.

Section 14 - 17

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CAMPS, SEWAGE AND STORAGE

Camps should be located in the prevailing upwind direction.

Provision must be made for the containment and acceptable disposal


of garbage and sewage.

Temporary fuel storage locations must be surrounded by an


impervious dyke with sufficient capacity to contain the volume of the
tank(s).

REFERENCES:
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Regulations
Conservation and Reclamation Regulations (AR 115/93)
Conservation and Reclamation Information Letter,
Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and Associated Facilities
(C&R/IL/94-1)
ERCB
IL
2001-05 Construction of a Wellsite Prior to the Issuance of a Well
License
IL
94-6
Discharge of Produced Liquids to Earthen Structures

14.4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Noise Control


PURPOSE
This section discusses methods that will ensure facilities operate in
compliance with appropriate noise control regulations and standards.
BACKGROUND
Noise from pump stations or compressors can be a nuisance to surrounding
residents. This can be avoided by incorporating acoustic design features in
accordance with current ERCB regulations. As well, the ERCB requires
operators to respond to noise complaints from residents and undertake noise
surveys or mitigation measures to respond to these complaints.
CONSIDERATIONS
The ERCB has issued ID 99-8, Noise Control Directive. The Users Directive
D-38 is available to explain the technical details. The directive is not intended
to guarantee that a resident will not hear any sound from oil and gas facilities.
The aim is to preserve the quality of life for neighbours of such facilities. The
allowable sound levels are not specified at the facility but the nearest
residence. Even for facilities with no dwellings nearby, uncontrolled sound
generation will not be allowed.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 18

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

If new dwellings are constructed near existing facilities, the operator may be
required to retrofit the equipment to meet applicable sound levels.
This interim directive applies to all facilities under the jurisdiction of the ERCB.
It applies to both new and existing facilities and to temporary and permanent
facilities. A noise impact statement may be required for new facilities or for
expansion to existing facilities.
The permissible sound level is the maximum sound level to which a facility
must be designed. If a noise-related complaint is received, the comprehensive
sound level must be measured and compared to the permissible sound level.
The comprehensive sound level is determined by conducting a continuous
sound monitoring survey for a 6 or a 24 hour period.
The permissible sound level can be determined following the procedures
described in the directive. It reflects a basic sound level which depends on
population density and is adjusted for a number of factors including a daytime
adjustment, seasonal adjustment, whether the facility is permanent or
temporary and some other factors. In no case is it less than 40 dBa or more
than 66 dBa.
HEARING PROTECTION
Noise is unwanted sound. Noise can prevent people from performing at
optimum levels. At high level it can cause hearing damage. There are
regulations to control noise levels in the work environment and to control the
noise resulting from industrial activities that may affect the public.
The human ear can hear sound over a wide range of sound pressure levels.
The unit of measurement commonly used is the decibel (dB), which is usually
expressed on the A scale which attempts to represent the way a human ear
hears different sounds. In addition to the sound level measured at any instant
in time, dBA, the average noise level over a six or 24 hour time period can be
measured to provide an average noise level. This is called the equivalent
sound level (Leq).
Some typical sound levels of familiar sources are:
SOURCE

Quiet Office
Quiet Street
Noisy Office
Highway Traffic at 15 m
Tractor at 15 m
Freight Train at 15 m
Jet Taking Off at 600 m
Air Raid Siren

OPX Consulting Inc.

SOUND LEVEL
(dBA)
40
50
60
75
80 to 95
95
100
130

Section 14 - 19

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

At oil and gas facilities, the common noise sources are large engines and
compressors. Noise levels are a potential concern to employees working in
the vicinity of the equipment and to neighbours who could be disturbed by the
noise. This environmental standard focuses primarily on the effect of noise on
the public.
GUIDELINES

Operators should discuss noise matters with area residents during the
design, construction and operating phases of an energy facility.

Permanent facilities are defined as those that will be at a location for


longer than two months.

These requirements also apply to drilling and service rigs. They are
considered temporary if they will be on location less than two months.

For drilling rigs and service rigs, the responsibility for noise control
belongs to the well licensee.

REFERENCES:
ERCB
ID
Directive

99-8
D-38

Noise Control Directive


Noise Control Directive User Guide

14.4.6 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Site Selection


PURPOSE
To ensure environmental and community relations issues are included in
selecting the location for well-sites, access road and other facility sites.
BACKGROUND
The location of a wellsite, access road or other oil and gas facilities can have
long term implications on environmental protection, operating efficiency and
community relations. The factors to consider in choosing the location for
wellsites and facilities include:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Environmental factors such as terrain damage, soil quality, vegetation


disturbance, surface soil stripping and storage, protection of water
quality, disturbance of drainage patterns, aquatic habitat, wildlife
impact, wind exposure, and seasonal weather conditions.

Public impacts such as landscape, noise, odours and traffic.

Safety of the public, employees and wildlife, and protection of


company and public property.
Section 14 - 20

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Operational efficiencies which can be enhanced by the choice of


access and site layout including such factors as proximity to existing
infrastructure, road quality and grade, landscape and common access.

Regulatory requirements relating to spacing restrictions, setback


disturbances, noise guide-lines, seasonal restrictions, separation
distances, wildlife restrictions, disposal of waste products and
reclamation requirements.

CONSIDERATIONS
Selection and construction of lease sites and pipeline routes involve
consideration of many aspects of the ERCB and Alberta Environment
Regulations, Interim Directives and Informational Letters. The approval of the
location of an oil and gas facility begins with application to the ERCB for a
Well License. In parallel, surface approval must be obtained from the
landowner (White Zone) or Land and Forest Services or Public Lands (Green
Zone).
TERRAIN FACTORS

Locations must be 100 m from any surface improvement or 40 m from


a surveyed roadway or road allowance. Special circumstances may
be permitted by the ERCB for lesser distances (O&G Regulations.
Sec. 2.110)

Maximum advantage should be taken of natural topography and


drainage patterns to reduce the amount of ditching and berm
construction for erosion control. Sites on level ground are preferred so
the need for cut and fill can be minimized.

Areas of muskeg or with a high water table should be avoided if


possible. Winter construction under frozen muskeg conditions is
recommended. The use of geotextile material should also be
considered.

Sites within areas of Native Prairie (roughly the area east and south
of Red Deer) require special land preservation techniques (IL-96-9).

VEGETATION IMPACTS

OPX Consulting Inc.

The lease layout should preserve vegetation where possible without


violating minimal spacing requirements and safety criteria.

Sites and access roads should be chosen to minimize impact on


agricultural operations.

Section 14 - 21

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WILDLIFE CONCERNS

Sites for winter operations in many forested areas may face activity
restrictions to reduce disturbance to large mammals. Check with local
Fish and Wildlife Officers for restrictions.

Harassment of wildlife and illegal possession of firearms is prohibited.

Consideration should be given to the use of doglegs on pipelines at


the edge of the road allowance to minimize the line of sight.

Survey crews should be instructed to avoid long lines-of-sight that


cause interference with wildlife movement patterns.

PROTECTION OF STREAMS AND AQUATIC HABITAT

Wells must be 100 m from the high water mark of a river, stream or
waterbody (O&G Regulations Sec. 2.12).

Construction or pipeline or road crossings of permanent streams


generally requires a Water Resources Permit. Consult local Fish
and Wildlife Officers.

Sites should be chosen which reduce the threat of erosion or releases


into nearby streams or waterbodies.

At stream crossings, timber should be hand-felled away from the


stream.

Contact local Fish and Wildlife Officers concerning beaver dam


removal.

Most fish bearing streams have construction restrictions during specific


times of the year depending on the fish species in the watershed. (See
CAPP Environmental Operating Guidelines for Alberta).

Disruption of natural water flow should be minimized if possible by the use


of culverts, drainage runs or changing the access route.

POTENTIAL IMPACTS TO RESIDENTS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Wellsites or facility locations for sour gas operations face many


restrictions. Setback distances are described in GB 99-04 and ERCB
EnerFaq No. 5. Consideration must be given to the size of Emergency
Planning Zones and preparations of Emergency Response Plans (GB 9904, D-71, D-56 and IL 95-07).

Operators are required to have early and thorough consultation with


landowners and other nearby residents which may be affected by the
operation.
Section 14 - 22

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Before looking for a location for a new gas plant, operators are required by
the ERCB to look for existing processing capacity in the local area to
avoid unnecessary proliferation of gas plants.

Applicants for new wells and production facilities are required to advise
the Rural Authority of their intent to apply for ERCB approval. Similarly,
for locations within 1.5 km of the corporate limits of an urban center, the
applicant must advise the Urban Authority.

Wellsites with a pumpjack that are within 800 m of residences,


incorporated areas or other centers of human activity will require a secure
fence (O&G Reg. Sec. 8.170).

Visual appearance, landscaping, water drainage and other factors in


populated areas will improve public acceptance.

LOCATION OF ROADS

Following site selection, the operator must acquire a well license and a
surface lease from the landowner or the Crown before beginning
construction.

New roads should be located to take maximum advantage of existing cut


lines and cleared areas.

Stream crossings should be oriented at a 90 angle to minimize bank


disturbance.

Roads should be located a minimum of 100 m from streams or other


waterbodies.

Surveyors should place flagging at lease or right-of-way boundaries to


ensure all construction work takes place within the approved area.

MISCELLANEOUS LOCATION FACTORS

OPX Consulting Inc.

Drilling locations should be chosen with a view toward minimizing the


impact of noise from drilling or permanent facilities.

In areas where there is the potential for disturbance to archaeological or


historical resources by lease or road construction, clearance is required
from Archaeological Survey of Alberta.

Well licenses within 5 km of a lighted airport or 1.6 km of an unlighted


airstrip must first be referred to Transport Canada.

The ERCB recommends that an applicant for approval of a surface facility


confirm that the parcel of land is not underlain by an abandoned coal
mine. The information is available from the ERCBs Information
Services, Coal Mine Atlas (IL-91-13).

Section 14 - 23

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

REFERENCES:
Oil and Gas Conservation Act
Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations
Pipeline Act
Pipeline Regulations
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Regulations (AR
115/93)
Conservation and Reclamation Regulations

Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and Associated Facilities


(Alberta Environment C&R/IL 95-3)

Guide for Pipelines Pursuant to Alberta Environmental


Protection and Enhancement Act March, 1994) (Alberta
Environment C&R/IL 94-1).

Public Consultation Guidelines for the Canadian Petroleum Industry,


The Canadian Petroleum Association (October, 1989).
Alberta Environment
Conservation and Reclamation Information Letters

OPX Consulting Inc.

C&R/IL

94-1

Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and


Associated Facilities (replaced by IL 95-3)

C&R/IL

94-2

Conservation and Reclamation Notice

C&R/IL

94-3

Certification Requirements for Wellsites with


No Surface Disturbance (Surveyed only)

C&R/IL

94-4

Burial of Material on Lease

C&R/IL

94-5

Environmental
Pipelines

C&R/IL

94-6

Environmental Protection Guidelines for Oil


Production Site (Heavy Oil)

C&R/IL

94-7

Questions About the Reclamation Criteria for


Wellsites and Associated
Facilities
(replaced by IL 95-3)

C&R/IL

95-1

Conservation and Reclamation Code of


Practice for Alberta

Protection

Guidelines

for

Section 14 - 24

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

C&R/IL

95-2

Environmental Protection Guidelines


Electric Transmission Lines

for

C&R/IL

95-3

Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites


Associated Facilities 1995 Update

and

ERCB
ID

ID
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL

Directive
Directive
Directive

81-3

Minimum Distance Requirements Separating


New Sour Gas Facilities from Residential
and Other Developments.
99-8
Noise Control Directive
90-21
Oil and Gas Development Rumsey Block
91-13
Impact of Abandonment on Coal Mines on
Surface Developments
96-09
Revised
Guidelines
for
Minimizing
Disturbance on Native Prairie Areas
94-17
Notification
of
Pipeline
Project
to
Conservation and Reclamation Inspectors
95-07
Subdivision and Development Regulation
Requirements
2001-05 Construction of a Wellsite Prior to the
Issuance of a Well License
2002-01 Principles for Minimizing Surface Disturbance
in Native Prairie & Parkland Areas
D-13
D-38
D-56

Pipeline Information System Users Manual


Noise Control Directive User Guide
Energy
Development
Applications
&
Schedules

14.4.7 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Release Site


Response & Reclamation
RELEASE RESPONSE
The first priorities after discovering a Release are to protect the safety of
all personnel and public, minimize damage to the environment and control
costs associated with loss of product or equipment. The key actions to
take immediately following a release are:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Assess the safety of the situation (including surrounding public).

Remove sources of ignition; if safe to do so.

Approach release site from up-wind side is possible. Positive


Pressure Breathing Apparatus (PPBA) to be worn in H2S release
area until such time as atmospheric tests prove the area safe.

Shut in the source of the release; if safe to do so.


Section 14 - 25

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Information regarding the hazards of chemicals handled on-site


can be round in the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) located
in the Area Office.

Notify supervisor. The senior employee or company representative


on-site is responsible to initiate the notification and responses
procedures.

Implement Site Emergency Response Plan and Corporate ERP


if required.

Begin containment process (dykes, booms, etc.) Conduct pre-job


safety meeting.

Notify Government authorities, landowners, etc. (See section 3.02


or the Loss Management Manual E.P).

Begin recovery process (vacuum trucks, etc.) Conduct pre-job


safety meeting prior to beginning recovery.

Obtain assistance from appropriate oil release Co-op or


consultants for clean up and reclamation as required.

Report all releases on HARVARD Incident/Near Miss Report


Form.

PURPOSE
Proper site maintenance and reclamation procedures will reduce the impact of
oil and salt water releases on land surrounding oil and gas facilities.
BACKGROUND
Both oil and produced salt water can be toxic to vegetation and cause
damage to soils. Most produced water is high in salts, largely sodium chloride
(NaCl), which can cause significant long term damage to soils. In fact, salt
water releases can be much more damaging to soils than hydrocarbon
releases since oil is biodegradable and the site usually can be reclaimed
within a year or two. Without prompt action, releases of produced water can
take much longer to reclaim.
CONSIDERATIONS
The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations (Section 8.050) and the Pipeline
Regulations (Section 54) require that the operator take immediate steps to
contain and clean up releases.
The Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act states that An
operator must conserve and reclaim specified land and secure a reclamation
certificate in respect of the conservation and reclamation. The regulations
accompanying the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 26

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

define specified lands as sites occupied by wells, pipelines and plants. The
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act also has provisions
for enforcement whereby orders can be given for clean-up of adversely
affected sites.
SITE ASSESSMENT
After as much fluid as possible has been recovered and the site is safe to
work on, reclamation activities can begin. Hot water is often used to flush oil
into collection trenches, berms or bellholes. Caution should be exercised with
hot water since it could increase the flammable vapour concentrations or
cause the release of hydrogen sulphide. IF THERE IS SALT WATER
ASSOCIATED WITH THE RELEASE, DO NOT FLUSH WITH WATER. See
Salt Water Releases.
Releases that are contained entirely within the lease do not usually require
immediate reclamation of the soil for plant growth. In this case, the
contaminated soil should be excavated and the area repaired with clean fill or
gravel. The contaminated soil can be sent to an approved waste management
facility or treated on site by landfarming.
For off-lease releases, it is usually necessary to restore the chemical and
physical properties of the soil to allow crops or native vegetation to reestablish. This can often be accomplished by adding the appropriate soil
amendments and allowing the natural micro-organisms in the soil to
decompose the residual oil. A reclamation program should begin with a site
assessment to establish the extent of contamination and to use the results of
soil analysis to develop a reclamation plan. This information should be
documented for submission to regulatory officials and to keep track of the
work since it usually takes several years to completely restore the site.
Some suggestions for site assessment include the following:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Make a sketch of the site, take photographs, and make notes of the
surrounding terrain conditions and nearest watercourses.

Collect a sample of the released water.

Keep a record of released and recovered volumes, disposal methods,


soil treatments and other reclamation work.

For a salt water release, it may be valuable to conduct an


electromagnetic soil conductivity survey to define the contamination
boundaries.

Samples should be taken from the surface soil, at the 10 cm depth


(and deeper if necessary to get below the contamination) and from the
adjacent field in an uncontaminated area as a control sample. The
control sample should be collected first so the sampling shovel or
auger is not contaminated.

Section 14 - 27

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

The samples should be analyzed for pH, electrical conductivity,


chlorides, sulphates, nutrients, oil percentage, gypsum requirement,
lime requirement and fertilizer recommendations.

OIL RELEASES
For oil releases on water, specialized equipment (booms, skimmers, etc.) can
be obtained from the nearest co-op equipment unit or from the PROSCARAC
trailer. These units also have a variety of general purpose equipment for
release clean-up. Consult the Oil Spill Co-Op Manual for techniques to
contain and clean-up oil releases, and Oil Spills Cooperatives for a listing of
Cooperatives in Western Canada.
The local office of the ERCB should be contacted for approval of a release
reclamation project. It is very important to work with the landowner to
understand his requirements for that seasons land use and his long term
plans.
There are a variety of factors to consider in designing the reclamation plan for
an oil release. In most cases, it is possible to spread the oil contaminated soil
on the surface and add fertilizer to encourage natural decomposition.
Generally the maximum oil loading rate in the surface soil should be in the
order of three to five percent. A temporary fence may be needed to keep out
stock. In most cases, the area should not be seeded unless the oil
concentration is less than one percent.
Manure and fertilizer should be worked into the soil and tilled every three or
four weeks. Lime will probably be needed to correct the pH and generally the
laboratory can recommend the required addition rates. Once the oil
concentration has been degraded to less than one percent, the site can be
revegetated.
SALT WATER RELEASES
After as much fluid as possible has been recovered, soil remediation should
begin IMMEDIATELY. This is of the utmost importance for salt water
releases. ON AGRICULTURAL LANDS, DO NOT FLUSH WITH WATER AS
THIS IS DETRIMENTAL TO THE SOIL. Flush with a diluted solution of
calcium nitrate as soon as possible. Caution should be used to ensure that
calcium nitrate does not contaminate any surface water. Gypsum can be used
after the initial application of calcium nitrate to make further calcium available
to the soil.
On forest soils, water can be used to flush released fluid toward ditches and
bellholes where it can be recovered.
On agricultural soils, a source of calcium should be added immediately after
fluid recovery is complete.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 28

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

In summer, broadcast calcium nitrate at 1000 kg/ha to the surface of the


release before the area dries. Subsequently apply gypsum at 5 tonnes/ha and
incorporate it into the soil as soon as conditions permit.
In winter, the frozen soil may result in runoff of the nitrate which could be toxic,
so only gypsum should be added to frozen soil.
On forest soils, immediate water flushing and the use of ditches and bellholes
to recover fluids is recommended. On well-drained forest soils, flushing with
calcium nitrate may also be beneficial in removing salts. Again, caution should
be exercised to ensure that surface water will not be contaminated. When the
concentration of salt (chloride) has been reduced by flushing to 700 ppm,
recovery operations can usually be stopped and reclamation of the area can
begin.
PIPELINE REPAIRS
Hydrocarbon contaminated soil that is excavated during a pipeline repair
should be treated on the surface and not returned to the pipeline excavation
or bellhole. All contaminated soil should be excavated when the line break is
exposed. If the subsoil is contaminated by salts (produced water), gypsum
should be mixed with the backfill.
DEBRIS DISPOSAL
Contaminated soil from an oil release clean-up can be sent to an approved
waste management facility or preferably treated on-site by landfarming. Oilsoaked vegetation, solvent and rags from the release can be burned in the air
curtain incinerator available from PROSCARAC. Contact the local Oil Spill
Cooperative. Permission for disposal by incineration is required by the
ERCB.
GOVERNMENT INSPECTIONS
All HARVARDs facilities are subject to inspection. A government
inspector may call in advance to advise of their planned visit or their arrival
may be unexpected. It is important that employees be aware of their
responsibilities to cooperate with the inspectors and avoid statements or
actions that may incriminate themselves or HARVARD.
Generally, an inspection is a review by the regulators for the purpose of
ensuring technical compliance with approvals or legislative standards. An
investigation is used by the government to gather sufficient information
to support a change and conviction.
Safety and environmental inspectors and investigators have quite broad
powers for warrantless search and removal documents or samples. The
inspector can enter, examine and inspect places, things and vehicles. The
inspector can use any equipment, examine and take documents, take
samples, conduct tests and make reasonable inquiries of any person.
They may also ask the person to operate mechanical or process

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 29

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

equipment. Safety or environment investigations may be undertaken with


or without search warrants.
COMMUNITY RELATIONS
HARVARD intends to be a good neighbor in the communities in which it
operates.
Regulators expect all operators to operate in a manner that minimizes the
impact to the community and to involve landowners and others in planning
for new facilities. In Alberta, this is described in ERCB IL 89-4, Public
Involvement in the Development of Energy Resources.
Although Saskatchewan does not normally require public involvement, the
same level of care used in Alberta should be applied in Saskatchewan.
ERPs may include a formal public consultation requirement. This is
usually completed by conducting an open house information session.

REFERENCES:
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act
Release Reporting Regulations (AR 117/93)
Release Reporting Guidelines (June, 2001)
Oil and Gas Conservation Act
Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations: Section 8.050
Pipeline Act
Pipeline Regulations: Section 54

14.4.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Storage


PURPOSE
This section addresses methods for minimizing the risk of environmental
impacts from storage tanks at oil and gas facilities.
BACKGROUND
Above ground and below ground storage tanks have been a historic source of
soil and groundwater contamination in the upstream petroleum industry.
CONSIDERATIONS
The ERCB Directive 55 - Storage Requirements for the Upstream Petroleum
Industry was issued to identify requirements and acceptable levels of storage
practices of materials produced, generated (including wastes), or used by the
upstream petroleum industry. These requirements apply to all new facilities
constructed after January 1, 1996 under the jurisdiction of the ERCB.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 30

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

The ERCB required facilities constructed prior to January 1, 1996 to


demonstrate that their storage practices, facilities and containment devices
met the requirements stated in Directive 55. It was expected that all tanks,
aboveground and underground, would be inspected and/or tested prior to
October 31, 2001.
The storage requirements apply to storage of all materials produced,
generated or used by the upstream petroleum industry including:

Produced Water

Crude Oil

Emulsions

Condensates

Chemicals

Solvents

Produced Sand

Non-Motor Vehicle Lubricants

Oil Field Wastes

Oily Wastes

Bitumen

The guideline does not change the following current regulatory requirements:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Storage of natural gas liquids will continue to be governed by the


National Standard of Canada Propane Installation Code
CAN/CGA-B149.2-M86.

Pressurized process vessels (both above ground and


underground) are regulated by the Boilers and Pressure Vessels
Branch of Alberta Labour for a working pressure of 15 psig or
more. Companies can apply to conduct their own vessel
inspections. Contact Alberta Boilers Safety Association (formerly
Alberta Boilers Branch.

Storage of fuels such as diesel, gasoline and used motor vehicle


lubricants in above ground or underground storage tanks must
comply with the requirements under the Alberta Fire Code,
Section 4.3. The Petroleum Tank Management Association of
Alberta (formerly the MUST program) have guidelines for
installation, testing, removal and clean-up of underground storage
tanks.

Sulphur storage areas must be operated in accordance with the


condition on the facilitys Alberta Environment approval. This
includes collection, treatment and disposal of runoff water from
sulphur blocks and base pad areas. Storage of sulphur must also
conform to the requirements of IL 84-11 and GB 92-04.
Section 14 - 31

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Alberta Environment regulates storage of materials produced,


generated and used in activities under the Environmental
Protection and Enhancement Act (EPEA). In situations where an
upstream petroleum facility requires both ERCB and AE approval,
D-55 sets the minimum storage requirements, while additional
requirements may be specified in Alberta Environments approval.

The following is summarizes some of the general storage


requirements of Directive D-55. Anyone designing or specifying a
new storage facility is advised to refer directly to Directive D-55
to ensure compliance with the latest edition.
GENERAL STORAGE REQUIREMENTS
Environmental protection and safety measures related to storage in the
upstream petroleum industry may include the following:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Storage sites should be selected to minimize the potential for


environmental damage.

In most cases, secondary containment is required (graded). This


usually is provided by an earthen dyke, with impervious liner, sized
to contain at least 110 percent of the tank or 100% of largest tank
plus 10% of the aggregate volume if more than one tank.

Above-ground storage tanks with an interval volume of 5 m3 or


greater to have secondary containment consisting of a dike and
liner system or to be double-walled.

Small above-ground storage tanks (interval volume between 1 m3


and 5 m3) that exceed a total combined volume of 5 m3 per site, to
have secondary containment or be double-walled.

Underground storage tanks to be double-walled.

Containers (portable storage devices that do not exceed 1 m3 in


volume) that exceed a total combined volume of 1 m3 per site, to
have secondary containment.

All lined earthen excavations to have secondary containment.

Bulk pads storing materials that may generate a leachate to have


leak detection systems.

Monthly monitoring of all leak detection systems, including visual


and interstitial space monitoring, associated with above-ground
and underground tanks, containers, line earthen excavations, and
bulk pads.

Section 14 - 32

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Some form of weather protection is required. For above ground


storage tanks, this usually is achieved by painting the exterior with
a protective coating.

Materials should not be stored for excessive periods of time. Most


material should be consumed in two years or less. The maximum
storage period for oilfield waste is one year.

Records of storage inventories, corrosion monitoring, groundwater


monitoring and leak detection must be retained for a period of five
years.

Temporary storage (typically less than three months) during plant


turn-arounds, construction, release clean-up and well drilling are
expected to meet the intent of the regulations.

Temporary production batteries of (12 months or less) are not


required to install impervious liners, however, equipment spacing
and dyking requirements must be met.

All stand-alone storage facilities require signs at the entrance to


the facility indicating the operator name, emergency telephone
number and legal description (Section 6.020 and Schedule 12 of
the Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations).

The use of concrete as a primary containment in situations


where liquids are being stored or where there is potential for
leachate to be generated is prohibited.

ABOVE GROUND STORAGE TANK ( NEW FACILITIES)


Above ground storage tanks include steel, plastic and fiberglass tanks.
Bolted tanks are not acceptable for new installations. Above ground tanks
with the volume less then 1 m3 are considered to be containers.
Above ground storage tanks which are larger then 5 m3 have the following
requirements for secondary containment, leak detection and weather
protection. Steel tanks should have cathodic protection and be externally
coated.

OPX Consulting Inc.

A secondary containment system is required that will contain


leakage and prevent it from impacting the environment. All
tanks must be placed on an impervious natural clay or
synthetic liner and surrounded by a dyke. The dyke can be
constructed of earthen, concrete, or synthetic material that will
not deteriorate, and must be sized to contain 110% of the
capacity of the largest tank. There can be no uncontrolled
opening through the dyke. The dyke must be maintained in
good condition and area encompassed kept free from grass,
weeds, and other extraneous combustible material.

Section 14 - 33

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Secondary containment for indoor above ground tanks must


include an impervious containment wall or curbing that has a
capacity of at least 110% of the capacity of the largest tank.

Leak detection systems for above ground storage tanks must include
one or more of the following on a monthly basis;

Visual inspection of tanks and tank containment area liner


surface for evidence of damage or leakage.

Annulus/interstitial space monitoring for double walled and


bolted tanks.

Soil vapour and or ground water monitoring in the immediate


vicinity of the containment area.

Sub-liner leakage detection devices (e.g. weeping tile system)

Weather protection is intended to preserve the integrity of the tank.


For above ground storage tanks, this is usually achieved by painting
the exterior with a protective coating.
UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK ( NEW FACILITIES)
An underground storage tank is defined as a tank that is partially or
completely buried and does not allow for the visual inspection of the top,
complete sides, and the bottom of the tank without excavation. Both leak
detection and secondary containment are required for any underground
storage tank. Steel tanks must have cathodic protection and be externally
coated to minimize corrosion. Underground storage tanks must also be
inspected on a monthly basis.
Secondary containment systems for underground storage tanks must
include the following;

Double-walled steel or fiberglass tanks that possess the


capability to monitor the interstitial space between the two
tanks.

Impervious synthetic liner.

Tanks contained in reinforced concrete or steel vaults.

Overflow vents from underground storage tanks must be directed


downward to a containment area. Breathing vents must be designed to
prevent the overflowing of fluids onto the ground.
Leak detection systems for underground storage tanks must include one
or more of the following;

OPX Consulting Inc.

Monthly hydrostatic leakage tests.

Section 14 - 34

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Monthly pneumatic leakage tests.

Monthly sampling of a monitoring well positioned between the


synthetic liner under the tank and the tank.

Monthly monitoring of the annular space in a double hulled tank.

Visual detection of vaulted tanks.

Monthly monitoring of weeping tiles system under single walled


tanks.

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTAINERS ( NEW FACILITIES)


Containers are small vessels which have an aggregate volume of less
then 1m3. For example, a collection of approximately 5 45 gallon drums.
If the aggregate volume is greater then 1m3, secondary containment is
required for the amount over 1 m3. The secondary containment would
typically consist of dykes, curbs, or collection trays and should have a
minimum height of 15 cm, or a net capacity greater then that of the largest
container, or 10% of the total volume of all containers in a storage area,
whichever is greater.
Weather protection may also be appropriate to maintain the integrity of the
container. The type of secondary containment and weather protection is
dependent on the nature of the contained material, the type of container
and the design of the storage compound.

APPLICATION TO EXISTING FACILITIES


(OPERATING PRIOR TO JAN 1st 1996)
The above requirements apply specifically to facilities constructed after
January 1, 1996. However, the guidelines require that pre existing
facilities comply with the intent of these requirements. It is the
responsibility of the operator to design and implement a suitable testing
and inspection program to verify the mechanical integrity of existing
storage tanks. Tanks which pose a higher risk should be given a priority
schedule for testing and inspection. The results of tests and inspections
should be documented and records are available for ERCB inspection.
Existing above ground storage tanks should be inspected prior to October
31, 2001 and there in after a minimum of once every 5 years. Suitable
testing methods may include; 100% external inspection (if bottom of tank
is visible), internal inspection (if bottom is not visible), or the results of
existing monitoring programs.
All underground storage tanks were to be inspected prior to October 31,
2001. There in after, tanks were required to be integrity tested at least
once every three years. Testing and inspection may include hydrostatic
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 35

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

leakage tests, pneumatic leakage tests and/or the results of monitoring


programs.
DISCONTINUED STORAGE OPTIONS
(EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2002)
The 2001 edition of D-55 discontinues the following storage options:

Use of single-walled underground tanks where a synthetic liner or the


natural impermeable soil conditions (ie: hydraulic conductivity of 10-6
cm/s or less) are used for secondary containment;

The use of concrete-lined earthen excavations with an underlying


leakage monitoring system, but no secondary containment, and;

The use of concrete as primary containment for lined earthen


excavations or for bulk pads where there is a potential for the stored
materials to generate a leachate.

Any of the above storage systems installed prior to January 1, 2002, will be
required to meet the requirements within the appropriate sections of Appendix
2 of D-55.
REFERENCES:
National Standard of Canada Propane Installation Code CAN/CGAB149.2M86
Alberta Fire Code, Section 4.3
Alberta Labour Act and Regulations, MUST Program
Fire Protection Handbook, 15th Edition, NFPA 30
- Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code National Fire Protection
Association
Alberta Boilers Safety Association (formerly Alberta Boilers Branch)

ERCB
IL

84-11

Approving, Monitoring and Control of Sulphur


Storage Sites

GB

92-4

Requirements for Sulphur Storage Facilities

Directive

D-55

Storage Requirements
Petroleum Industry

OPX Consulting Inc.

for

the

Upstream

Section 14 - 36

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

14.4.9 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Surface/Groundwater


Protection
PURPOSE
Effective surface water and groundwater protection minimizes pollution from
oil and gas facilities.
BACKGROUND
During decommissioning and reclamation of facilities, remediation of
contaminated groundwater can be difficult and expensive. The most common
sources of contamination are long term leaks and release from storage tanks
(especially underground tanks), under processed skids, around water disposal
plants and from flare pits or other earthen pits.
The groundwater development act has been replaced by the Alberta
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act. Two regulations, the Water
(ministerial) and Regulation (AR205/1998) and the Potable Water Regulation
(AR214-96) are intended to protect and conserve Albertas groundwater.
In Saskatchewan, the use and protection of groundwater is regulated by Sask
Water and Saskatchewan Environment. Any use or contamination of
groundwater should be reported to both groups for review and permitting.
Water use charges may be levied for the industrial use of groundwater.
Hydrocarbons from crude oil or emulsion released on the ground surface can
migrate downward by gravity or be carried by infiltration with rainwater until it
reaches the water table. Since it is lighter then water, oil tends to stay on the
surface of the water table and migrate horizontally in the down slope direction.
However, the groundwater table is not constant, it rises and falls with the
seasons, so wide layers of sub soil can become contaminated. Some organic
compounds such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylene (BETEX) are
more soluble in water and are toxic so they pose a bigger risk since they can
travel farther with the groundwater flow. Produced water is very mobile in the
groundwater regime, so large underground plumes of salt can become
established from an area that is exposed to chronic produced water releases.
The underlining groundwater regime can be very difficult to predict from
surface observations. The water table could be a meter below the surface or
many meters down. The rate of flow of groundwater can vary from many
meters per day in coarse soil to only a few cm per year in clay soil. However,
even in a tight clay soil there are fractures or lenses of coarser material that
may allow groundwater contaminant to travel many meters, either horizontally
or vertically.
Underground salt water plumes can often be mapped with an electro
magnetic survey that uses a handheld instrument to measure the soil
conductivity. This can be a very useful tool to determine the extent of
saltwater contamination but it does not provide an accurate measure of the
concentration of a groundwater contaminant. The only meaningful way to
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 37

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

measure the concentration of groundwater containment and to test the soil


quality is to drill a test hole. A groundwater observation well, a piezometer, is
used to measure the water level and collect water samples for chemical
analysis. Several wells are needed to map an area and determine the
direction and rate of flow. Since groundwater flow is usually slow and
groundwater levels move up and down with the seasons, it can often take
more then one year to define a problem and may take several years to correct
it.
Groundwater remediation may involve methods that include pumping the
water to the surface for treatment or could rely on in-situ treatment. Often the
only viable approach is to excavate the entire area and treat or dispose the
contaminated soil. All of these methods are time consuming and expensive.
Rainfall or snow melt on a production facility could cause adverse effects
or soil damage in several ways:
Water which soaks into the ground could carry contaminants
downward to the groundwater.

Impounded water could become contaminated and carry the


contamination off-site when the water is discharged to the
surroundings.

Run-off water from a lease could cause erosion when it is


discharged.

Water on the lease could undermine footings or foundations, along


with making foot and vehicle traffic difficult.

CONSIDERATIONS
Some guidelines to avoid surface water or groundwater contamination
problems include the following:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Consider the use of dykes, berms or culverts on the upslope side


of the lease to divert run-off water around the site in a non-erosive
manner. Run-off water should be directed to well- vegetated areas
or soil protected from erosion by rip-rap or other means.

Rainfall or snow melt water which falls on undeveloped (clean)


areas of the site can be discharged directly to the surrounding
watershed.

Rainfall or snow melt which falls within the developed process


area of the site should be directed to a retention pond or berm so it
can be visually inspected before it is discharged. No water that
exhibits a hydrocarbon sheen or other sign of contamination can
be discharged without treatment.

Stormwater impounded on a facility with an approval from AE may


require testing and permission from AE prior to discharge. Check

Section 14 - 38

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

the terms and conditions of the approval (formerly called a Clean


Water Licence).

Run-off water from open sulphur storage areas (sulphur blocks)


must be retained on site and tested for acidity before being
discharged in accordance with the facilitys AE approval. In most
cases this acid run-off will be diverted to a retention pond and
neutralized with lime before discharge.
Surface run-off water collected within the secondary containment
system must be field tested and meet the following criteria prior to
being released in a controlled fashion to adjacent lands.
o

Chloride content: 500 mg/L maximum (e.g. test strips)

pH: 6.0 to 9.0 (e.g. test strips and/or meter readings)

No visible hydrocarbon sheen

No other chemical contamination

Landowner consent

Water must not be allowed to flow directly into any


watercourse

Each release must be recorded including the pre-release


test data and the estimated volume of water released.

Water that is retained on site that meets the criteria described


above may be discharged off-site to the surrounding environment.
Run-off water can be drained or pumped to the surrounding land in
a non-erosive manner. It should be discharged to an area with well
established vegetation. However, it should not be discharged
where it can run directly into a natural watercourse, well or dugout.

REFERENCES:
Oil and Gas Conservation Act
- Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations Section 8.030

ERCB

OPX Consulting Inc.

Directive

D-55

Storage Requirements for the Upstream


Petroleum Industry

Directive

D-64

Facility Inspection Manual

Section 14 - 39

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

14.4.10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION


Well Site Reclamation
PURPOSE
Prompt and effective reclamation of surface leases allows land to be returned
to appropriate use in a timely manner and can result in cost savings for oil and
gas companies.
BACKGROUND
Oil and gas exploration and development is a relatively short-term land use.
Drilling and abandoning a dry exploration well takes only a few weeks or
months. Many production facilities operate for less than twenty years. After
the resources have been depleted, the well must be abandoned and the land
surface returned to productive use which is compatible with the surrounding
land.
Wellsites and other production facilities should be reclaimed as soon as
possible after abandonment and decommissioning. Some of the reasons for
prompt completion of reclamation include the following:

Surface rentals (lease payments) can be terminated when a


reclamation certificate is received.

The ERCB review each companys ratio of active to inactive wells,


which should be greater than 1.0.

Landowner relations are improved by returning the lease to productive


use.

The potential for further contamination by migration of pollutants from


unattended sites is reduced.

Other working interest owners are still available to share the cost.

The administrative costs of carrying non-productive facilities are


eliminated.

Note: The ERCB is responsible for suspension and abandonment


activities at all upstream oil and gas facilities. AE has responsibility
for all decontamination and reclamation activities.
Under the Saskatchewan Oil and Gas Conservation Act and Regulations
an operator first obtains a survey then applies to Saskatchewan
Environment (SE) for a well license. The operator must also obtain a rightof-entry or a surface lease from the landowner. On crown land there are
several different agencies who can be the land manager depending on the
type of land. If HARVARD is not able to reach an agreement with the
landowner, they can precede through the Arbitration Board. Land which is
posted in environmentally sensitive areas should show a notation to
advise the operator to contact the appropriate government agency. In
OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 40

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

many cases, it is worth while to check this out by telephone with the
Environmental Assessment Branch of Saskatchewan Environment.
RECLAMATION TERMS
The following terms are commonly used in abandonment and reclamation
work.

Equivalent Land Capability


Equivalent Land Capability means the ability of the land to support
various land uses after reclamation is similar to that which existed
before the disturbance

Reclamation Criteria
Reclamation Criteria are the standards to which a lease site must be
reclaimed in order to receive a Reclamation Certificate.
A Reclamation Certificate is issued by AE or Alberta Agriculture,
Food and Rural Development (AFRD) following an inspection that
proves the operator has reclaimed the site to a standard that is
consistent with the reclamation criteria.

Decommissioning
Decommissioning refers to the closure of all or part of an industrial
facility followed by the removal of process equipment, buildings and
structures, surface and subsurface decontamination.

Reclamation
Reclamation refers to the entire process from abandoning a facility to
returning the land to equivalent land capability. A Reclamation
Certificate will be issued for those facilities that fall into the Alberta
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act definition of specified
land when reclamation is completed to the satisfaction of the AE.
Those facilities that are not specified land under the Alberta
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act will have to meet
decontamination requirements.

Decontamination
Decontamination is the removal or neutralization of substances and/or
hazardous material from a site as to prevent, minimize, or mitigate any
adverse effects on the environment now or in the future.

Land Reclamation
Land Reclamation is the stabilization, contouring, maintenance,
conditioning, or reconstruction of the surface of the land to a state that
permanently renders the land with a capability equivalent to its predisturbed state.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 41

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CONSIDERATIONS
Specific reclamation practices vary from one area of the province to another.
Often specialists are required to develop a site-specific plan. In general it will
include:
Initial Site Assessment:

Review production history with foreman or operator in the field.


List on-site work required to meet reclamation criteria (soil sampling
may be required to identify chemical contamination and/or to
determine what soil treatment or amendments are required).
Contact landowners.

Reclamation Plan:

Remove or treat contaminated soil.

Restore the physical conditions of the soil to produce optimal plan


growth (e.g. compaction, gravel/rocks).

Contour the site if necessary to prevent erosion, ponding of water


and/or to maintain slope stability.

Identify critical plant growth factors such as topsoil recovery and


replacement, fertilization, organic matter additions, and seed mixes
which are compatible with the surrounding land use.

Implement site maintenance factors such as fencing to keep animals


off the site until vegetation has been established.

Site Decommissioning

OPX Consulting Inc.

Develop safe work procedures.

Ensure a proper recycling, re-use or disposal plan is in place for


handling all fluids, wastes and other material.

Remove all equipment, structures, underground tanks, scrap metal,


garbage etc. from the site.

Improvements such as pad and roads may be left in place if prior


written consent of the land-owner or AE has been obtained.

Onsite disposal of concrete or other inert material requires approval


from the ERCB, AE and landowner.

Section 14 - 42

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Final Site Assessment


Reclamation criteria identify the field measurements or investigations
necessary to ensure a site has been successfully reclaimed. The following is
a general guide to site characteristics for which information must be compiled
prior to applying for a Reclamation Certificate.

Landscape: Drainage, erosion, contours, stability, rocks, debris.

Soil: Topsoil quantity, topsoil and subsoil quality, rocks, compaction,


presence of contaminants (e.g. salts, hydrocarbons, heavy metals,
etc.)

Vegetation: Species composition, vigor, density, height, cover,


rooting characteristics, bare areas.
Application for a Reclamation
If the site meets the reclamation criteria, an application for a reclamation
certificate should be submitted. The site will be inspected and a reclamation
certificate issued if the criteria have been met. The wellsite reclamation
certificate application form is to be used in Alberta.
In Saskatchewan, surface restoration, removal of gravel and recontouring of
the lease is required under the Oil and Gas Conservation Act and
Regulations. Saskatchewan Energy and Resources will inspect and approve
surface restoration. Reclamation certificates will be issued for crown lands
from the crown agency who controls the lease. Reclamation certificates for
public lands are also required. It is important that reclamation be completed
successfully.
REFERENCES:
Alberta Environment
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Regulations
Conservation and Reclamation Regulation (AR 115/93)
Alberta Environment
Conservation and Reclamation Informational Letters
Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and Associated Facilities
(C&R/IL 95-3)
Burial of Materials on Lease (C&R/IL 94-4)
Decommissioning and Reclamation Guidelines for Small Oil and Gas Sites in
Western Canada, CAPP - September, (1992)
ERCB
Oil and Gas Conservation Act/Regulations; Pipeline Act

OPX Consulting Inc.

GB
ID
ID

2000-17
90-4
2000-09

Directive

D-20

Expanded Orphan Program Implementation


Suspension Guidelines for Inactive Wells
Notification Requirements for the Discontinuation
and Abandonment of Pipelines and the
Abandonment of Facilities
Well Abandonment Guide
Section 14 - 43

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Directive
Directive

OPX Consulting Inc.

D-56
D-59

Energy Development Application Guide


Well Drilling and Completion Data
Requirements

Filing

Section 14 - 44

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

14.4.11 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Environmental


Inspection Checklist
BASIC INFORMATION
LOCATION
LEGAL
ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTOR
INSPECTION DATE
WELL TYPE (gas/oil, sweet/sour)

General Terrain:
____________ Flat

______________Rolling

_______________Steep Slopes

Comments:

Soil Type:
____________Dry
____________Sandy

Land Use:
__________Forestry

_____________Wet
_____________Loam

__________Cultivated

___________Gravel

__________Grazing/Livestock

__________Muskeg

_________Wildlife (Y/N)

Comments:

Closest Residence:
_________< 1 km

__________1 4 km

____________> 4 km

__________100 500 m

____________> 500 m

__________Size

____________Flowing (Y/N)

Comments:

Nearest Water Course:


__________<100 m
__________Type

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 45

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING

Policies, Responsibilities and Training, Environmental Performance Improvement

1.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN

AUDIT ITEM
Is there an Environmental Policy and Procedures Manual; is it current
and available?
Presence of CAODC Waste Management Wall Chart
(Drilling Locations)
CAMP RULES / ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS is a standard present,
understandable and adhered to? Are biodegradable cleaning products used?
RIG INSPECTIONS Standard is to have rigs inspected for environmental
deficiencies on a regular basis. Ensure that inspections are done and that records
are kept. Determine if identified deficiencies are corrected in a timely manner.
All vehicles shall arrive on site free of weeds.
Is there a C&R Plan for this project? (If yes, proceed to C&R section to follow)

2.

N/A

SAT

U/S

N/A

SAT

U/S

DRILLING OPERATIONS Training

AUDIT ITEM
Are regular environmental meetings held in the field?
Are following tops covered in meetings?
Proper Maintenance
Release Detection / Assessment
Handling of Specific Hazardous Chemicals
Hazardous Waste Disposal
Company Policies
Legal Responsibilities
Reporting Requirements
What are the environmental training requirements for field staff?
ERP
Waste Management
TDG / WHMIS
Company Environmental Policy Review

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 46

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

3.

CONSERVATION AND RECLAMATION PLAN CONDITIONS

Following is a listing of potential impacts from the project determine applicability of each
impact and provide documentation of mitigation strategy employed (Rating system should
reflect success of mitigation for impact).
AUDIT ITEM

N/A

SAT

1.

Loss of Agricultural Capability / soil Degradation


(Applies to operations in agricultural areas only)
a) topsoil and subsoil mixing
b) compaction and rutting
c) weed introduction
d) stones brought to surface
2. Upper Soil and Grubbings Conservation
(Non-agriculture areas)
3. Muskeg Areas
4. Surface Disturbance
a) water and wind erosion
b) disturbance of sod layer
5. Water Crossings
a) interruption of stream flow
b) disturbance of drainage / watercourse substrates and banks
c) siltation and sedimentation
6. Vegetation
a) loss of native vegetation
b) loss of timber
c) rare and endangered species
d) damaged trees
e) weeds
f) revegetation (agricultural zones)
7. Wildlife
a) loss of habitat/biodiversity
b) disturbance of wildlife
c) attraction of nuisance animals
d) blockage of ungulate movements
e) increased hunter access
f) rare and endangered species
8. Release of Pollutants
Introduction of fuel or other pollutant(s) to waterbody or soil during operations. If there has
been an occurrence, the Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan should be activated (Attached)
9. Interference with Other Land Uses (Non-Agricultural)
a) interference with future timber operations
b) interference with other industrial activities
c) interference with trapping activities in Registered Trapping Areas

Agricultural
d) disturbance of farming operations
e) disturbance of livestock operations
f) risk of fire spreading off r.o.w.
10. Native Consultation / Issues
11. Archaeological, paleontological sites or historical resources
12. Operations Phase
a) reclamation
b) maintenance
13. Abandonment

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 47

U/S

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

4.

CONSTRUCTION AND DRILLING General Lease Conditions

AUDIT ITEM

N/A

SAT

U/S

Is a Move on / Move Off inspection done at each site?


Are there any special lease or MSL conditions? Attach documentation, ensure conditions are
met. (Determine proximity to water, sumpless drilling, buried tanks, etc.)
Check the berm integrity around the lease for containment.
Check the lease for any off-lease erosion or other impacts.
Are cattle guards and fences maintained?
General housekeeping of site / rig / camp / facilities.

5.

CONSTRUCTION AND DRILLING General Access Conditions/Concerns

AUDIT ITEM

N/A

SAT

Observe number and condition of river crossings. Are all crossing approvals in place? Are any
C&R conditions in place? Are they met?
Is erosion on the access controlled? Are soil conservation methods required / in place?
Are there any special license conditions that must be adhered to? (ie: wildlife issues, restricted
access, access controls)
Is wildlife protection required in this area? What is being done to protect wildlife? Are
requirements detailed under C&R plan?
Construction activities shall be confined to the allotted ROW.
Construction traffic shall be restricted to existing roads, approved ROW and approved shooflies.
Construction traffic shall be restricted to work side of the ROW to reduced area subjected to
compaction.
Wildlife shall not be harassed or fed. Dogs and firearms are not allowed on the ROW.
The recreational use of ATVs by the construction personnel on the ROW is not allowed.
Any incidents with nuisance wildlife or collisions with wildlife are to be reported to Fish and
Wildlife and the local police detachment.
Fires:
Personnel shall be made aware of proper disposal methods for welding rods, cigarette
butts, and other hot or burning materials;
Equipment exhaust and engine systems shall be in good working condition. When the
fire hazard is high, equipment should not be parked in tall grass;
Construction equipment shall be equipped with spark arrestors;
A water truck should be available when the fire hazard is high;
Each crew shall carry (minimum) 2 shovels, 1 fire extinguisher, and a radio;
A fire contingency plan should be in place and implemented when necessary.
Floods: Drainage construction shall be postponed if excessive flow or flood conditions are
present or anticipated. Ensure that all spoil piles are above the flood line.
Archaeological or Historical Discoveries: Work shall be suspended if discoveries are made.
Work shall not recommence until permission from authorities is received.
Damaged trees: Fell or prune trees damaged during construction activities immediately. Do not
postpone until clean-up.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 48

U/S

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

6.

DRILLING OPERATIONS Prevention / Maintenance

AUDIT ITEM

N/A

SAT

U/S

N/A

SAT

U/S

N/A

SAT

U/S

Does HARVARD use lead free drillpipe and collar lubricants?


Do the policies for hiring subcontractors include environmental conditions / provisions?
Does HARVARD use lead free non-toxic paints on all components?
When components are cleaned, are non hazardous products used (degreasers, etc)? Is biodegradable
rig wash used?
What procedures are used to prevent freezing of BOPs?
What is done with water and glycol after use?

7.

CONSTRUCTION / DRILLING Surveying and Cleaning

AUDIT ITEM
Landowners are to be notified prior to entry
Staking:
- both sides of an r.o.w. are to be marked. Do not clear beyond stakes unless approval is given
- staking should be done to cross drainages and roads at right angles, and slopes should be
traversed along the fall line
Working Space:
- extra working space should be taken at sidebend and slopes, as well as at drainage crossings
- approval must be obtained before taking additional working space
Fences: need to be braced before cutting, install gates and keep closed
Drainages:
- minimize removal of vegetation adjacent to drainages
- fell trees away from drainages, remove anything within the high water area
Slash Disposal dispose of slash as directed by landowner. Do not conduct burning during high
winds

8.

CONSTRUCTION / DRILLING Grading and Topsoil Salvage

AUDIT ITEM
Grading minimize along routs, minimize graded widths and on slopes
Strip topsoil where grading is required and windrow to near edge.
Drainage should be away from graded area.
Cut and Fill should not exceed 4:1, ensure graded material does not spread onto r.o.w.
Topsoil salvage measures are to be used.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 49

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

9.

CONSTRUCTION / DRILLING

Planning, Construction / Inspection, Monitoring (Post Construction)


Abandonment, Decommissioning and Reclamation

AUDIT ITEM

N/A

SAT

U/S

N/A

SAT

U/S

What is typical for clean-up efforts prior to leaving the site permanently? Are there policies in place
and who is responsible? Is documentation available (checklists, sign-offs, etc.)?
Are all applicable licenses and permits available as part of the EPP? Ensure these permits and
licenses were obtained prior to beginning activity. List all applicable permits / licenses and ensure
conditions are being met.
If shoo-flies are used, they must be reclaimed as part of the clean-up.

10.

DRILLING OPERATIONS Wellsite Clean-up

AUDIT ITEM (BC Oil and Gas Handbook)


All analysis required for clean-up should reference analytical procedures. BC to use ERCB G-55 as
guide.
Disposal of wellsite waste must be Oil & Gas Production Waste Control Regulation.
Hydrocarbons are not to be mixed with drilling mud wastes.
Sump fluid analysis and bioassay must be conducted before submitted clean-up proposal. The
district office is to be notified 24 hours before testing.
A wellsite and access clean-up proposal must be submitted to the district office upon completion of
initial lease and camp clean-up. A site-specific survey is to be included with the clean-up package
showing dimensions of cleared areas, stock-piled topsoil, seeded and unseeded areas, etc.
Specific sampling instructions are to be followed for sump samples. A sketch must accompany each
sample taken for analysis.
Disposal of sump fluids by the following methods:
1. Disposal of pump off;
2. Trap and mix disposal (mix bury cover);
3. Disposal of subsurface formation (encouraged by regulator).
Invert systems have unique clean-up requirements. Is invert used?

11.

COMPLETIONS, WORKOVERS, SUSPENSIONS

AUDIT ITEM BC OIL and GAS HANDBOOK


(Drilling and Production Regulation 45-48, 52, 53, 56-59)
An Application to Alter a Well must be submitted to the district office.
Approval may be verbal, but must be confirmed by writing on the application.
The office must be notified by phone before commencing any workover or completion.
A Notice of Commencement of Suspension of Operations must be submitted within 7 days after
the well is placed on continuous production.
Completion/Workover reports must be submitted within one month to MEI Victoria.
Daily reports must be submitted to the district office within one week.

OPX Consulting Inc.

N/A

SAT

Section 14 - 50

U/S

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

12.

WASTE MANAGEMENT
Minimization, Storage Disposal, Record Keeping, Special Materials (Asbestos, Radioactive)

AUDIT ITEM

N/A

SAT

U/S

N/A

SAT

U/S

Do the companies on site have waste management plans?


List companies, provide documentation.
Are ERCB (or applicable) storage requirements met?
Are all waste movements documented/manifested as required under applicable regulations?
Where is regular equipment maintenance performed? Does HARVARD have policies/guidelines
for maintenance (especially fate of wastes)?
13.

DRILLING Waste Storage

AUDIT ITEM
Waste bin on site? Supplied by? What is disposal path?
Storage for waste lube oil.
Used filter barrel storage.
Mud sack storage.
Casing protector storage.
All construction garbage shall be continuously collected and disposed of at an approved facility to
avoid the attraction of nuisance animals.
Waste containers shall accompany each working unit.
All garbage will be stored in bear proof containers when conflict may occur.
Storage for recyclables at camp (bottles/cans).

14.

DRILLING OPERATIONS/CONSTRUCTION Waste Disposal/Documentation

AUDIT ITEM

N/A

SAT

Earthen pits used to store fluid from drilling or servicing must:


Be constructed of impermeable material;
Be located so as to not collect natural run-off;
Not to be filled <1 m from top;
Be emptied and filled within 1 month of rig release;
Produced water may be stored if approved by local district office.
Spent acid and other workover fluids require approval before disposal. If done in accordance with
D&P Regulations (97), then disposal is authorized.
Disposal of wash water requires approval for discharges to the environment (should not be deep
welled).
Used Oil Disposal Used oil should be disposed of to bulk dealer or recycled. Determine disposal
path and documentation chain.
Garbage / Waste bins bins from approved third party suppliers are required Determine
Company Policy!
Oilfield Waste All wastes must be properly identified / labeled (DOW/NDOW, Special Waste
(BC)).

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 51

U/S

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

AUDIT ITEM

N/A

SAT

U/S

N/A

SAT

U/S

N/A

SAT

U/S

Waste will be disposed of according to ROWMR (AB) or provincial equivalent.


Wastes should be segregated:
DOW/NDOW (Special)
Containers
Wood
Metal Cable
Plastic
Paper
Separation of recyclables:
Lube oil
Filters
Rags
Municipal Landfillable Wastes
Used Oil and Fuel Filters Classified as DOW (Hazardous) policy is to have secure on-site
storage, then use RB Williams for disposal. Determine disposal scheme documentation.
Used gas filters are to be drained/crushed and disposed of with rig waste to local landfill. Ensure
policy is adequate.
TDG/WHMIS Covered under safety audit.
Wastes must be manifested.
Land fillable wastes must be documented.
How is camp waste disposed of? (ie: grease, garbage, oil, antifreeze)
Is there a camp incinerator? Is it approved?

15.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Noise, Smoke, Burning

AUDIT ITEM (BC Oil and Gas Handbook)


Noise Follow ERCB Noise Directive if noise is an issue to wildlife or people contact the local
district office of BCGOC.
Smoke no visible smoke is allowed within 20 km of an urban centre (except in emergencies).
Burning covered in other sections.

16.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Potable Water

AUDIT ITEM (BC Oil and Gas Handbook)


Must comply with Safe Drinking Water Regulations.
MOH Permit is required for waterworks systems regardless of source. A permit fee is required for
15 or more connections.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 52

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

17.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Gaseous Emissions/Flaring

AUDIT ITEM (BC Oil and Gas Handbook)

N/A

SAT

U/S

Approvals required under WMA for any emissions. As of September 1/96 many of these
emissions are authorized.
Applications in writing must be made before any well testing involving flaring is done. In
emergencies, this may be done over the telephone.

18.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Fuel and Chemical Storage / Handling

AUDIT ITEM (BC Oil and Gas Handbook)

N/A

SAT

U/S

N/A

SAT

U/S

Fuel storage areas must have adequate berms and security.


Fuel storage and refueling facilities must be >100 m from watercourses.
In equipment & servicing areas, ensure the following conditions are met:
An impervious tarp is to be used when servicing equipment;
Oil changes and maintenance shall be conducted a minimum of 100 m away from
waterbodies;
Fuel and service vehicles shall carry a minimum of 10 kg of commercial sorbent
material;
No fuel, oil or hazardous material storage is allowed within 100 m of a waterbody;
Mufflers should be used to minimize air pollution and noise;
Equipment is not to be washed in waterbodies;
Equipment used in water crossing construction shall be inspected to ensure they are free
of leaks.
Where immobile equipment is within 100 m of a watercourse:
All containers, hoses, and nozzles must be free of leaks;
Fuel nozzles are to be equipped with automatic shut-offs;
Operators are stationed at both ends of the hose during refueling;
Fuel remaining in the hose is returned to the storage facility.
Proper electrical grounding must be provided for storage containers and loading/unloading
equipment.
All chemical bulk tanks should be grounded and have external gauges.

19.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Substance Release

AUDIT ITEM
Does company have an Emergency Response Plan for releases? Provide copy if available. What
are reporting requirements/flows?
Release response kit on-site / complete?
Any release incidents reported / cleaned-up?
Incidents are to be reported to regulatory and local officials.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 14 - 53

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

15.0

CONSTRUCTION SAFETY

15.1

INTRODUCTION
The Construction Supervisor, as HARVARDs representative is responsible for
ensuring compliance with Occupational Health and Safety Act regulations. Of prime
concern is coordinating safety activities when there is more than one employer on
site. The Construction Supervisor must be aware of and fulfill his responsibilities as
the representative of the Prime Contractor (See Section 2.0).
All sections of this manual apply to HARVARDs facility and pipeline construction
activities.

15.2

SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST


The Construction Safety Plan Checklist included in this section has been designed to
provide the Construction Supervisor with a guide to most of the safety issues that
must be addressed at the job site. It is intended that the checklist be completed by the
Construction Supervisor at the time of the Kick-Off Safety Meeting and that it be
returned to the Calgary office with final project reports.

15.3

EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION


In cases where the project does not fall under the jurisdiction of a site specific or area
specific Emergency Response Plan, the Construction Supervisor shall complete and
post a list of emergency contacts using a form similar to that attached under Forms.

15.4

WEEKLY SAFETY MEETINGS


In addition to the project Kick-Off Safety Meeting (before any critical procedure) and
informal Tailgate Safety Meetings, it is recommended that a meeting be held once a
week involving the construction Supervisor, all Contractor Foremen, applicable
contractor staff and if necessary, applicable HARVARD production operation staff.
This meeting should include a review of potential safety hazards that are expected to
be encountered in the coming week and identify and deal with any hazards that may
have arisen since the previous meeting. Some useful safety meeting forms are
attached. Also see Section 5.0 for more information about safety meetings and
HARVARD work permit system.

15.5

SHUT DOWN OF PRODUCTION


When modifications are being made at or near operating production facilities, the risk
of damaging operating equipment or exposing workers to hazardous conditions must
be determined. If standard work practices still leave a degree of higher than normal
risk, consideration must be given to shutting down the operating facility.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 15 -1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SECTION 15 FORMS
Construction Safety Plan Checklist
Emergency Contact Information
Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report
Construction HSE Meeting Report
Safety Meeting Attendance
Ground Disturbance Permit
Backfill Inspection Form

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 15 -2

CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST


PROJECT: ____________________________________________

DATE: _________________

CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________________________________
SAFETY
First Aid Kits on Site
Contractor has Safety Program on Site and
Responsible for Worker Safety
Safety Meeting Requirements Established
Safety Committee (Multi-Contractor)
Contractor Safety Meetings
Tailgate Meetings
Housekeeping Procedures Reviewed
Work Permit Requirements Established
Safety Equipment Requirements Determined
Personal Protection Equipment Requirements
Determined
Location of Safety and Emergency Equipment
Established
Driving Procedures Established
Vehicle and Equipment Operation Procedures
Established
Accident/Incident Reporting Procedures Reviewed
Authority of Supervisor to Shut Down Work
Identified

HAZARD REVIEW

PROJECT SCOPE
Scope of Work Reviewed
Restricted Work Areas Established (Where
Applicable)
Project Schedule Reviewed
Hours of Work Established

EMERGENCY
Harvard Emergency Response Plan
Reviewed
Emergency Procedures Reviewed
Contact Information Sheet Posted
Safe Areas Established
First Aid Personnel Identified
Fire Extinguisher Stations Established
Method to Track Number of Workers on Site
Established
Plant Emergency Alarm Operation (Where
Applicable)
OTHER (list)

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Topsoil Handling and Site Grading
Fuel and Chemical Storage
Waste Handling, Storage and Disposal
Equipment Oil Changes

OPX Consulting Inc.

Site Inspection to Identify, Assess and


Communicate Hazards - documented
H2S and Respiratory Equipment Review
Overhead Power Lines
Equipment/Material Lifts
Ground Disturbance / Location of Buried Lines
and Equipment
Hot Work
Combustible Atmospheres
Confined Space Entry / Restricted Space
WHMIS
Trenching
Energy Isolation Procedures

EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION


LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LOCATION:
LONGITUDE: _________________________ LATITUDE:
FIRST AID NAMES: ____________________________________________________

______

DOCTOR LOCATION: ___________________________________________________

_______

TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:


AMBULANCE LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:
HOSPITAL LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:
FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
POLICE LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
HELICOPTER FIRM:
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:
REGULATORY CONTACT: ERCB B.C.O.G.C.
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: ______________________CELL:
ENVIRONMENT/FORESTRY
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:
LOCAL MUNICIPALITY (Director of Disaster Services)
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 15 - 3

Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report


Location:_____________________

Date:________________________

Contractor:____________________

Project#:_____________________

Employees Present:
Print
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________

Signature

_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________

Site Specific Hazard Identification


Yes

No

N/A

Action to be Taken

Location of:

Buried Cables

Overhead Lines

Wellhead

Sumps

Digging Sumps

Knocking Down Trees

Leveling and Slopes

Towing of Trucks

U/G & O/H Utilities

Ditch Cut

Digging Burrows/Snakepits
Driving Speed Limits

Other Personnel/Equipment
PPE Required

Emergency Contact #s

Other

Other

Buried Pipelines

Worksite Plan

______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________

_______________________

____________________

Company Representative (Print)

Signature

________________________________

___________________________

Contractor Representative (Print)

Signature

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CONSTRUCTION HSE MEETING REPORT

DATE:
OPERATION:

TIME OF MEETING: _____________ LENGTH:


FACILITY

PIPELINE

SITE/LOCATION:

CONTRACTOR(S):

CONTRACTOR SUPERVISOR(S):

Harvard REPRESENTATIVE:
OUTSTANDING CONCERNS:

RECOMMENDED ACTION:

TARGET DATE:

NEW CONCERNS:

RECOMMENDED ACTION:

TARGET DATE:

OTHER TOPICS DISCUSSED:

TRAINING GIVEN:

_______________________________________
REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE

SAFETY MEETING ATTENDANCE


CONTRACTOR:

MEETING DATE:
NAME

OPX Consulting Inc.

SIGNATURE

Section 15 - 4

GROUND DISTURBANCE PERMIT


Location:
New Installation
Tie-in/Re-entry
Repairs
Project Activities:
Company Representative:
Reclamation
Construction
Other
Contractor:
Date:
If ANY of the items listed are answered NO, proceeding with any ground disturbance may contravene company policy, and may result in injury to
personnel, damage to equipment, or environment. Supervisor approval is recommended. Documentation of decision is required.

RECORD CONFIRMATION

YES

NO

N/A

1. Do you have a copy of the Survey Drawing for the well site, access road, and/or proposed ground disturbance area?
*NOTE* If the survey drawing is older than 60 days, consideration should be given to getting an updated survey drawing.
2. Do you have a copy of the Surface Acquisition report?
3. Does the survey drawing Table of Crossing match with the Surface Acquisition Report Table of Crossings?
4. If questions 1-3 are N/A, has the proposed area of the disturbance and buffer zone been electronically scanned?
5. Do you have a recent copy of the Land Title Certificate or Public Land Standing Report?
6. Do you have a copy of the most recent Provincial/Company Pipeline baseline map?
7. Did you notify the Land Agent (Crown Land) or Land Owner (Freehold Land) of your intentions and review any existing underground
facilities? Name:
8. Do you have a copy of all Crossing Agreements for any facility identified within 30 metres of the work area?
9. Did you adhere to the crossing notification requirements?
10. Did you contact local Production office and review scope of work and crossings?
Name:
11. Have all pipelines, power lines, and utilities in the 30 metre search/controlled area been identified?
12. Has the One Call System been notified of our intentions?

VISUAL INSPECTION
1. Are all buried pipelines, power lines, or utilities identified on above drawings, and staked on the ground in proposed area?
2. Are overhead power line Caution Signs in place?
3. Are all the locate stakes or marks referenced to fixed features?
4. Are all of the lines within the 30 meter search/controlled zone identified on the ground?
5. Are there any signs of new ground disturbances within the proposed working area, including the search/controlled zone? This may
include pipelines, power lines, Gas Co-op, utility cables, new clearings, road construction, pipeline signs, settlement, vegetation
color change or growth. If there is any visual sign of activity that is not reflected on Survey Drawing, re-surveying should be
considered.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION
1. Is the proposed ground disturbance expected to be any depth below the surface?
*CAUTION* - any depth below the surface is a general rule. Ground disturbances located at any depth may encounter lines
improperly installed or changed due to shifting ground disturbances. Additional crossing material should be considered.
2. Are there any pipelines, power lines, or utility cables being crossed within the 5 meters where no right-of-way or within the distance
outline in crossing agreements?
3. Are ALL the conditions of the Crossing Agreements being met?
4. Have all the underground facilities been exposed as per the company requirements, crossing agreements, and the Regulations?
5. Distance to which mechanical equipment may be operated after exposure from agreement

mm

6. Did you conduct a pre-job task meeting with foreman and equipment operators? Review Procedures & ERP.
NOTE: This document is designed to be a GUIDE to the minimum safety standards for Ground Disturbance. Refer to the Provincial Regulations, Company Standard
Safety Practices Manual, contractors safety program, and Provincial Health & Safety Statute and Regulations for further details. If project involves interprovince activity, the National Energy Board has additional requirements. SEE NEXT PAGE FOR REFERENCES.
Comments:

Company
Representative:

Ver. 1.0

Contractor
Representative:

DEFINITIONS
GROUND DISTURBANCE - is any work, operation, or activity without limitation that results in a disturbance of
the earth at any depth.
SEARCH AREA- is the 30 meters surrounding the ground disturbance area in which all reasonably necessary
precautions must be taken to determine whether or not an underground facility exists.
NOTIFICATION - Every owner within the ground disturbance area and the 30 meter search area must be
notified of the nature and schedule of the ground disturbance. Notification must be done as per the crossing
agreement or as per provincial Regulations of a minimum of 2 working days and a maximum of 7 working
days, or greater, as specified in the crossing agreement.
CROSSING AGREEMENTS (also referred to as APPROVALS) - Anytime a ground disturbance takes place
within a right-of-way, or within 5 meters of a facility where there is no right-of-way, an approval must be in
writing.
NOTE: A crossing agreement is commonly used as the approval and does not mean an actual crossing is
taking place.
HAND EXPOSURE - Hand exposure must be done if the ground disturbance crosses or is carried out within 5
meters of an existing underground facility before commencing any mechanical excavation. When exposing the
underground facility it must be done sufficiently to identify the facility. Excavation techniques have been
developed using water or air jets. These have generally been accepted, although all procedures may not have
specific regulatory approval. Care should be taken to evaluate the best method of hand exposure, taking into
consideration, damage to coatings, and methods of soil disposal.
CAUTION:
Even after hand exposure, mechanical equipment must not be used within the distance
specified on the crossing agreement, OR, if a crossing agreement is not present, not closer than
60 cm. to the underground facility.
REFERENCES
ITEMS # 1, 2, 3, 5, & 6
ITEM # 5:

ITEM # 10:

ITEM # 12:

Your surveyors or line locating company usually provide these items.


For Freehold Land, this is referred to as Certificate of Title which includes
registered ownership and any incumbencies against the property. For Public Lands,
this is referred to as the Public Land Standing Report, which includes a listing of
any registered dispositions against the property.
Plot Plans or lease drawings should be obtained and discussed with area Operations
Personnel. Experienced company personnel familiar with area operations may have
knowledge of pipelines or utilities not otherwise documented.
One-Call Systems provide a no-charge, computerized communication service to
advise and help the ground disturber with the location of buried pipelines and utilities.
CAUTION: Not all companies are One-Call System members, and as such, it is
probable that not all underground facility owners will be notified that you are creating
a ground disturbance in the area. It is necessary to perform all the steps to a ground
disturbance to ensure as far as it is reasonable and practicable, what is in the ground
before you start to dig.

GENERAL:

Ver. 1.0

The Provincial Acts and Regulations should be available for reference and further resources.

BACK FILL INSPECTION FORM

Crossing
Agreement Number

PROJECT:
AB/BC LSD
BC QTR UNIT

NAME OF EXISTING FACILITY OWNER

SEC

TWP

RGE

/MAP

BLOCK

SUB DIV

SHEET

TYPE OF FACILITY: (Check One)


Pipeline
Road
Rail Road
Water Course
Data Cable
Other: (Specify)
Type of Damage
Damage repair satisfactory
Regulatory agencies notified if damage

Indicate approximate location on above plan


R.R.
Road

Depth Existing

Depth New
River
Bed

Existing

Depth

OR

Depth New PL

Depth

Depth Existing
Grade

Cased
Uncased

Existing
Road, RR X-ing River/Creek

Pipeline - R/W

INDICATE:

1.
2.
3.
4.

Depth to existing line (On Elevation)


Depth to new line above or below existing line (On Elevation)
Cathodic protection installed: YES
NO
If yes, what type of protection?

Owner of foreign or existing facility:

Size and condition of existing facility:

(New) oil, gas, water, etc.:

Contractor doing work:

Approval
Print Name

Date Completed

Company Signature

Print Name

Date Completed

Contract Signature

Ver 1.0

R/W

16.0 GENERAL INFORMATION


16.1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
ACGHI
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
ACCIDENT
An undesired event that results in physical harm to a person, damage to property of loss to
process (ILCI)
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
API
American Petroleum Institute
APPROVED
Refers to approval by a recognized testing agency or authority for use under existing conditions
(e.g. NIOSH, CSA)
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
BLANKING
Equipment used to isolate piping and prevent accidental exposure to or release of flammable
or toxic liquids or gases into work areas.
BONDING
A bond is an electrical tie or connection between two conducting bodies, which are usually
metallic. The purpose of bonding is to prevent sparking by providing a path over which stray
currents and static charges may drain.
BOP
Blowout Preventor
CANUTEC
The Canadian Transport Emergency Centre
CARCINOGEN
A cancer-producing substance or agent
CCOHS
Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety
CHIEF OPERATING EXECUTIVE
The most senior decision-making person at a location.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 1

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL
Combustible materials are ones that, either by themselves or in combination with their
packaging, are highly susceptible to ignition and will contribute to the intensity and rapid spread
of fire.
Moderately combustible materials are ones that, either by themselves or in combination with
their packaging, will contribute fuel to fire.
Noncombustible materials are ones that will neither ignite nor support combustion.
COMPETENT
Competent, when referring to a worker, means adequately qualified, suitably trained and with
sufficient experience to safely perform work without or with minimal supervision.
CONFINED SPACE
A restricted space which may become hazardous to a worker entering it because of: an
atmosphere that is or may be injurious by reason of oxygen deficiency or enrichment,
flammability, explosivity or toxicity; a condition or changing set of circumstances within the
space that presents a potential for injury or illness; or has the potential or inherent
characteristics of any activity which can produce adverse or harmful consequences within the
space. Confined spaces include but are not limited to: tanks, bins, vessels, towers, furnaces,
tank cars, sewers, pipeline, sumps, utility tunnels, dyked areas, excavations, boilers, silos,
ventilation and exhaust ducts, vessel skirts, utility vaults, valve wells and pipe racks.
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
A person is considered to have entered a confined space when that person has sufficiently
approached or passed the threshold of the confined space, to be essentially breathing the
atmosphere of the confined space.
CONSULTANT
An individual hired to provide professional or expert advice or services.
CONTRACTOR
An individual or company hired under contract to provide services or supplies to another
individual or company.
CONTROLLED PRODUCT
A product, material or substance included in any of the classes listed in Schedule II of the
Hazardous Products Act (specified by the regulations made pursuant to paragraph 15 (1) (a) of
the Act).
CORROSIVE
Having the quality to corrode or consume (e.g., acid, or H2S).
CRITICAL JOB/TASK
A specific element of work which historically has produced and/or which possesses the
potential to produce major loss (people, property or financial) when not properly performed.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 2

CRITICAL JOB/TASK INVENTORY LIST


A comprehensive list of critical job/tasks produced from systematic survey of all jobs/tasks in
the department. The list should include a statement of the criteria used to identify a critical
job/task
CRITICAL PART/ITEM
An item or component part of machinery, equipment, material, structure or area that is likely to
result in a major problem or loss when worn, damaged, abused, misused or improperly applied,
etc. Those critical few items or parts, which when worn, damaged, abused, misused, or
improperly applied, are more likely to result in a major problem or loss.
CSA
Canadian Standards Association
DETECTION SYSTEM
A device or control to identify hazardous, potentially hazardous, or abnormal conditions and to
provide a warning to people and/or prevent loss.
EMPLOYEE
Any person employed by a company, including managers, supervisors and workers.
ENGINEERING CONTROL
Methods of controlling employee exposure to safety and health hazards by enclosing the
hazard, isolating the employee from the hazard, or reducing the transmission of the hazard to
the employee, without the use of personal protective equipment.
ERGONOMICS
A rational approach to designing and constructing equipment and environments so that they
allow workers to be more productive and efficient while making fewer errors and facing fewer
safety hazards than in other situations. Ergonomics are used to make equipment and
environments more convenient, more comfortable, less confusing, less frustrating and less
tiring.
EXCAVATION
Any man-made cavity or depression in the earths surface, including its sides, walls or faces,
formed by earth removal and producing unsupported earth conditions by reason of the
excavation. If installed forms or similar structures reduce the depth-to-width relationship, an
excavation may become a trench (a trench is always an excavation, but an excavation is not
necessarily a trench).
FIRST AID
One-time treatment of minor scratches, cuts, burns, etc. with possible follow-up visits for
observation, but not treatment.
FIRST AID UNIT
Equipment and facilities for administration of necessary first aid treatment and for removal of
people from hazardous areas.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 3

FLAMMABLE LIQUID
Any liquid with a flash point below 200F.
FLASH POINT
The lowest temperature at which vapours over volatile combustible substances will ignite when
exposed to external sources of ignition (and will continue to burn after the source is removed).
FUGITIVE EMISSION
Gas, solid, liquid, fume, mist, fog or dust that escapes, unplanned from process equipment,
emission control equipment or from a product.
HANDLING
Storing, dispensing and disposing of materials or containers.
HARMFUL SUBSTANCE
A substance which because of its properties, application, or presence, creates or could create
a danger, including a chemical or biological hazard, to the health and safety of a worker
exposed to it.
HAZARD CLASSIFICATION
A designation of relative loss potential. A system that classifies substandard practices or
conditions by the potential severity of the loss, should an accident or loss occur.
HAZARD LABEL
A label required on controlled products.
HAZARDOUS CONDITION
Any situation which exposes workers to a physical, chemical, electrical, high energy, etc.
hazard that may adversely affect their health or safety.
HAZARDOUS ENERGY
Means electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical thermal, gravitational, or any
other form of energy that could cause injury due to the unintended motion, energizing, start-up
or release of such stored or residual energy in machinery, equipment, piping, pipelines or
process systems.
HAZARDOUS LOCATION
A place where fire or explosion hazards may exist due to flammable gases or vapours,
flammable or combustible dust or ignitable fibres or flyings, as described in the Canadian
Electrical Code
HAZARDOUS PRODUCT
Any product that is prohibited, restricted or controlled, and can cause harm to workers or the
environment.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 4

HOT TAPPING
The process of welding a branch or connection onto a pressure vessel, tank, connected piping
or pipeline that contains flammable or other materials. The welding is done without blinding and
purging the equipment beforehand.

HOT WORK
Any work involving burning, welding, riveting, grinding or other similar fire or spark-producing
tools or operations, as well as work which produces a source of ignition, such as drilling,
abrasive blasting, and space heating.
H2S
Hydrogen Sulphide
IAPA
Industrial Accident Prevention Association of Ontario
ILCI
International Loss Control Institute
INCIDENT
An undesired event that, under slightly different circumstances, could have resulted in personal
harm, property damage, or loss to process. Also referred to as a near miss (ICLI)
INSPECTION
The careful examination of people, equipment, materials, and the environment, the close and
critical scrutiny for comparison with standards.
ISOLATE
Means using a mechanical device to restrain, regulate, direct, or dissipate hazardous energy.
ISOLATION
A process whereby a confined or isolated space is completely protected against the inadvertent
release of material or energy.
JOB/TASK ANALYSIS
A systematic analysis of the steps involved with doing a job/task, the loss exposures involved,
and the controls necessary to prevent loss. It should be a prerequisite to the development of
work procedures and practices. An important step in the analysis would be consideration of the
elimination or reduction of hazards.
JOURNEYMAN ELECTRICIAN
An electrician who has completed a specified number of hours of practical work and training as
well as classroom study and exams. The requirements vary among the provinces.
LC50
Lethal concentration. LC50 indicates the atmospheric concentration of a substance at which half
of the group of test animals die after a specified exposure time.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 5

LD50
Lethal dose; lowest dose of a substance introduced by any route, other than inhalation, over
any given period of time in one or more divided portions and reported to have caused death in
half of the test animals.
LEL
Lower explosive limit.
LOCAL VENTILATION
Removal by mechanical means of gases, dust, etc., at their source or origin.
LOST-TIME ACCIDENT
An accident that causes a person to be away from work beyond the day of the injury.
OR
A disabling injury where the employee was not able to show up for his or her regular work shift
the next day.
LOWER EXPOSURE LIMIT
The minimum concentration of a combustible gas or vapour in air, expressed in percent by
volume, which will ignite if an ignition source is present.
MANAGER/SUPERVISOR
A person who has charge of a work place or authority over a worker.
MANUFACTURERS RATED CAPACITY
The manufacturers specifications, instructions or recommendations which outline how
equipment is to be erected, installed, assembled, started, operated, used, handled, stored,
stopped, adjusted, maintained, repaired or dismantled. They may include manufacturers
instruction, operating or maintenance manual and drawings.
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
An information sheet containing health and safety information on the handling and storage of a
product.
MEDICAL AID
An injury that requires treatment from a professional medical doctor or dentist. The injury is not
severe enough to prevent the employee from returning to work the next day.
MEDIVAC
Medical evacuation service.
MSHA
Mine Safety and Health Administration (of the U.S. Department of Labour)
NEC
National Electrical Code
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 6

NIOSH
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS
Any abnormal condition or disorder of an employee (other than one resulting from an
occupational injury), caused by exposure to environmental factors associated with
employment.
OCCUPATIONAL INJURY
Any injury that results from a work accident or from exposure to environmental factors
associated with employment.
OH&S
Occupational Health and Safety
OSHA
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (USA)
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
The equipment or clothing worn by a worker to reduce the consequences of exposure to
various hazards associated with working conditions or a work site. Personal protective
equipment includes: burning goggles, chainsaw pants, chemical goggles, chemical suits and
aprons, cold weather clothing, dust masks, face shields, fire-retardant clothing, gloves, hard
hats, hearing protection, high visibility safety vests, hoods, safety goggles, safety helmets and
safety toes footwear.
POLICY
A senior management statement which guides administration, reflects managements attitudes
and commitment to safety and health, and defines the authority and respective relationships
required to accomplish the organizations objectives.
POSITIVE ISOLATION
The blinding off, plugging or the complete removal and blanking off of inter-connecting piping,
vessels or sewers which may contain hazardous material.
PPM
Parts Per Million
PRESSURE VESSELS
Devices designed to contain gas or vapour under pressure.
PREVENTABLE MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT
A preventable accident is any occurrence involved in a Company owned, leased, rented or
operated vehicle which results in property damage and/or personal injury regardless of who
was injured, what property was damaged, to what extent, or where it occurred, in which the
driver in question failed to do everything the worker reasonably could have done to prevent the
occurrence.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 7

PROCEDURE
An established and defined method of performing specified work.
PRODUCT IDENTIFIER
The brand name, code name or code number specified by a supplier, or the products chemical
name, common name, generic name or trade name. This should be the name under which the
product is sold.
PSV
Pressure Safety Valve
PURGE
To rid of impurities or undesirable by bleeding, venting, etc., generally with steam, inert gas,
nitrogen or C02.
QUALIFIED PERSON
A person designated by the employer as capable (by experience, education and/or specified
training) to properly fulfill the required function.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
Refers to any respiratory protective device or system designed to protect the wearer from
inhalation of toxic or irritating substances. It can include air-purifying respirators, supplied air
respirators or self-contained breathing apparatus.
RESTRICTED SPACE
An enclosed or partially enclosed space that is not designed or intended for continuous human
occupancy with a restricted means of entry or exit and may become hazardous to a worker
entering it because of its design, construction, location or atmosphere; the work activities,
materials or substances in it; provision of first aid, evacuation, rescue or other emergency
response service is compromised or of other hazards relating to it.
SAFE WORK PERMIT
A written record that authorizes specific work at a specific work location. It identified the known
hazards and safe work practices required for the work.
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE
A set of guidelines for performing specific work assignments properly (efficiently, safely,
productively).
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Equipment used to reduce the consequences of worker exposure to various work site hazards.
Safety equipment includes oxygen and other monitors, personal protective equipment, safety
belts, lanyards and lifelines.
SECURE
Refers to an energy-isolating device that cannot be released or activated by removing any
activating device, attaching a lock to the energy-isolating device that is operated by a key or
similar device, or attaching to the energy-isolating device a mechanism other than a lock which
is designed to withstand inadvertent opening without the use of excessive force, unusual
measures, or destructive techniques.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 8

SCBA
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
SNUBBING
Means the act of moving tubulars into or out a wellbore when pressure is contained in the well
through the use of stripping components or closed blowout preventers (BOPs) and mechanical
force is required to move the tubular in order to overcome hydraulic force exerted on the
tubular in the wellbore.
SPECIFICATIONS
The written instructions, procedures, drawings, or other documents of a professional engineer
or employer. They can relate to equipment, work process or operation.
SPOIL
The material resulting from an excavation.
STANDARD
The defined criterion of effective performance.
SUB-CONTRACTOR
An individual or company hired to perform all or part of the work contracted to someone else.
TDG
Transportation of Dangerous Goods (Act)
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALVE (TLV)
Concentration of airborne materials which are used as guides in the control of health hazards
and represent time weighted averaged concentration to which workers may be repeatedly
exposed eight (8) hours per day over extended periods without adverse effects.
TOXIC SUBSTANCE
Any substance that is present or has the potential to be present in concentrations which may
adversely affect the health of an exposed individual, as defined by provincial chemical
exposure regulations.
TOXICITY
The ability of a chemical to cause harmful effects in a biological system.
TRENCH
A narrow excavation made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater
than the width, but the width of a trench is not greater than 4.6m (15 feet).
TRENCH SHIELD
A shoring system composed of steel plate and bracing, welded or bolted together to support
the walls of a trench from the ground level to the trench bottom. The shield can be moved along
as the work progresses.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 9

UEL
Upper explosive limit, or the maximum proportion of vapour or gas in air above which
propagation of flame does not occur.

VAPOUR
Gaseous phase of a substance which is liquid at normal temperature and pressure.
WCB
Workers Compensation Board
WORK POSITIONING SYSTEM
Means a system of components attached to a vertical safety line and including a full body
harness, descent controllers and positioning lanyards used to support or suspend a worker in
tension at a work position.
WHMIS
Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System
WORKER
An employee under the supervision of a manager or supervisor.
ZERO ENERGY
A piece of equipment is in a state of zero energy when all sources of energy (e.g. electrical,
mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic pressures, spring tension, gravitational etc.) are effectively
blocked or isolated and physically prevented from being energized by a isolation device.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 16 - 10

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

17.0 FORMS & CHECKLISTS


HARVARD Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment
HARVARD Policy on Violence and Harassment
HARVARD Policy on Drug and Alcohol
HARVARD Safety Statement
Worksite Safety Plan Checklist
Well Safety Check and Hazard ID
Service Rig Inspection Checklist
Drilling Rig Inspection Checklist
Monthly HSE Meeting Report
Hazard Identification and Control
Work Permit
Incident Investigation Report
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire Answer Key
Health, Safety and Environment Management Review
Construction Safety Plan Checklist
Emergency Contact Information
Construction HSE Meeting Report
Safety Meeting Attendance
Ground Disturbance Permit
Contractor Safety Evaluation
Backfill Inspection Form
Drill and Completions HSE Meeting Report
Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Form

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 17-1

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Harassment and Violence Workplace Policy


Harvard Energy Ltd. will not tolerate unlawful workplace conduct,
including discrimination, intimidation/harassment or violence. Harvard is
dedicated to maintaining a positive workplace where everyone adheres to
relevant human rights legislation and acts ethically, honestly and treats
colleagues with dignity, fairness, and respect.
This policy applies to management, employees, and contractors of
Harvard. This policy further applies to interactions on or off Company
premises and includes formal and informal Company social gatherings,
conferences and client-related events. This policy is not intended to
constrain reasonable and appropriate consensual social interactions.
Harassment whether or not it is intentional or directed toward a specific
person, includes unwanted physical, verbal, written, electronic, graphic or
non-verbal behavior that results in intimidation hostility or violence or
contributes to an offensive workplace.
Any incident or complaint involving alleged harassment or
threatened/actual violence should be reported promptly to either any
member of the Board of Directors or any Officer of the Corporation. Any
incident or complaint will be treated sensitively, promptly and in
confidence, to the extent practical; and investigate thoroughly.
Harvard will attempt resolution, however, disciplinary action up to and
including termination can be taken for violations of this policy. Filing a
known false complaint or retaliation against complaints is not tolerated
and will be subject to disciplinary action, also including termination.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 1 - 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Alcohol and Drug Policy


Harvard Energy Ltd. is committed to protecting the health and safety of
all individuals affected by our activities as well as the communities in
which we work. We recognize that the use of illicit drugs and the
inappropriate use of alcohol and medication can adversely affect job
performance, the work environment and the safety of our employees,
contractors and the public.
This policy relates to all management, employees and contractors when
they are engaged in Company business, working on or off Company
premises. Harvards contractors are expected to develop and enforce
Alcohol and Drug policies that are consistent with the policy.
The following are expressly prohibited while on Company business or
Company premises:

The use of possession, distribution, offer for sale of illicit drugs or


illicit drug paraphernalia;
The unauthorized use, possession, distribution, offering for sale of
alcoholic beverages;
The possession of prescribed medication not authorized or
specifically prescribed for personal use;
Reporting for duty impaired by any of the foregoing substances.

Investigation procedures that may be utilized in support of this Policy


include:
Pre-assignment testing if in safety sensitive situations;
Reasonable cause testing;

Post-incident testing;

Reasonable searches of Company grounds;

Impaired driving investigations.

Disciplinary action up to and including termination will be taken for


violations of this policy.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 1 - 7

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SAFETY STATEMENT
TO BE POSTED AT EVERY WORK SITE
Well/Facility Name: ________________________________________________________________

TO: ALL EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYERS AT THIS SITE

HARVARD ENERGY IS COMMITTED TO A SAFE WORKING ENVIRONMENT. SAFETY


WILL NOT BE COMPROMISED BY USING UNSAFE EQUIPMENT OR PROCEDURES. THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY TO ALL HARVARD OPERATED WORK SITES.
1.

All supervisory personnel, whether consultants or Harvard employees, and


contractor personnel employed at this site must have received suitable training
and be sufficiently experienced to carry out his/her job duties.

2.

Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment must be worn on work sites as


indicated by a completed Hazard Assessment. This may include hard hats,
hearing protection, CSA approved footwear, eye protection and other Personal
Protective Equipment as required.

3.

All unsafe equipment or working conditions must be reported to your supervisor


or the well site supervisor immediately. Should the unsafe condition not be
rectified the personnel involved should report to the following by collect
telephone call:
Project Manager: ______________________________________________________
Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________
Operations Manager:___________________________________________________
Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________

4.

Regular safety meetings and inspections must be carried out and properly
documented.

5.

Any accident, whether lost time or otherwise, unsafe acts or near misses must
be reported immediately by the work site supervisor to the above by telephone
and in writing by the next morning. The contractors written report, and if
required, copies of the applicable provincial W.C.B. forms MUST BE FAXED TO
THE CALGARY OFFICE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 3 - 5

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WORK SITE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST


(Drilling & Completions Supervisors)

OPERATOR:
LOCATION:
WELL SITE SUPERVISOR:
RIG# / RIG MANAGER:
DATES: From:

To:

The Operator is designated as the Prime Contractor for this operation. The Well Site Supervisor is
the agent of the Operator. The following checklist summarizes the key elements of the required work
site safety plan. Well Site Supervisors are requested to submit the completed checklist upon
completion of the job.
YES

NO

N/A
GENERAL
Have you reviewed and posted HARVARDs HS&E Policy & Safety Statement?
Have all identified landowner requirements been identified and addressed?
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENTS / INSPECTIONS
Is a Hazard Assessment completed for each task being conducted?
Are the results of Hazard Assessments reviewed during the Safety Meeting Process?
Review Well Site Layout (as per provincial regulatory requirements).
Have the rig anchors been installed and tested as required?
Are CAODC rig inspections or equivalent being completed as required?
Have you received copies of all inspections completed on the worksite?
Has the CAODC BOP been completed as required?
Have the mouse/rat holes been identified prior to moving completion rig on site.

SAFETY COMMUNICATION
Are Safety Meetings held on regular basis?
Are the meetings documented and are you receiving copies of the meeting minutes?
As the Supervisor have you attended pre-job safety meetings for critical/non critical
operations?
Have you reviewed regulatory permits and license conditions?
Safe Work Permits: have you identified requirements and issued necessary permits?
Has a pre-job tailgate safety meeting been conducted prior to each specialized
operation?
INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION
Are Contractors and their personnel aware of the HARVARD incident reporting procedures,
and are they complying?
Are you ensuring all incidents/near misses are investigated reported and corrective
measures implemented?
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING
Has the Corporate/Site Specific ERP been reviewed with onsite personnel?
Have emergency numbers and directions to lease been posted and is a map of area
available for quick reference?
Are lease signs adequate to direct emergency response workers to the site?

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

YES

NO

N/A
Have muster points been identified and all personnel aware of them?
Are First Aid/Emergency Services available including a transportation method?
Are supplies well maintained and do they meet regulated standards?
Has the communication equipment on the worksite been tested for emergency response
procedures?
HAVE SAFE WORK PROCEDURES BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE FOLLOWING JOB
HAZARDS?
Sour operations.
Hot work.
Confined space / Restriced space entry.
Overhead power lines.
Hazardous materials.
Ground disturbances (buried pipelines, electrical, telephone)
Control Hazardous Energy
Pressure testing.
Radioactive sources.
Appropriate work procedures available on-site and posted as required.
Fall protection to include use of man basket & high angle rescue training.
Other non-regular operations. _____________________________
Well flow back operations including DST testing.
LEL Monitoring.
WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY
Is appropriate personal protective equipment and other safety equipment available and
being used by all workers? (i.e. F. R. clothing).
Is the PPE and safety equipment in good working order and is there a preventative
maintenance and inspection program for equipment?
Is there special monitoring equipment available? (i.e. H2S, LEL).
Have you review local access hazards and speed limits?
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
Have all workers on site completed an HARVARD Safety Orientation (Handbooks) and do
they have an orientation hardhat sticker?
Have you collected the orientation quizzes/acknowledgement sheets from the workers?
First Aid/CPR; verify number of qualified people available on site _______
H2S; verify number of qualified people on site ________.
Blow out prevention certification: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Site Supervisor ____
WHMIS / TDG: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Crew ____ Site Supervisor ____
CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAMS
Do Contractors have safety programs in place and available on site?
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Have fuels and chemicals are properly stored?
Is the required waste handling, storage and disposal procedures in place?
Have all spills been cleaned up immediately and reported?
CAMP (If Applicable)
Are there adequate smoke detectors and fire extinguishers?
Are regular emergency drills conducted, and do they correct deficiencies identified?
Have Camp Rules been posted at the main entrance and kitchen area of camp?

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

WELL SITE SUPERVISORS COMMENTS:

SUPERVISOR

DATE

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Well Safety Check & Hazard Identification


Facility Name:

Date Inspected:

Location:

Completed by:
1 = Acceptable

N/A = Not applicable/assessed

Comments and/or if answered


Unacceptable, describe Action Proposed /
Control

Item
SITE
Proper signage
Housekeeping. general appearance
Snow removal - sufficient or piled By
doors or on pipes.
Driving Hazards flagged
(risers, lines, etc)
Bull plugs in place
Fire extinguisher access and
inspection dates
Piping secured
Slipping and tripping hazards
Location access, road
Flammable liquid storage (safe
distance from heaters)
Proper storage of chemicals
Adequate WHIMIS labeling
Date PSVs serviced
Vegetation Control
Steps and handrails
Vibration
Shutdowns not bypassed
Safety equipment:

X = Unacceptable

SCBA
Burn Blankets

Eye wash stations


First aid kits, clean/full
ESDVs in service and block valves
locked open
Combustible materials present
Guards on moving equipment
satisfactory
Electrical equipment secure
Tanks Secondary Containment
Truck Loading cable, containment

Date
Completed

Frequency of
Follow-up

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SERVICE RIG INSPECTION CHECKLIST


NOTE: ANY HAZARD OR DEFICIENCY MUST HAVE AN EXPLANATION AND BE CORRECTED
*Transcribed from the CAODC Manual*
Company: ______________________________________________ Rig No.: _____________ Rig Mgr: _____________________________________________
Rig Operator: ___________________________________________ Operating Company: _________________________________________________________
Operating Company Representative: _________________________ Date: _____ _____ _____ Time: __________ am/pm Location: _____________________
(yr)

(mo)

(day)

Current Operation Being Performed: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________


___________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL RIG
1 All guards in place and in good condition
2 Matting in good condition
3 Leveling jacks properly matted, locked and
derrick centered over well properly
4 Guy lines properly anchored
- Pull tested
- Rating
5 Escape line pull test preformed
- Rating
6 Guy line come-alongs, etc. in good condition
7 Minimum required clamps properly installed on:
(a) Guy lines
(b) Load lines
(c) Escape line
8 Air shutoffs checked by operator and operational
9 Emergency shutoff control positions:
(1) Operators panel
(2) Sandline controls
10 Operators controls properly marked
11 Weight indicator working properly
12 Crown saver
- Installed
N/A _______
- Set and tested
13 Exhaust pointed away from well and shielded
14 Railings in place on side walkways and stairs
15 Condition of handrailings, walkways and stairs
16 Hand tools: condition, clean and properly stored
17 Working floor, housekeeping, toe plates, ladders
and handrails
18 Catwalk conditions
N/A _______
19 Walkway from ground to catwalk (stairs)
20 Walkway from working floor to catwalk or ground
21 Rig properly secured in drawworks gear

Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______

Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
__________________ lbs.
Yes ______
No ______
__________________ lbs.
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Good ______
Good ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______

Good ______
Good ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Good ______

Hazard ______
Hazard ______
No ______
No ______
Hazard ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
POWER TONGS
46 Back-up in place and functional
47 Torque arms safety line, clamps in good
condition
48 Tong positioner - operational and in good
condition
49 Hoses, gauges and hydraulic fittings in good
condition

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______

No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Good ______
Yes ______

Hazard ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______
Good ______

No ______
No ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______
Hazard ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
MAST
27 Stand pipe properly anchored to mast
28 Kelly hose in good condition
29 Kelly hose safety lines or chain attached to derrick
and swivel ends while in use
30 Levels I, II, III or IV inspections completed as
required in CAODC RP 3.0
31 Ladders in good condition
32 Rod basket in good condition
N/A _______
33 Crown sheaves greased and in good condition
34 Safety cables attached to fingers on tubing board
35 Derrick locking pins in place
36 Derrick hydraulic system in good condition
37 Mast lighting secured adequately
38 Dead lines anchor and retainer properly placed

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

___________________________________________________________________________

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:

DRAWWORKS
22 Conditions of drill line (slipped regularly)
(a) Slip and cut record
23 Sufficient wraps (min.7) left on drum with blocks
down
24 Braking system - Linkage/pin satisfactory
- Block wear
25 Condition of sandline & rope socket to sinker bars
26 Handling winch/line
Condition at:
- Winch anchor points
- Winch line
- Winch line thimble
- Tall chain
- Safety hook
- Hydraulic hoses & connections
- upper shivs & assembly

TRAVELING ASSEMBLY
39 Levels I, II, III or IV inspections completed as
required in CAODC RP 4.0
40 Blocks - nuts, safety pins in place and in
good condition
- Sheave guards/lock in good condition
41 Balls/links
- good condition
42 Elevators
- good condition
43 Rod hook
- good condition
44 Transfer elevators - good condition
45 Safety latch/ring in place

Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

ELECTRICAL/LIGHTING
50 Light bulbs enclosed with vapour-proof and
shatter-proof covers
51 Covers on unused receptacles
52 Light switches vapour-proof
53 Electric motors within 8.5 metres radius must
be explosion-proof
54 Equipment properly grounded
55 All cords and plug ends in good condition
56 Proper clearance from power lines

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
RIG PUMP AND TANK
57 Condition of pipe and unions
58 Pump and return lines laid out and secured
59 Kill line attached to well with valve open
(steel lines only)
60 Pressure relief valve (proper size and rating)
61 Relief valve set at or below system working
pressure NOTE: Only shear pins appropriate
to the pop valve requirements as specified by
the manufacturer shall be used
62 Relief valve discharge points down and away
from pump motor and is securely fastened
NOTE: No valve on relief line
63 Manifold conditions
64 Check valve in place on pump discharge
65 Exhaust away from rig tank
66 Emergency shutoff checked and operational
67 Pump controls properly marked
68 All railings in place on walkways/stairs of rig
pumps and tank

Good ______
Yes ______

Hazard ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Yes ______

No ______

Good ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

Hazard ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______

No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

DOCUMENTATION
69 Necessary transportation documentation and
equipment present (i.e. registration, insurance)
70 Required inspection certificates available
71 Derrick log book available and updated

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
F

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
BLOWOUT PREVENTER SYSTEM
72 BOP function tested - From remote controls
Yes ______
No ______
- From accumulator controls
Yes ______
No ______
73 All studs used on BOP stack
Yes ______
No ______
74 Hydraulic preventers installed
Yes ______
No ______
- Pipe rams
Yes ______
No ______
- Blind rams
Yes ______
No ______
- Annular preventer
Yes ______
No ______
75 Condition of ram rubbers and elements
Good ______
Hazard ______
76 Fire-shielded hoses and their condition within 7 metres
of wellhead
Good ______
Hazard ______
77 Remote stand 7 metres from well - Class I & II
- Refer to BOP regulations
Yes ______
No ______
- Or at remote accumulator - Class III
Yes ______
No ______
78 Nitrogen back-up supply pressure
__________________kPa
- Min. 12,500 kPa if annular preventer is installed
- Min. 7,000 kPa when only rams are installed
79 Pre-charge check date
____/____/____
Good ______
Hazard ______
80 BOP's adequately heated
Yes ______
No ______
81 Lines protected in vehicle crossing area when
remote accumulator is used
Yes ______
No ______
82 Safety valve fully opened with proper thread
connection on rig floor c/w closing wrench
Yes ______
No ______
COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENTAL
83 All equipment free of leakage
- If no, adequately contained
84 Rig site free of material that may create a fire
hazard NOTE: Equipment spacing must ensure
unimpeded access to well at all times

Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______

Yes ______

No ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:

HEALTH & SAFETY


89 Occupational Health and Safety manual at rig
site
90 Proper BOP regulations at rig site (i.e. G-37)
91 Clothing policy in place
92 Rig Safety Equipment:
(a) CSA approved full body harness
(b) Escape line and buggy at station of work
93 Wind flags
-Guy lines
- Pump/tank area
94 Clothing
- Hard hats
- Safety boots
- Protective clothing
95 Safety glasses or goggles available
96 Hearing protection available
97 Fire extinguishers: - Minimum 4 working and
readily available for use (13.6 kg)
- Extinguishers in good condition
98 First aid kit adequately stocked
99 Record book in place
100 Eyewash bottle
101 Stretcher and blanket
102 H2S detector
- Chemical tube type
103 Breathing apparatus requirements met
- Condition
- Bottles full
- Spare bottles
- Date of hydrostatic test on bottles
104 Signs
- No smoking
- H2S area (if applicable)
- No vehicles beyond this point
105 Housekeeping
- Rig
- Changeroom
- Vehicles
- Rig pump
- Rig tank
- Lease
- Boilers
N/A _______
Winterizing
- Pre-tab, heaters etc.
106 Condition of Fall Protection equipment

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______

No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
No ______

Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
____/____/____
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Yes ______
No ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Good ______
Hazard ______
Yes ______
No ______
Good ______
Hazard ______

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

BOILER
85 Chemical storage
86 Blowdown line labeled
87 Pop valve line labeled
88 Controls
- Labeled
- Condition

___________________________________________________________________________
Good ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Yes ______
Good ______

Hazard ______
No ______
No ______
No ______
Hazard ______

COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

OTHER COMMENTS ON THIS INSPECTION:


___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

VALID CERTIFICATES ON LEASE:


Rig Manager: ______________________

Operator: _________________________

Derrickman: _______________________

Floorhand: ________________________

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Floorhand: ________________________

Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

Other: ____________________________

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

BOP _________
H2S
First Aid
TDG
WHIMS
Boiler

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____
Exp. ____/____

Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________

ROUGH IN LEASE DIAGRAM


Water/fuel tanks WT/FT
Mud Pump MP
Boiler B
Light Plant LP
Crew change unit CCU
Accumulator ACC
Fire Extinguisher FE
Others Specify

50 m

25 m

Inspection completed by: _________________________ Position: ______________


In company with:________________________________ Position: ______________
F

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

DRILLING RIG INSPECTION CHECKLIST


CONTRACTOR: ________________________________________________________ RIG NO.: _______ RIG MGR.: ___________________________________________________________
LEASE LOCATION AND LSD: __________________________________________________________________________________________ CRITICAL SOUR WELL (Y/N): ______________
INSPECTED BY: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ DATE: ______/______/______ TIME: ____________ h rs
(Yr)
(Mo) (Day )
(24 hr clock)
Mark a check if adequate A or inadequate I or blank If not applicable
(Note: Any INADEQUATE must have an explanation and be corrected)

(A)

(I)

A. FUEL/WATER TANKS
(A)
01. No leaks
02. Pumps guarded
03. Signs at water/fuel tanks:
a) No smoking sign posted
b) Fuel sign posted
c) Dangerous Goods placard posted

50. Piping, valves and unions meet pressure


rating
51. Pulsation dampeners
52. Eyewash facility
53. Pop/bleed off lines secured and drained
54. Signs at Mud Pump area:
a) Lockout Procedures posted
b) Auto Start sign posted
c) Hearing Protection sign posted
d) No Smoking sign posted
55. Wiring/electrical fixtures condition

B. BOILER HOUSE
04.
05.
06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
13.

No clothing etc.
Sight glass guarded
Pump guarded
Fire extinguisher
Safety valves: one year certificate
Boiler 25 m from wellheads
Housekeeping
Flammables removed from around boiler
Boiler License posted
Blow down line location & installation
of steam deflector
14. Fuel/water and steamline leaks
15. Chemical addition vessel (pot) at boiler
properly labeled (WHMIS)

F. MUD TANK AREA


56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.

C. GENERATOR BUILDING
16. Generator/motor control centre size; condition
17. Receptacles/circuit breakers identified
18. Properly grounded (2 grd rods 3 m apart)
19. Wiring off the ground & properly secured
20. No clothing/storage
21. Fans and belts guarded
22. No fuel/oil leaks
23. Compressor belts guarded
24. Fire extinguisher
25. All lights protected
26. Housekeeping
27. Rubber mat on floor at Motor Control Centre
28. Battery condition
29. Signs at Generator Building
a) Auto Start sings posted
b) Hearing Protection sign posted
c) Electrical/High Voltage signs posted
d) Water Hose Caution sign posted
e) Lockout and Procedures
30. Wiring/electrical fixtures condition
31. Current turned off prior to
connecting/disconnecting extension cords

65.
66.
67.
68.

69.

C. SUBSTRUCTURE
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.

D. ACCUMULATOR AND TOOL HOUSE


32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.

43.

Mud degasser(s) (size and placement)


Shale shaker belts guarded
Handrails, walkways
Adequate ventilation
Adequate lighting
Personal protective equipment
eye protection, dust masks,
rubber gloves/apron
Housekeeping
Tank level indicators operative
Trip tank level indicator
Tank location_____________________________
Mud van, stairs, lighting
Safety line rail sump side of tanks
Eyewash facility
Sings at Mud Tank area:
a) Eye Protection at hoppers
b) No Smoking signs posted
c) Corrosive sign at caustic drum
d) Applicable WHIMS labeling
Wiring/electrical fixtures conditions

No leaks/spillage
N2 bottles (12500 kPa/1800 psi)
Housekeeping
Storage of compressed gas cylinders,
secured
Controls identified/accessible
Safety device blind/sheer ram controls
Fire extinguisher
Grinder tool rest
Eye protection available
Compressor guarded
Signs at Accumulator and Tool House
a) Eye Protection signs posted
b) Auto Start signs: compressor / accum pump
c) Dangerous Goods placard/WHIMS label
Accumulator reservoir vented outside of
building/enclosure

General condition
Matting condition
Drive pins installed c/w safety pins
Spreaders in place
Vent doors/fan
Illumination
Winterization condition
Hydraulic control lines condition
fire guarded hose
Flow nipple split
Stripper/mud catcher split
Scaffolding/ladder(s) condition
Cellar area cribbed and drained
Wiring/electrical fixture condition
Housekeeping (oil leaks, etc.)

H. BOPS
84. BOP and rig equipment conform to
Government regulations
85. BOP secured properly
86. Non-steel hydraulic lines fire sheathed
87. Mud gas separator adequately connected
meets minimum requirements, including
line size and tie down
88. Required casing wear tests being preformed
89. BOP pressure tests recorded and test
procedures satisfactory
90. Adequate heating
91. Manual ram locking wheels available

E. MUD PUMP AREA

I. DOGHOUSE

44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.

92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.

Pop valve shear pin correct size and length


Pop valve cover in place
Guards in place and in good repair
Hoses safely chained
Fire extinguisher (No.________)
Housekeeping

Page 1 of 3

Heated as per regulations


Adequate exits
Intercom meets regulations
Storage area, crew change area
Housekeeping
Fire extinguisher
Eye and hearing protection available
Eyewash available

(I)

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

(A)

(I)

100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.

First Aid kit stocked and cleaned


Safety belts
Condition of available hand tools
BOP controls, electrical, manual, air
Bulletin board
Drilling License posted
Emergency phone numbers posted
Signs at Doghouse:
a) Hard Hat sign posted
b) Hearing Protection sign posted
c) No Smoking sign posted
d) Maximum holdback casing pressure posted
e) Blowout procedure posted and readable
f) MSDS available
108. Wiring/electrical fixture condition

(A)
165.
166.
167.
168.

Condition of crown sheaves


No loose tools equipment cabled on derrick
All safety pins in place, secured
Lighting operational and safety
cables/chains attached
169. Inspection prior to raising/lowering
170. Condition of tong counterweight assembly
171. Wiring/electrical fixture condition
M. TRAVELING ASSEMBLY
172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.

J. BREATHING APPARATUS INSPECTION


109. Number of packs available
110. Location of air packs
_________________________________
111. General condition of apparatus and case
112. Condition of face piece
113. Condition of nose cup
114. Cylinder pressure
115. Low pressure alarm operational
116. Cleanliness and storage
117. Positive pressure capability
118. Number/condition of spare cylinders
119. Location of spare cylinder (chained)
________________________________
120. Cascade system or safety trailer
121. SCBA cylinders hydrostatic test dates current
122. Other ___________________________

N. PIPE RACK AREA


180. Racks butt firmly to each other and
catwalk
181. Catwalk in good condition
182. Stairs in good condition
183. Pipe rack level
184. Pipe rack ends properly pinned
185. Spacer between racks sturdy and secure
186. Derrick stand in good condition
187. Housekeeping
188. V-door ramp in good condition
189. Catwalk, tugger, guarded
190. Lay down line and block condition
191. Layers of drill pipe or casing properly
choked
192. Adequate lighting

K. RIG FLOOR
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.

147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.

Lockout on drawworks
Compound/drawworks guard
Crown saver (check)
Catline
Catline divider and spool
Spinning chain/wrench line
Headache post
Kelly cock condition
Kelly hose condition
Kelly hose safety line both ends
Line spooler/safety line
Backup post condition
Tongs condition
Tong line and tong line clamps
Slips condition
Dog collar condition
Stabbing valve and handle and X/O subs
Test plugs
Mud can condition
Drilling controls and identification
Brake handle hold-down cable/chain
Non-skid material around rotary
Lighting operational, floor and motor area
Motors:
a) Fans and belts guarded
b) No fuel/oil leaks
c) Motor shutoff
d) Fire extinguisher (No. ______)
e) Exhaust system
Stairs (min. 3 exits) from rig floor
Warning horn working
Hydromatic and guards
Brakes satisfactory
Tugger line condition, guards
V-door opening safety chained
Wiring/electrical fixture condition

O. MANIFOLD HOUSE
193. Heated
194. Valve handles installed
195. Proper gauges installed and positioned
196. Drill pipe pressure gauge installed
197. Unobstructed view to rig floor
198. Housekeeping
199. Manifold design meets Government requirements
200. Flare lines properly secured
201. Lighting operational
202. Choke/valve open to degasser
203. Well to:
- End of flare line 50 m
- Rubbish burn pile 50 m
- Crude oil storage tank 50 m
204. Signs at Manifold House:
a) Hold Back Pressure notice posted
b) No Smoking sign posted
205. Choke and degasser lines and manifold prepared

P. LEASE AREA
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.

L. DERRICK (Certification Date:____________________________________________)


154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.

Blocks
Bails/links
Elevators/latches
Weight indicator assembly
Weight indicator safety line
Automatic driller
Drilling line condition (slip/cut program)
Deadline anchor condition

Block hanging line


Bumper blocks secured
Fingers straight
Fingers chained
Wind board installed
Ladder condition
Escape line installed. No blockage of
line (i.e. tank or vehicle)
Escape buggy installed and accessible
Climbing device/cages
Derrickhands belt and condition
Guy lines/outrigger

Lease clean and dry


Flare pit properly dug 50 m from wellbore
Adequate ditching and drainage
Incinerator/garbage bin
Open pits (e.g. sump) guarded/fenced
Sump fluids properly contained
Lease properly diked
Overhead lines flagged
Signs at Lease area:
a) H2S Warning signs, if applicable
b) Poisonous Gas signs posted
c) Tight Hole Status sigh posted

Q. CAMP/GENERAL FACILITIES
215. Propane tanks location (No._______)
Propane distance from camp (min. 4 m)
216. Garbage disposal: incinerator - bins
217. Walkways
218. Kitchen First Aid kit
219. Kitchen fire extinguisher
220. Fire extinguisher (No._______)

Page 2 of 3

(I)

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

(A)

(I)

(A)

(I)

T. SAFETY/GENERAL
221. Generator Building:
a) Grounded
b) No clothing, storage
c) No fuel/oil leaks
d) Fire extinguisher
222. Furnace rooms
223. No unnecessary storage
224. Fire alarm system
225. Bedrooms exit to outside (shutters open)
226. Adequate distance from well centre
227. Housekeeping
228. Signs at Camp area:
a) Hearing Protection sign posted
229. Exit signs over doors installed and
illuminated
230. Emergency lighting installed and functional
231. Wiring/electrical fixtures condition

265.
266.
267.
268.
269.
270.
271.
272.
273.
274.

Condition of electrical tools


Personal safety equipment being used
Visitor hard hats
Toxic gas equipment (detector and tubes)
Oxygen resuscitator available
Adequate emergency vehicle available
Accident reporting and recoding
Directional rig signs
Stretcher, location (No.________)
Condition of handrails and stairs
toe boards
275. Fire retardant clothing available
276. Fire extinguishers checked weekly and
hydrostatic test dates are current
277. Suitcasing/walkways

U. ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND PROCEDURES


R. RIG SITE TRAILERS
232.
233.
234.
235.
236.
237.
238.
239.
240.
241.

278. Company manual(s) On-site and Current


279. CAODC Waste Wall Chart Posted
280. Contractual Responsibilities Reviewed

Adequate distance from well centre


Propane system
Door or knock out window (bedroom)
Emergency phone numbers posted
Intercom
Smoke detectors
Gas detection equipment
Breathing apparatus
Fire extinguisher
First Aid Kit

V. GENERAL LEASE CONDITIONS


281. Lease site clean and free of debris
282. Special Conditions
283. Berm integrity

W. SPILL RESPONSE
S. TICKETS/DOCUMENTS (where not applicable)
284.
285.
286.
287.

242. BOP checks daily with record


243. BOP drill with records and signs by
Rig Manager and Foreman
244. Motor kills weekly with records
245. Trip sheets completed
246. Weekly safety meeting with records
247. Well control ticket: Rig Manager and Foreman
248. BOP ticket Drillers
249. First Aid certificate (one per crew)
250. H2S training (all crew members)
251. Drilling prognosis
252. Emergency Response Plan
253. Well Site Emergency Contingency Manual
254. Company policy statement posted
255. Government Regulations available
256. OH&S Regulations available
257. Drilling Rig Health and Safety Committee
Guidelines
258. WHMIS training all crew members
259. MSDS available current
260. Daily rig check by Foreman and Rig Manager
261. Slip and cut program recorded
262. Equipment certification/maintenance records
available and current
263. Clothing policy posted
264. New employee orientation training

Employees trained
Sorbents available
Spill response report form available
Emergency response procedure

X. WASTE MANAGEMENT
288.
289.
290.
291.
292.

Waste separated into hazardous/non-hazardous


Secondary containment for hazardous waste
Waste bin in good condition
Recyclable waste properly segregated and stored
Non-Hazardous recyclable waste properly
segregated and stored
293. Light plant waste properly stored
Y. WASTE DOCUMENTATION
294.
295.
296.
297.
298.
299.
300.

Waste manifests complete and maintained on file


Used oil recycled and documented
Used oil filters recycled/drained and documented
Oily rags recycled and documented
Batteries recycled and documented
Glycol recycled/properly disclosure and documented
Land filled wastes and sites indicated and
properly documented

Z. COMMENTS/EXPLANATIONS

DRILLING FOREMAN__________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE____________________________________________________________________


RIG MANAGER _______________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE___________________________________________________________________
Page 3 of 3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Monthly Health, Safety &


Environment Meeting
Report
Location:

Start Time:
Adjournment Time:

Chair Person:
Meeting Agenda:

Date:

Presentation (video / speaker / other):

Old Business: (record outstanding issues until resolution)

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Additional Agenda Items:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

New Business:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Handouts Circulated:

Page 1 of 2

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

Health, Safety & Environment Meeting Report Page 2


Incident Reviews:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Safety Grams / Regulatory Bulletins:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Hazard Alerts:

Action #
Mo/Yr

Action By

Closure
Date

Next Meeting Location:

Date:
Start Time:

Chair Person:
Attendee Sign In:

Topic:

Page 2 of 2

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & CONTROL


The purpose of this form is to ensure a written, documented process, which both identifies hazards and establishes controls for all
workplace tasks. Emphasis should be placed on the elimination of existing hazards.
Corporation:

Work Permit # (if applicable):

Location:

Date:

Task:

REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE HAZARDS:


List all hazards associated with the task in the spaces provided below. Please consider all hazards and not just the references listed.
Driving Hazards/ATV use
Fatigue
Working around moving vehicles
Road/Lease Conditions
Inadequate Equipment Guards
Slips/Trips
Working at heights
Working Alone
Wildlife Encounters
Violence/Harassment

Flammable Gas
Flammable Liquids
Pressure
H2S
Iron Sulphides
NORM/Asbestos
Chemicals
Noxious Vapours (Benzene)
Rotating Equipment
Hot/Cold Piping Equipment

Ground Disturbance (Excavation/Trenching)


Confined Space / Restricted Space
Poor Illumination
Protruding Objects/Pinch Points
Excessive Noise/Vibration
Extreme Weather Exposure
Overhead Hazards (powerlines)
Suspended Overhead Equip.
Defective Tools/Equipment
Hoisting Equipment

REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE CONTROLS


List a control (s) for each identified hazard in the space provided below. Please consider all controls, not just the reference list given.
Corporation Policies
High LEL & H2S Shutdowns
Safe Work Practices
House Keeping
Safe Work Permits
Fire Extinguishers
First Aid Plan
Restricted Areas
Warning Signs
PPE (Fire Retardant Coveralls)
Incident Reporting/Investigation

Confined Space Permits/Plans


LEL Monitoring/Function Testing
Safety Standby/Safety Watch
Equipment De-energized
Secondary Containment/Spill Control
Training/Certifications
Explosion Proof Equipment
Personal H2S Monitor
Safety Harness/Lifeline/Fall Protection Plan
Unsure? Call a Supervisor!
Tailgate Meetings

Muster Area
Air Monitoring
Isolation (Blinding/Blocking)
Forced Ventilation
SCBA/SABA
Safety Inspections (CAODC, walkabouts etc.)
Hearing Protection
Guards/Shields
Respirator
Wash Facilities
Audits/HSE Contract Inspections

IDENTIFIED HAZARDS & CONTROLS


HAZARDS

CONTROLS

This Hazard Identification & Control Form completed by:


Signature

Printed Name

WORK

Permit

Hot

Clearance
Order
Supervision

Confined Space/ Restricted Space


Requested by:
Continuous
Intermittent

Cold

Location:
Contractor:
Description of Work to be Done / Comments:

PERMIT No:

Issued by:
Issued by:

Phone No:
Phone No:

SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS, INSTRUCTIONS & EQUIPMENT REQUIRED


COMMUNICATION

PROCEDURES

Req'd Complete N/A

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Req'd Complete N/A

Job discussed with Worker/Contractor/Maintenance


Work Procedures Reviewed
Safety Regulations Received/Reviewed
M.S.D.S. Reviewed
Safety Meetings
Area Roped Off & Warning Signs Up
Radio on Hand
Review Code of Practice (Site Specific)
Specific Training Identified

Stand -by Man/Continuous Gas Monitoring


Electrical Equipment/Valve Handles Locked & Tagged
Grounding/Bonding Required
Equipment Cooled/Ventilated/Isolated
Blinds Installed/Bleeds Open
Vessels/Lines Purged
Shoring/Cut Back Required

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE & SAFETY EQUIPMENT


Air Hood/Dust Respirators
Breathing Air - SABA / SCBA
Face Shield/Goggles/Safety Glasses
Hearing Protection
Protective Clothing
Safety Harness and Life Line
Safety Belt and Lanyard
Explosion Proof & Low Voltage Electrical Equipment
Air Movers/Ventilators
Scaffolding
Wash Facilities

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

HAZARDS
Combustible Material Removed
Drains Covered/Sumps Covered and Sealed
No Vessels/Pumps to be Vented/Depressured
Overheard Lines, Clearance Established
Underground Line, Located & Identified
Other Hazardous Material
High Voltage
Intrinsically Safe Equipment

18
19
20
21
22
23

EMERGENCY PLANNING
Safe Egress from Work Areas Identified
Fire Extinguisher Ready to Use
Note: Completed checkbox , should be completed by permit receiver after
Steam/Water hose Ready to Use
all requirements have been met.
Emergency Air horn
ERP Manual Discussed
Atmosphere Testing (Explosive, Toxic & Oxygen Deficiency ) Record Below

RETESTS
Hours

Combustible Gas (vapour)


Hydrogen Sulphide
Toxic Gas
Oxygen Content
Tester's Signature

N/A

RETESTS
Hours

N/A

N/A

RETESTS
Hours
N/A

FIRST TEST
Hours

AREA FREE OF
(appropriate box)

N
O
T
E

24
25
26
27
28
29
30

% LEL
ppmH2S
ppmH2S

% LEL
ppmH2S
ppmH2S

% LEL
ppmH2S
ppmH2S

% LEL
ppmH2S
ppmH2S

% O2

% O2

% O2

% O2

This permit is valid only as long as work conditions existing at the time of its issuance continue and expires upon occurrence of any hazard such as gas leak, liquid spill, drastic operating change in equipment, or change in
wind direction blowing vapours into the work area. Any worker will have the right to stop the job if he has reasonable grounds to believe that the job is, or likely to become unsafe. Work shall not resume until a new permit is
issued.

Validity (Permit - only valid for single shift)


Issued Date:

Time:

Expiry Date:

Time:

We have read & understand the required precautions/instructions.

Approval by:

Accepted By:
Supervisor

work indicated above has either been:

Contractor Representative/Worker

completed or
cannot be continued until the issuance of a new work permit.

Signed:
Supervisor

Contractor Representative/Worker

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


Note: See Instructions in Section 6.0 for completing form.

Please ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting

ENVIRONMENT

NEAR MISS

SAFETY

INJURY

VEHICLE

PROPERTY DAMAGE

DISTRICT:

FIELD:

MER

TIME

N
O
T
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

TWP

EXACT LOCATION OF INCIDENT:

FINAL REPORT

Date Reported:

YYYY / MM / DD

SEC

INTERIM REPORT

NON CONFORMANCE / COMPLIANCE

Date of Occurrence:

LOCATION
LSD

RELEASE

YYYY / MM / DD

ERCB / MEM

TIME

Name:

Time:

MEI / SEM / NEB

Name:

Time:

WCB / OH&S

Name:

Time:

AEP / MELP

Name:

Time:

POLICE

Name:

Time:

LANDOWNER

Name:

Time:

PROVIDE AN EXACT DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INCIDENT, NON CONFORMANCE AND / OR PROPERTY AFFECTED: (attach diagram if appropriate)
EQUIPMENT / VEHICLE INFORMATION - (including QMP)

SEVERITY POTENTIAL

Minor

INJURY INFORMATION

COPY OF APPLICABLE WCB FORM ATTACHED

First Aid

Serious

PROBABILITY OF OCCURRENCE

Major

Medical Aid

Lost Time

Injured party:

Employee

Public

Occasional

Frequent

Other Specify

Contractor (Company Name) :


Employee #

Address:

City:
Experience:

Seldom

Fatality

Name:

Postal Code:

UNIT NO.

VEHICLE FORM ATTACHED

Yrs

Phone #
Occupation:

Injured Part of Body

Immediate Supervisor:

Modified Work

_________________________________________________________________________

Any product spill - Off Lease, Into a Water Course, or Over 2m on Lease is to be reported. On Lease spills under 2m do not need to be reported.
ENVIRONMENTAL

Liquid

Contained on Lease?

Yes

No

Other

Rehabilitation Required ?

Gas:

Water Base Material (m3)

Discharged:
Sweet/Sour
H2S %:

Smoke:

Terrain Affected
Yes

No

Waste Manifest

Land
Yes

Water
No

Both
Public Complaint?

Liquid Hydrocarbon (m3):

Other:

Discharged:

Discharged:

Discharged:

Recovered:

Recovered:
Yes

No

PW

Odour:

FW

Yes

No

Noise:

Yes

No

Recovered:
Yes

No

Wind Direction:

CONTROL MEASURES INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF CLEAN UP AND REHABILITATION: (Recovered product recycled? - Contaminated Soil? - Treated? Hauled Away? - Where?)

Quantab Values:
Amendments Applied:

Date:

Calcium Nitrate:

kg

Ammonium Nitrate:

kg

Government File:

Date Rehab Completed:

Seed Mixture Applied:

Other:

Straw etc.

VESSEL / PIPELINE INFORMATION - (if applicable)


License No.

Line No:

Line OD (mm):

Grade:

MOP (kPa):

Type of Wrap:

Wall Thickness (mm):

Normal OP. Press (kPa):

Depth of Cover (m):

Type:

Vessel I.D. #:

NON CONFORMANCE RELATED TO:

Repairs or Alterations

Material or Specification changes

Internal Coat:

Yes

No

Page 1 of 2

INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


Please ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting

Summarize all costs relating to incident


Estimated Repair / Replacement Costs $

Indicate

Final Costs

Estimated Costs

Final Repair / Replacement Costs $

Covering Costs

Estimated Clean-Up Costs $

Company

Third Party

Final Clean-Up Costs $

What was the cause of the accident? (Determine the cause by analyzing all factors concerned. A person, a machine, or a physical condition? How? Why?

A. Describe any UNSAFE CONDITIONS:

CONGESTED WORK AREA OR RESTRICTED ACTION

DEFECTIVE TOOLS, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS

UNSAFE FLOOR, RAMPS, STAIRWAYS OR ROADWAY

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE

HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE:

INADEQUATE GUARDS OR PROTECTION

INADEQUATE OR IMPROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

IMPROPER MATERIAL STORAGE

INADEQUATE WARNING SYSTEM

HIGH OR LOW TEMPERATURE

INADEQUATE VENTILATION

EXCESSIVE NOISE

INADEQUATE / EXCESSIVE ILLUMINATION

POOR HOUSEKEEPING

RADIATION EXPOSURE

INTERNAL CORROSION / EROSION

UNSTABLE GROUND CONDITIONS

EQUIPMENT FAILURE (WEAR & TEAR)

(GASES, DUST SMOKE, VAPOUR)

B. Describe any UNSAFE ACTS:

VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT
FAILURE TO SECURE / LOCK-OUT

FAILURE TO USE PROPER TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT

FAILURE TO USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

FAILURE TO USE GUARDS PROVIDED

IMPROPER LIFTING, LOWERING OR CARRYING

MAKING SAFETY DEVICES INOPERABLE

IMPROPER LOADING OR PLACEMENT

UNSAFE POSITION FOR TASK

SERVICING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION

OPERATING AT UNSAFE SPEED

OPERATING WITHOUT AUTHORITY

INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL AND/OR DRUGS

USING DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT

USING EQUIPMENT IMPROPERLY

LACK OF SKILL OR KNOWLEDGE

UNNECESSARY HASTE

HORSEPLAY

UNSAFE ACT OF OTHER (3RD PARTY)

UNAWARE OF HAZARD

PHYSICAL LIMITATION / MENTAL ATTITUDE

FATIGUE

CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO ADDRESS THE ROOT CAUSES OF THE INCIDENT:

Explain what you have done or what you recommended to prevent a recurrence of a similar incident / accident

IMPROVED LAYOUT OR DESIGN

IMPROVED / INCREASED SUPERVISION

ADDITIONAL / PROPER JOB PROCEDURES

IMPROVED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

IMPROVED HIRING STANDARDS

INCREASED ON THE JOB INSTRUCTION

IMPROVED EQUIPMENT STANDARDS

IMPROVED JOB PLACEMENT STANDARDS

INCREASED ENFORCEMENT OF WORK STANDARDS

IMPROVED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE

IMPROVED JOB PLANNING METHODS

INCREASED ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS

INCREASED INSPECTION / MAINTENANCE FREQUENCY

ADDITIONAL TRAINING OR AWARENESS

ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR CONTROLS

CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN FOR QMP CONFORMANCE:

SIGNATURE: INSPECTOR

DATE

FOLLOW-UP ASSIGNMENTS:

WHO?

WHEN?

WHAT?

SUBMITTED BY: (please PRINT)

INCIDENT REPORTED BY
FORWARD REPORT TO:

REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY:

SUPERVISOR / FOREMAN SIGNATURE

DATE

SUPERINTENDENT / MANAGER

Page 2 of 2

This report is required as part of Harvard obligations under the Occupational Health & Safety Act of Alberta and is subject to the protections of sections 18 and 19 of that act. Further, any
statements given herein are made subject to the protections provided by section 6 of the Alberta Evidence Act and section 5 of the Canada Evidence Act to the extent that they may apply.

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE

Name (please print):

Date:

Company:
HARVARD is committed to protecting the health and safety of all workers on our sites. Part of
this commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standard
guidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health,
Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers have
the basic knowledge associated with the HS&E handbook.
Complete the following questions by either circling the correct answer or filling in the blank(s) if
answers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return the
review checklist to your supervisor or HARVARD Representative.
POLICY ON HEALTH, SAFETY & THE ENVIRONMENT
1) Who is responsible for protecting the health and safety of people and preserving the quality

of the environment:
a)
b)
c)
d)

employees
management
contractors
everyone

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS


2) If asked to perform a task that you believe would put yourself or other workers at risk of
injury you should:
a)
b)
c)
d)

carry on as usual
refuse to perform the task
be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task
ask someone else to do the job for you

3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger:
a)
b)
c)
d)

leave the site immediately


go have coffee
notify the supervisor of your reasons
reconsider and carry on with the task

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 1 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

EMERGENCIES
4) Local emergency phone numbers must
a)
b)
c)
d)

not be worried about


be confirmed and posted
be memorized
all of the above

5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a


a)
b)
c)
d)

communication device
siren
flashing light
high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease

6) Which of the following shows the correct emergency response actions?


a) sound the alarm, protect equipment at all costs and then call for medical aid
b) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical
aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so.
c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happened
d) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it.

INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES & DUTIES


7) You must present yourself for work:
a) physically fit
b) mentally fit
c) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard
d) all of the above

8) Smoking is permitted:
a)
b)
c)
d)

in designated areas only


where ever you want
outside of buildings only
beside vehicles only

9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at an HARVARD work site:
a)
b)
c)
d)

to be under the influence of or in possession of drugs or alcohol


to engage in practical jokes
harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.
all of the above

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 2 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
10) It is the Contractors responsibility to:
a)
b)
c)
d)

provide all tools, safety equipment, proper clothing for their workers
enforce all policies and procedures outlined in the HSE handbook
take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors
all of the above

11) It is the Prime Contractors responsibility to:


a)
b)
c)
d)

ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on site
determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positioned
ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid supplies
all of the above

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT


12) Two items of PPE that must be worn at all times on HARVARD locations are:
a)
b)
c)
d)

face shields and leggings


hard hats and safety footwear
safety glasses and hearing protection
all of the above

13) At work sites where there is a possibility for hydrocarbon release, clothing requirements
include:
a)
b)
c)
d)

fire retardant clothing as the outside layer


natural fiber clothing such as wool or cotton as inner wear
nylon outerwear
both a & b

HAZARDS
14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves must be worn:
a) true
b) false

15) On any work site, before beginning any job or task:


a)
b)
c)
d)

identify and document the hazards


identify and implement control measures for all the hazards
both a) and b)
ignore the low risk hazards

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 3 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance, testing may be
necessary:
a) true
b) false

17) When entering a sour location, employees are to ensure that:


a)
b)
c)
d)

H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on location
communication equipment is in good working order
a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be available
all of the Above

18) The term Hot Work refers to:


a) any work that is done indoors or outdoors on a hot day
b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of
ignition could be produced
c) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increased
temperatures

19) What is the maximum acceptable noise level on a worksite over an eight hour work period?
a) 80 dBA
b) 90 dBA
c) 75 dBA
d) 85 dBA

20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task where
there is a potential of a fall of more than:
a) metre
b) 10 metres
c) 20 metres
d) 3 metres

MEETINGS AND COMMUNICATION


21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements are
known and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices.
a) true
b) false

22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following
purposes:
a)
b)
c)
d)

to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and prevention


to see whose been slacking off on the work sites
to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safety
both a & c

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 4 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

SAFE WORK PERMITS & CLEARANCES

23) Before beginning any work at a HARVARD location, you must determine if a work permit
or work clearance is required.
a) true
b) false

24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to:


a)
b)
c)
d)

a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been established
a permit that is issued for a maximum of one year
a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the cold
both a & b

INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS


25) Unsafe working conditions found during inspections should be:
a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisor
b) brought up at the next safety meeting
c) ignored because everybody already knows its a hazard

ENVIRONMENT
26) Only supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:
a) true
b) false

27) We must all take necessary steps to prevent spills and control emissions:
a) true
b) false

SOUR SERVICE
28) A facility is considered sour at:
a) 1 PPM H2S or greater
b) 10 PPM H2S or greater
c) 100 PPM H2S or greater
d) 1000 PPM H2S or greater

INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS


29) It is your responsibility to report all:
a)
b)
c)
d)

wildlife sightings
unsafe acts and/or conditions
incidents and infractions
b and c

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 5 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

30) How soon must injuries be reported to a HARVARD representative?


a) before anything else
b) as soon as possible but within 24 hours
c) within a week
d) at the end of the job

GOOD HOUSEKEEPING
31) Good housekeeping is:
a) only a minor issue
b) good to do when you have the time
c) mandatory

WHMIS/TDG
32) Before handling chemicals you should:
a)
b)
c)
d)

review the MSDS sheet


carefully breathe in the vapours to see if they are harmful
make sure no one else is in the area
move the chemicals outside

DRIVING CONDUCT
33) In general all ATV (All Terrain Vehicle) riders must
a)
b)
c)
d)

be competent in their ability to operate an ATV


drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations
possess a valid drivers license for insurance purposes
all of the above

34) Driving incident are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gas
industry.
a) true
b) false

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 6 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

ANSWER KEY
HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE

Name (please print):

ANSWER KEY

Date:

Company:
HARVARD is committed to protecting the health and safety of all workers on our sites. Part of
this commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standard
guidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health,
Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers have
the basic knowledge associated with the HS&E handbook.
Complete the following questions by either circling the correct answer or filling in the blank(s) if
answers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return the
review checklist to your supervisor or HARVARD Representative.
POLICY ON HEALTH, SAFETY & THE ENVIRONMENT
1) Who is responsible for protecting the health and safety of people and preserving the quality

of the environment:
a) employees
b) management
c) contractors
d) everyone

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS


2) If asked to perform a task that you believe would put yourself or other workers at risk of
injury you should:
a)
b)
c)
d)

carry on as usual
refuse to perform the task
be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task
ask someone else to do the job for you

3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger:
a) leave the site immediately
b) go have coffee
c) notify the supervisor of your reasons
d) reconsider and carry on with the task

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 1 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

EMERGENCIES
4) Local emergency phone numbers must
a) not be worried about
b) be confirmed and posted
c) be memorized
d) all of the above

5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a


a) communication device
b) siren
c) flashing light
d) high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease

6) Which of the following shows the correct emergency response actions?


a) sound the alarm, protect equipment at all costs and then call for medical aid
b) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical
aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so.
c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happened
d) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it

INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES & DUTIES


7) You must present yourself for work:
a) physically fit
b) mentally fit
c) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard
d) all of the above

8) Smoking is permitted:
a) in designated areas only
b) where ever you want
c) outside of buildings only
d) beside vehicles only

9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at a HARVARD work site:
a) to be under the influence of or in possession of drugs or alcohol
b) to engage in practical jokes
c) to harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.
d) all of the above

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 2 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
10) It is the Contractors responsibility to:
a) provide all tools, safety equipment, proper clothing for their workers
b) enforce all policies and procedures outlined in the HSE handbook
c) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors
d) all of the above

11) It is the Prime Contractors responsibility to:


a) ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on site
b) determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positioned
c) ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid supplies
d) all of the above

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT


12) Two items of PPE that must be worn at all times on HARVARD locations are:
a) face shields and leggings
b) hard hats and safety footwear
c) safety glasses and hearing protection
d) all of the above

13) At work sites where there is a possibility for hydrocarbon release, clothing requirements
include:
a) fire retardant clothing as the outside layer
b) natural fiber clothing such as wool or cotton as inner wear
c) nylon outerwear
d) both a & b

HAZARDS
14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves are to worn:
a) true
b) false

15) On any work site, before beginning any job or task:


a) identify and document the hazards
b) identify and implement control measures for all the hazards
c) both a) and b)
d) ignore the low risk hazards

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 3 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance testing may be
necessary:
a) true
b) false

17) When entering a sour location employees are to ensure that:


a) H2S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on location
b) communication equipment is in good working order
c) a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be available
d) all of the Above

18) The term Hot Work refers to:


a) any work that is done indoors or outdoors on a hot day
b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of ignition could
be produced
c) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increased
temperatures

19) What is the maximum acceptable noise level on a worksite over an eight hour work period?
a) 80 dBA
b) 90 dBA
c) 75 dBA
d) 85 dBA

20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task where
there is a potential of a fall of more than:
a) metre
b) 10 metres
c) 20 metres
d) 3 metres

MEETINGS AND COMMUNICATION


21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements are
known and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices.
a) true
b) false

22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following
purposes:
a) to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and prevention
b) to see whose been slacking off on the work sites
c) to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safety
d) both a & c

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 4 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL


SAFE WORK PERMITS & CLEARANCES

23) Before beginning any work at a HARVARD location you must determine if a work permit
or work clearance is required.
a) true
b) false

24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to:


a) a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been established
b) a permit that is issued for a maximum of one year
c) a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the cold
d) both a & b

INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS


25) Unsafe working conditions found during inspections should be:
a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisor
b) brought up at the next safety meeting
c) ignored because everybody already knows its a hazard

ENVIRONMENT
26) Only Supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:
a) true
b) false

27) We must all take necessary steps to prevent spills and control emissions:
a) true
b) false

SOUR SERVICE
28) A facility is considered sour at:
a) 1 PPM H2S or greater

b) 10 PPM H2S or greater


c) 100 PPM H2S or greater
d) 1000 PPM H2S or greater

INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS


29) It is your responsibility to report all:
a) wildlife sightings
b) unsafe acts and/or conditions
c) incidents and infractions
d) b and c

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 5 of 6

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

30) How soon must injuries be reported to a HARVARD representative?


a) before anything else
b) as soon as possible but within 24 hours
c) within a week
d) at the end of the job

GOOD HOUSEKEEPING
31) Good housekeeping is:
a) only a minor issue
b) good to do when you have the time
c) mandatory

WHMIS/TDG
32) Before handling chemicals you should:
a) review the MSDS sheet
b) carefully breathe in the vapours to see if they are harmful
c) make sure no one else is in the area
d) move the chemicals outside

DRIVING CONDUCT
33) In general all ATV (All Terrain Vehicle) riders must
a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATV
b) drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations
c) possess a valid drivers license for insurance purposes
d) all of the above
34) Driving incidents are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gas
industry:
a) true
b) false

OPX Consulting Inc.

Page 6 of 6

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT


MANAGEMENT REVIEW
Contractor Company: ________________________________________________ Date: ____________________________
Address: __________________________________________________________ Phone:____________________________
Service Provided: ___________________________________________________ Location: _________________________
Issued By: Harvard Representative _________________________________ Phone: _________________________

Received By: Contractor Representative ________________________________ Phone: ___________________________

Note: If unsatisfactory is selected, an explanation must be provided in the Comments section. The contractor is
responsible to ensure that all deficiencies in this inspection are corrected.
Management Involvement

Not Applicable (NA) Unsatisfactory (U) Satisfactory (S)

1. Is there a written safety program (company manual) ?


2. Does management regularly tour worksites to observe work practices and site conditions? (When)

Comments:___________________________________________________________________________________________
Records Management and documentation

1. Is all critical data for operation and environmental concerns stored onsite and updated?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Quality Management

1. Is there a Quality Management system and do contractors follow that system?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Communication

1. Is the permit system being used? (ie:safe work permits, hot work permits)
2. Are Loss Control Meetings taken place in a timely manner?
3. Are Risk Management and OH&S bulletins posted and discussed?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Emergency Response Planning

1. Is the area emergency Response Plan in place and up-to-date?


2. Are there regular exercises and training to implement the ERP?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Hazard Identification Control
1. Are Equipment and vehicles inspected and at what frequency? (Show examples and completed documentation.)
2. Is there a system for hazard assessment, reporting and follow-up (written or verbal)?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 1 of 3

Rules and Work Procedures

1. Are there procedures for high risk or critical work? Are they available and used?
2. Are there written emergency plans available and communicated to personnel at the work site?
i) ERP

ii) Emergency Transportation Plan

iii) Working Alone

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Incident Reporting
1. Do you have an incident reporting process?
2. Do you have a near miss/incident reporting form that includes follow-up?
3. Are incidents reported and was the problem rectified the previous near miss or accident, and were management

and workers involved in the solutions?

Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Training
1. Have you received a safety orientation? (What and When)
2. How often are Loss Control meetings held? (Show examples and documentation)
3. Is the appropriate training in place?
4. First Aid Training
5. H2S Training
6. WHMIS Training
7. TDG Training
8. Fire Extinguisher or Fire Fighting Training
9. Job Specific Training/Certification
Personal Protective Equipment
1. Is the appropriate PPE available and being used?
2. Hard Hat
3. Safety Glasses or Eye Protection
4. Footwear
5. Protective Clothing
6. Hearing Protection
7. Respiratory Protection (For the Nature of the Hazard)
8. Personal Monitor or H2S Detector
9. Communication Equipment

N/A

N/A

Comments: ________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety Equipment
1. Is the appropriate Safety Equipment available and being used?
2. Fire Fighting Equipment (ie: inspected, tagged, accessible and condition)
3. Rotating Equipment Guards
4. First Aid Kit
5. Fall Arrest Equipment (including ladders, steps or stairways, safety belts and lanyards)
6. Bonding and Grounding Equipment
7. Emergency Shut Down and Alarm Systems (including diesel positive air shutoffs and backup alarms)

N/A

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 2 of 3

Contractors

N/A

1. Is the contractor aware of the safety expectations and standards of the Corporation?

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________
Environmental, Storage and Handling
1.

Are potential environmental concerns addressed and corrected?

2. D-58 Compliance (Proper waste storage, ie: filters, contaminated soil and fluid. Show waste manifests.)
3. D-55 Compliance (ie: double walled tanks, tank condition, secondary containment.)

Comments____________________________________________________________________________________________

Note: The following questions must be completed by the Harvard Issuer.


Does this Management Review warrant a follow-up work site inspection by a Harvard Representative? YES

NO

Instructions for Health, Safety and Environment Management Review.


Purpose
1. Harvard representatives hiring contractor(s) are obligated to ensure that the contractor(s) is working
within the terms and requirements of the job of project. The Management Review is designed as the go
see step in the process of establishing Harvard due diligence. The frequency of the review is
dependent on the knowledge and experience of the contractor(s), the nature of the work and the associated
hazards.
2. The review is designed for use by a Harvard Representative with the questions focused in the area of
the contractors work site safety management and the minimum Corporation and Regulatory requirements.
3. The review is designed as a mechanism to trigger a more detailed inspection coordinated by the
Corporation should the results of the review not meet expectations.
4. The intent is to improve contractor work site safety performance in alignment with the Harvard HSE
program
Process
1. Harvard Representative conducts a Management Review for Contractor.
2. Leave copy with Contractor to manage any follow up.
3. Harvard Representative completes bottom section which identifies whether or not the Contractor
requires a more detailed inspection by Corporation.
4. Harvard Representative will forward a copy to Harvard Calgary Office.
5. Harvard Calgary Office will coordinate follow up inspection of the contractor.

PHOTOCOPY DISTRIBUTION:

Contractor Harvard Representative Harvard - Calgary office

Page 3 of 3

CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST


PROJECT: ____________________________________________

DATE: _________________

CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________________________________
SAFETY
First Aid Kits on Site
Contractor has Safety Program on Site and
Responsible for Worker Safety
Safety Meeting Requirements Established
Safety Committee (Multi-Contractor)
Contractor Safety Meetings
Tailgate Meetings
Housekeeping Procedures Reviewed
Work Permit Requirements Established
Safety Equipment Requirements Determined
Personal Protection Equipment Requirements
Determined
Location of Safety and Emergency Equipment
Established
Driving Procedures Established
Vehicle and Equipment Operation Procedures
Established
Accident/Incident Reporting Procedures Reviewed
Authority of Supervisor to Shut Down Work
Identified

HAZARD REVIEW

PROJECT SCOPE
Scope of Work Reviewed
Restricted Work Areas Established (Where
Applicable)
Project Schedule Reviewed
Hours of Work Established

EMERGENCY
Harvard Emergency Response Plan
Reviewed
Emergency Procedures Reviewed
Contact Information Sheet Posted
Safe Areas Established
First Aid Personnel Identified
Fire Extinguisher Stations Established
Method to Track Number of Workers on Site
Established
Plant Emergency Alarm Operation (Where
Applicable)
OTHER (list)

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Topsoil Handling and Site Grading
Fuel and Chemical Storage
Waste Handling, Storage and Disposal
Equipment Oil Changes

OPX Consulting Inc.

Site Inspection to Identify, Assess and


Communicate Hazards - documented
H2S and Respiratory Equipment Review
Overhead Power Lines
Equipment/Material Lifts
Ground Disturbance / Location of Buried Lines
and Equipment
Hot Work
Combustible Atmospheres
Confined Space Entry / Restricted Space
WHMIS
Trenching
Energy Isolation Procedures

EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION


LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LOCATION:
LONGITUDE: _________________________ LATITUDE:
FIRST AID NAMES: ____________________________________________________

______

DOCTOR LOCATION: ___________________________________________________

_______

TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:


AMBULANCE LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:
HOSPITAL LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:
FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
POLICE LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
HELICOPTER FIRM:
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:
REGULATORY CONTACT: ERCB B.C.O.G.C.
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: ______________________CELL:
ENVIRONMENT/FORESTRY
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:
LOCAL MUNICIPALITY (Director of Disaster Services)
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:

OPX Consulting Inc.

Section 15-3

SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL

CONSTRUCTION HSE MEETING REPORT

DATE:
OPERATION:

TIME OF MEETING: _____________ LENGTH:


FACILITY

PIPELINE

SITE/LOCATION:

CONTRACTOR(S):

CONTRACTOR SUPERVISOR(S):

Harvard REPRESENTATIVE:
OUTSTANDING CONCERNS:

RECOMMENDED ACTION:

TARGET DATE:

NEW CONCERNS:

RECOMMENDED ACTION:

TARGET DATE:

OTHER TOPICS DISCUSSED:

TRAINING GIVEN:

_______________________________________
REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE

SAFETY MEETING ATTENDANCE


CONTRACTOR:

MEETING DATE:
NAME

OPX Consulting Inc.

SIGNATURE

GROUND DISTURBANCE PERMIT


Location:
New Installation
Tie-in/Re-entry
Repairs
Project Activities:
Company Representative:
Reclamation
Construction
Other
Contractor:
Date:
If ANY of the items listed are answered NO, proceeding with any ground disturbance may contravene company policy, and may result in injury to
personnel, damage to equipment, or environment. Supervisor approval is recommended. Documentation of decision is required.

RECORD CONFIRMATION

YES

NO

N/A

1. Do you have a copy of the Survey Drawing for the well site, access road, and/or proposed ground disturbance area?
*NOTE* If the survey drawing is older than 60 days, consideration should be given to getting an updated survey drawing.
2. Do you have a copy of the Surface Acquisition report?
3. Does the survey drawing Table of Crossing match with the Surface Acquisition Report Table of Crossings?
4. If questions 1-3 are N/A, has the proposed area of the disturbance and buffer zone been electronically scanned?
5. Do you have a recent copy of the Land Title Certificate or Public Land Standing Report?
6. Do you have a copy of the most recent Provincial/Company Pipeline baseline map?
7. Did you notify the Land Agent (Crown Land) or Land Owner (Freehold Land) of your intentions and review any existing underground
facilities? Name:
8. Do you have a copy of all Crossing Agreements for any facility identified within 30 metres of the work area?
9. Did you adhere to the crossing notification requirements?
10. Did you contact local Production office and review scope of work and crossings?
Name:
11. Have all pipelines, power lines, and utilities in the 30 metre search/controlled area been identified?
12. Has the One Call System been notified of our intentions?

VISUAL INSPECTION
1. Are all buried pipelines, power lines, or utilities identified on above drawings, and staked on the ground in proposed area?
2. Are overhead power line Caution Signs in place?
3. Are all the locate stakes or marks referenced to fixed features?
4. Are all of the lines within the 30 meter search/controlled zone identified on the ground?
5. Are there any signs of new ground disturbances within the proposed working area, including the search/controlled zone? This may
include pipelines, power lines, Gas Co-op, utility cables, new clearings, road construction, pipeline signs, settlement, vegetation
color change or growth. If there is any visual sign of activity that is not reflected on Survey Drawing, re-surveying should be
considered.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION
1. Is the proposed ground disturbance expected to be any depth below the surface?
*CAUTION* - any depth below the surface is a general rule. Ground disturbances located at any depth may encounter lines
improperly installed or changed due to shifting ground disturbances. Additional crossing material should be considered.
2. Are there any pipelines, power lines, or utility cables being crossed within the 5 meters where no right-of-way or within the distance
outline in crossing agreements?
3. Are ALL the conditions of the Crossing Agreements being met?
4. Have all the underground facilities been exposed as per the company requirements, crossing agreements, and the Regulations?
5. Distance to which mechanical equipment may be operated after exposure from agreement

mm

6. Did you conduct a pre-job task meeting with foreman and equipment operators? Review Procedures & ERP.
NOTE: This document is designed to be a GUIDE to the minimum safety standards for Ground Disturbance. Refer to the Provincial Regulations, Company Standard
Safety Practices Manual, contractors safety program, and Provincial Health & Safety Statute and Regulations for further details. If project involves interprovince activity, the National Energy Board has additional requirements. SEE NEXT PAGE FOR REFERENCES.
Comments:

Company
Representative:

Ver. 1.0

Contractor
Representative:

DEFINITIONS
GROUND DISTURBANCE - is any work, operation, or activity without limitation that results in a disturbance of
the earth at any depth.
SEARCH AREA- is the 30 meters surrounding the ground disturbance area in which all reasonably necessary
precautions must be taken to determine whether or not an underground facility exists.
NOTIFICATION - Every owner within the ground disturbance area and the 30 meter search area must be
notified of the nature and schedule of the ground disturbance. Notification must be done as per the crossing
agreement or as per provincial Regulations of a minimum of 2 working days and a maximum of 7 working
days, or greater, as specified in the crossing agreement.
CROSSING AGREEMENTS (also referred to as APPROVALS) - Anytime a ground disturbance takes place
within a right-of-way, or within 5 meters of a facility where there is no right-of-way, an approval must be in
writing.
NOTE: A crossing agreement is commonly used as the approval and does not mean an actual crossing is
taking place.
HAND EXPOSURE - Hand exposure must be done if the ground disturbance crosses or is carried out within 5
meters of an existing underground facility before commencing any mechanical excavation. When exposing the
underground facility it must be done sufficiently to identify the facility. Excavation techniques have been
developed using water or air jets. These have generally been accepted, although all procedures may not have
specific regulatory approval. Care should be taken to evaluate the best method of hand exposure, taking into
consideration, damage to coatings, and methods of soil disposal.
CAUTION:
Even after hand exposure, mechanical equipment must not be used within the distance
specified on the crossing agreement, OR, if a crossing agreement is not present, not closer than
60 cm. to the underground facility.
REFERENCES
ITEMS # 1, 2, 3, 5, & 6
ITEM # 5:

ITEM # 10:

ITEM # 12:

Your surveyors or line locating company usually provide these items.


For Freehold Land, this is referred to as Certificate of Title which includes
registered ownership and any incumbencies against the property. For Public Lands,
this is referred to as the Public Land Standing Report, which includes a listing of
any registered dispositions against the property.
Plot Plans or lease drawings should be obtained and discussed with area Operations
Personnel. Experienced company personnel familiar with area operations may have
knowledge of pipelines or utilities not otherwise documented.
One-Call Systems provide a no-charge, computerized communication service to
advise and help the ground disturber with the location of buried pipelines and utilities.
CAUTION: Not all companies are One-Call System members, and as such, it is
probable that not all underground facility owners will be notified that you are creating
a ground disturbance in the area. It is necessary to perform all the steps to a ground
disturbance to ensure as far as it is reasonable and practicable, what is in the ground
before you start to dig.

GENERAL:

Ver. 1.0

The Provincial Acts and Regulations should be available for reference and further resources.

CONTRACTOR SAFETY EVALUATION


Contractor Name:

Date:

INSURANCE

Yes

No

Yes

No

A. Certificate of Insurance
B. $2 million minimum general commercial liability insurance
C. $2 million minimum automotive liability insurance
D. Worker's Compensation coverage
SAFETY PROGRAM
A. Has the contractor submitted a current safety program manual?
B. Does the program meet the criteria of the base safety program?
ACCIDENT HISTORY
A. Workers Compensation:

WCB Number:
Statement Date:
Employer Rate:
Industry Rate:

B. Occupational Health and Safety

Statement Date:
Employer Lost Time Rate:
Industry Lost Time Rate:

C. Lost Time Accidents in the Past 3 Years


DATE

DESCRIPTION

D. Medical Aid Cases in Past 3 Years


DATE

DESCRIPTION

Page 1of 1

BACK FILL INSPECTION FORM

Crossing
Agreement Number

PROJECT:
AB/BC LSD
BC QTR UNIT

NAME OF EXISTING FACILITY OWNER

SEC

TWP

RGE

/MAP

BLOCK

SUB DIV

SHEET

TYPE OF FACILITY: (Check One)


Pipeline
Road
Rail Road
Water Course
Data Cable
Other: (Specify)
Type of Damage
Damage repair satisfactory
Regulatory agencies notified if damage

Indicate approximate location on above plan


R.R.
Road

Depth Existing

Depth New
River
Bed

Existing

Depth

OR

Depth New PL

Depth

Depth Existing
Grade

Cased
Uncased

Existing
Road, RR X-ing River/Creek

Pipeline - R/W

INDICATE:

1.
2.
3.
4.

Depth to existing line (On Elevation)


Depth to new line above or below existing line (On Elevation)
Cathodic protection installed: YES
NO
If yes, what type of protection?

Owner of foreign or existing facility:

Size and condition of existing facility:

(New) oil, gas, water, etc.:

Contractor doing work:

Approval
Print Name

Date Completed

Company Signature

Print Name

Date Completed

Contract Signature

Ver 1.0

R/W

Drilling/Completions/Workovers
Pre-job Safety Meeting Form

Date:

_______________________________________________________________________

Location: _______________________________________________________________________

Harvard Supervisor: _____________________________________________________________


Rig # / Rig Manager:

______________________________________________________________

Safety Meeting Discussion


(Topics should include job scope, PPE requirements, specific hazards, people responsibilities)

Persons in Attendance
Name (Please Sign)

Company

Supervisor Signature: _______________________________________________________________

Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report


Location:_____________________

Date:________________________

Contractor:____________________

Project#:_____________________

Employees Present:
Print
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________

Signature

_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________

Site Specific Hazard Identification


Yes

No

N/A

Action to be Taken

Location of:

Buried Cables

Overhead Lines

Wellhead

Sumps

Digging Sumps

Knocking Down Trees

Leveling and Slopes

Towing of Trucks

U/G & O/H Utilities

Ditch Cut

Digging Burrows/Snakepits
Driving Speed Limits

Other Personnel/Equipment
PPE Required

Emergency Contact #s

Other

Other

Buried Pipelines

Worksite Plan

______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________

_______________________

____________________

Company Representative (Print)

Signature

________________________________

___________________________

Contractor Representative (Print)

Signature

Anda mungkin juga menyukai